INTRODUCTION - Hanover County

1

INTRODUCTION

1.0 PURPOSE:

Hanover County is committed to promoting a safe work place through a

comprehensive program of hazard recognition, evaluation, engineering and

controls. This safety manual outlines the general safety program functions and

guidelines.

1.1 SAFETY VALUE STATEMENT:

In Hanover County, safety is not only top priority; it is a “value” that must be

included in every procedure and everything that we do. Management and

employee support and involvement is the driving force of the Hanover safety

program.

The Safety Value Statement was approved by the Hanover County Board of

Supervisors and signed by the County Administrator. A copy of the Safety value

statement is included in this section.

1.2 SAFETY RESOLUTION:

In order for the Hanover County Safety and Health program to be successful it must

have management support and employee involvement. The Hanover County Board

of Supervisors has formally approved the resolution contained in this section.

2

Hanover County appreciates the fact that all personnel are essential and valuable to its

success. Therefore, it is the County’s mission to promote a safe place to work, free from

recognized hazards that may cause injury, disability or even death.

Hanover County believes that virtually all incidents causing injuries and damage can be

prevented with the appropriate planning and knowledge. In Hanover County, safety is not

only a priority but also a “value” shared by all. It is part of every procedure performed and

everything we do.

In order to achieve a safe working environment, all members of the County organization

must be committed to safety through safe practices, attitudes and actively caring for safety of

others. All employees are expected, as a condition of employment, to practice the concept

that the safe way is the best and only acceptable way. Safety adherence and performance

will be considered an important measure of supervisory and employee performance.

The Safety/Risk Manager, with the support of every employee, beginning with the Board of

Supervisors, County Administrator, and continuing through the organizational chain will

initiate such planning in order to eliminate unsafe acts, unsafe conditions, and environmental

hazards.

Through involvement from every individual, continual emphasis on safety, the refinement of

work procedures, and the development of safe working conditions, incidents that could result

in injury or property damage can be prevented.

Safety is a value that is shared by all Hanover County employees.

The Hanover Board of Supervisors approved this Safety Value Statement on January 14, 1998.

County Administrator, Richard R. Johnson, signed the Safety Value Statement on July 15, 1998.

1.3

Hanover County

Safety Value Statement

3

1.4 SAFETY PROGRAM RESOLUTION

WHEREAS, Hanover County appreciates the value of all personnel and

recognizes the importance of a safe place to work, free from recognized hazards, and

WHEREAS, the Virginia Department of Labor and Industry and the

Occupational Safety and Health Administration require that employers endeavor to

provide employees a safe work environment, and

WHEREAS, Hanover County recognizes that the safety program should be

established to identify hazards and implement techniques to eliminate or control them in

order to fulfill the County’s mission of providing quality service to citizens without

compromising the safety of employees or the public, and

WHEREAS, Hanover County recognizes the fact that the additional goal of the

safety program should be to protect County property by instituting measures to eliminate

and control risk of damage to and loss of property, and

WHEREAS, the County recognizes the benefits of a safety program including

decreased number of injuries, increased work productivity due to lack of injury, reduced

property damage, decreased cost of injuries, and a safer work environment through

hazard identification, elimination and control, and

WHEREAS, the County acknowledges that management support is essential to

the success of the County safety program.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the Hanover County Board of

Supervisors approves the “Safety Value Statement” that documents the County’s

commitment to the promotion of safety, establishes a safety program for the purpose of

minimizing risks and hazards of injury and damage to persons and property, and hereby

affirms the issuance of the Hanover County Safety Manual.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the Safety/Risk Manager shall have the

authority to implement, make revisions as necessary and enforce the provisions of the

County Safety Manual and program.

The Hanover County Board of Supervisors approved this resolution on January 14, 1998

1. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Every employee shall be fully responsible for implementing the provisions of this program

as it pertains to operations performed. The responsibilities listed below are minimum and

shall in no way limit individual efforts to promote safety.

1.1 COUNTY ADMINISTRATOR

The County Administrator has the overall responsibility for implementing and

administering the safety program. The County Administrator will ensure that each

department head has a strong safety value and a clear understanding of duties and

responsibilities. The effectiveness of a department's safety program will be

reviewed by the County Administrator or designee to determine that all efforts are

made to prevent injury or property damage.

1.2 SAFETY/RISK MANAGER

The Safety/Risk Manager will provide technical assistance to the County

Administrator and department heads in the administration of the safety program.

The safety/risk management program includes risk identification, evaluation and

selection of loss prevention or reduction techniques implemented to provide a safe

working environment for employees, as well as the general public. The Safety/Risk

Manager will be responsible for the direction and administration of the program.

Safety/Risk Manager duties specifically are to:

A. Develop and continually improve the safety program and safety manual.

B. Consult directly with management personnel and employees on safety

matters and provide the guidance necessary to assure effective

administration.

C. Act as technical advisor to the Safety Steering Team (SST) and County

departments and personnel.

D. Prepare summaries of incidents to be submitted to the Safety Steering Team.

E. Make follow-up analysis when required to ensure that unsafe conditions or

practices identified by the safety steering team or the department have been

properly corrected.

F. Inform the County Administrator and personnel on the status of matters

affecting the safety program.

G. Periodically evaluate work areas to maintain the County’s safety mission.

1.3 DEPARTMENT HEADS. Department Heads are

responsible for providing a work environment, work

procedures and service to the public that will promote the

safety of Hanover County employees and the general public.

Minimum department head duties are to:

A. Develop and actively support a departmental safety program that will

effectively eliminate hazards to prevent injury, occupational illness and

property damage.

B. Develop practical safety rules and regulations pertinent to the activities

conducted by the department.

C. Establish and maintain a system of job safety analysis to eliminate safety

hazards. Provide for adequate job training and continuing safety instruction

to all department employees.

E. Require accountability of supervisors and employees for incidents and

corrective action plans and safety performance.

F. Take corrective action for any unsafe condition that is observed, which could

adversely affect the safety of an employee or the general public.

G. Actively participate in the County Safety Program by cooperation and

involvement regarding safety and health matters.

1.4 SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL. The loss prevention program can only be

successful when supervisors cooperate in all phases of the program. Minimum

supervisor duties are:

A. Ensure all safety policies are implemented and safety procedures are

followed.

B. Provide initial and continuing safety instruction.

C. Ensure that all employees have the necessary safety equipment and

protective devices, provide employees with training for the proper use and

care of equipment.

D. Routinely evaluate work conditions and observe work procedures to detect

and correct unsafe conditions and practices.

E. Aggressively promote safety.

F. Promptly analyze all incidents and complete all recommended corrective

actions.

G. Consider an employee's safety record when evaluating job performance.

H. Actively participate in the County safety program by cooperation and

involvement.

1.5 SITE SAFETY COORDINATORS. Large County departments with multiple

locations should have Site Safety Coordinators. In addition to practicing safe work

practices, Site Safety Coordinators are the champions of safety at their respective

location or operation. Some of the duties of a Site Safety Coordinator are listed

below, however this in no way limits their role in safety.

A. Aggressively promote safety.

B. Provide safety education to employees.

C. Evaluate work practices and implement safety appropriately.

D. Ensure that all employees have necessary safety equipment and PPE.

E. Complete incident analysis on all incidents and “near miss” incidents.

F. Develop needed safety programs.

G. Actively participate in the County safety program by cooperation and

involvement.

1.6 EMPLOYEES. All employees are required, as a condition of employment, to

develop and exercise safe work practices in the course of employment to prevent

injuries to themselves, their fellow workers and the public. All employees shall:

A. Cooperate and assist in the analysis of incidents to identify causes and to

prevent their recurrence.

B. Promptly report all safety hazards to supervisors.

C. Observe approved safe work procedures, instructions and rules.

D. Keep work areas clean and orderly at all times.

E. Do not engage in horseplay and refrain from distracting others.

F. Wear required personal protective equipment.

G. Actively participate in the safety and health of Hanover County employees,

volunteers and the public.

H. Participate in the County safety program by cooperation and involvement

regarding safety and health matters.

Hanover County Safety Steering Team (SST) Program

SAFETY MANUAL SECTION: 3

CONTACTS: Safety & Risk Manager (Hanover County)

EFFECTIVE DATE: November 30, 2021 Page 1 of 13

PROGRAM REVISIONS

REVISION NO. REVISION DATE DESCRIPTION

0 11/30/2021 Initial Issuance of Procedure

1 1/21/2022 Updated selection process for SST Leadership





Table of Contents

1.0 PURPOSE ......................................................................................................................................... 3

2.0 SCOPE .............................................................................................................................................. 3

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................................................................................... 3

4.0 OVERVIEW ..................................................................................................................................... 4

5.0 PROGRAM ELEMENTS & GOVERNANCE CRITERIA ............................................................. 4

6.0 APPENDICES .................................................................................................................................. 7





1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To establish program guidelines for the implementation & management of an employee

driven Safety Steering Team, referred to through the remainder of this document as SST or the SST, for Hanover County Government.

1.2 This procedure outlines programmatic requirements for the Hanover County Safety Steering team that aid in providing strategic direction, leadership to the overall safety effort within the county and to help ensure safety goals and objectives within represented departments are achieved to encourage and develop a strong proactive safety culture, address unsafe work practices and identify /address potential safety related hazards.

2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This procedure shall apply to all departments within Hanover County Government.

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 Department Heads

3.1.1 Responsible for ensuring departmental participation with the Safety Steering Team.

3.1.2 Responsible for review and approval of the department’s annual risk reduction plan.

3.2 Department Supervision 3.2.1 Responsible for ensuring SST members are provided with adequate time and

opportunity to conduct SST business as necessary.

3.2.2 Responsible for supporting the distribution and communication of the SST meeting minutes as distributed by the SST program guidelines.

3.2.3 Responsible for ensuring that their respective department has a representative present during SST meetings.

3.2.4 Responsible for designating an alternate representative to participate in SST meetings should the regular department representative is not present.

3.3 County Employees 3.3.1 Responsible for volunteering to participate on the SST.





3.3.2 Responsible for attending/visiting SST meetings to support SST initiatives or to communicate safety related issues.

4.0 OVERVIEW 4.1 An effective SST is one that has well defined roles, responsibilities and requirements.

Hanover County SST members are asked to aid in improving County & Departmental safety & risk management culture by promoting safety & risk mitigation to their respective department through the elements of communication, participation, education and results.

4.2 This procedure outlines basic requirements for the effective implementation of the four team elements outlined in Item 4.1 of this section and provides a framework for establishing the Hanover County Safety Steering Team as a self-governing body working in tandem with Safety & Risk Management.

5.0 PROGRAM ELEMENTS & GOVERNANCE CRITERIA 5.1 Communication

5.1.1 SST meetings will be open to all visitors. 5.1.2 The SST will report out to employees on a monthly basis through

Departmental Supervisors and/or SST members.

Best Practice: Distribute SST meeting minutes to Supervisors for discussion during a Job Safety Analysis or regular departmental team meeting. Hard copies of the minutes should be distributed to all county personnel.

5.1.3 The SST will provide formal feedback to Department Supervision & Department Heads as necessary.

Best Practice: Include departmental leadership in a monthly SST meeting, coordinate a separate report-out meeting or the SST departmental representative could be included in a monthly staff meeting.

5.1.4 The SST will maintain a formal communication method that county employees can use to directly contact the SST. Best Practice: The SST Chairperson or designee will monitor and maintain a separate Outlook mailbox that Department employees can use to communicate directly to the SST and which allows responses directly back to employees.

5.1.5 The SST departmental representative will report out to departmental personnel the results of any internal safety audits.





5.2 Participation

5.2.1 SST membership will be voluntary. 5.2.2 The SST Chairperson and Co-Chair will be selected from within the

membership by a vote. A Chairperson will be selected if necessary. 5.2.3 The SST Chairperson and Co-Chair will have a minimum two (2) year term,

not to exceed three (3) years. A minimum one (1) year term is required from SST members.

Best Practice: The Co-Chair should succeed the Chairperson to maintain SST continuity. Administrative training should be provided to the Chairperson and/or Co-Chair, as needed, to support effective leadership of the SST.

5.2.4 SST members will establish a sub-committee to the main body that will serve to assist Safety & Risk Management and individual county departments in the investigation of serious or significant incident events upon request as appropriate.

5.2.5 During this term, SST members will have the opportunity to put forward volunteers for consideration and election of the body to serve as permanent leadership within the roles outlined within Item 5.2.3 of this section.

5.2.6 If no leadership is voluntarily elected by the full SST during this temporary appointment period, the Hanover County Safety & Risk Manager reserves the right to retain current temporary leadership or appoint new leadership for a six (6) month term. If temporary leadership is retained, temporary leaders may be re-appointed at the discretion of the Hanover County Safety & Risk Manager up to a maximum of four (4) temporary terms.

5.2.7 Hanover County Safety & Risk Manager up to a maximum of four (4) temporary terms.

5.2.8 In the event elected or appointed leadership is leaves their elected or appointed role at any point during their term, for the role of chair, the co-chair will succeed to the position of chair and a replacement for co-chair will be elected or appointed to complete the remainder of the term. If both positions become vacant at the same time, the process for appointment outlined in Item 5.2.4 will be followed to appoint temporary leadership until candidates for both positions are selected from the body and elected to these positions.





5.2.9 SST members must strive to attend all meetings, whenever possible, unless there is an extenuating circumstance. Departments must designate a backup or alternate to participate in meetings if the regular departmental representative is unable to attend.

5.2.10 SST members will have the opportunity to participate in meeting discussions, communications, presentations and audits as appropriate.

5.2.11 SST members will establish a sub-committee to the main body that will serve to assist Safety & Risk Management and individual county departments in the investigation of serious or significant incident events upon request as appropriate.

5.2.12 SST members will establish a sub-committee to the main body that will serve to assist Safety & Risk Management in the review and update of Hanover County Safety Programs where appropriate. All changes will be provided to the full body for review & input prior to review by County leadership and final acceptance.

5.2.13 The Hanover County Safety & Risk Manager will be required to be an SST member, functioning as a technical consultant and advisor.

5.2.14 Safety & Risk Manager will provide a Safety & Risk Management performance update at each scheduled meeting, identifying safety & risk trends, proactive safety & risk initiative, regulatory information that can be used by the SST to develop proactive strategies to promote or correct trends based on this information.

5.2.15 Individual departments may establish their own SST as they see fit; however, if a departmental SST is established, a member of that team will be selected to represent the department on the County wide SST.

5.3 Education 5.3.1 SST members will provide safety information to their respective departments

and may assist with providing training to department personnel as necessary. 5.3.2 SST members will receive OSHA 10-hour General Industry & Construction

outreach training. 5.3.3 SST members will receive Hazard Recognition & Intervention training. 5.3.4 SST Members will receive Incident & Accident Investigation/Root Cause

Analysis Training.





5.4 Results 5.4.1 SST members will develop an annual Risk Reduction Plan for their respective

departments. Approved departmental plans will be compiled into an overall Risk Reduction Plan for Hanover County and item implementation status will be tracked.

5.4.2 The SST will complete an annual benchmarking and safety audit of another Hanover County department.

5.4.3 The Safety & Risk Manager will complete an SST “health assessment” via the annual Hanover County Safety Process Scorecard. Safety & Risk Management, along with the SST, will review these findings with County Administration and develop corrective actions to address any deficiencies noted.

5.4.4 Subsequent to any safety incident RCAs, the SST Chairperson will communicate pending action items to the SST at the next monthly meeting.

5.4.5 The SST will support departmental safety assessments as deemed necessary by Safety & Risk Management.

6.0 APPENDICES Appendix A: Hanover County Risk Reduction Template Appendix B: Hanover County Safety Steering Team Scorecard





Appendix A: Hanover County Risk Reduction Plan Template

Hanover County Risk Reduction Plan – Tool Kit Objectives:

• Engage SST, department leadership and co-workers in risk reduction and problem solving.

• Identify the top three (3) risks within their respective department or risks associated with specific work tasks.

• Develop action items focused on removing or reducing risks. • Evaluate risks and develop solutions throughout the year based on changing conditions

and work activities. Planning Tools:

• Risk Reduction Plan Summary Sheet • Detailed Risk Reduction Action Plans

Timeline for Risk Reduction Plans: Feb – Mar Departments evaluate risks and develop specific action plans Mar Submit plan to Department Heads for review Mar SST members review plan during monthly meeting Apr-Dec SST provides Department Head with progress report on execution of activities





Risk Reduction Plan Summary Sheet Location: Date Submitted:

Top 3 Risks What is the Problem?

Timeline

(start date – end date)

What improvement will we expect to see?

Risk 1

Risk 2

Risk 3

Notes:





Detailed Risk Reduction Action Plan

Risk 1 -

What Who When

(Action to Take) (Responsible Person) Start Finish






Risk 2 -

What Who When







Risk 3 -

What Who When






Appendix B: Hanover County Safety Steering Team Scorecard Hanover County Safety Steering Team Performance Scorecard

Category DNM Expectations = 1

Approaching Expectations = 2

Meeting Expectations = 3

Exceptional Performance = 4 (Stretch Goal)

SCORE

Employee Involvement

Less than 85% of on-site SST members attend the monthly meeting.

Greater than 85% of on-site SST members attend the monthly meeting.

All SST members attend the monthly meeting.

50% of SST members participate in a monthly department meeting. (4th Qtr. Score)

Communication Monthly SST meeting minutes are not being compiled.

Monthly SST meeting minutes are documented each month but are not communicated to all employees.

Monthly SST meeting minutes for each month are distributed to all employees.

Highlights of the monthly SST meeting minutes are reviewed during regularly scheduled meetings. SST Outlook Inbox used for communication.

Department Risk Reduction Plan Implementation

Risk Reduction Action Plans have not been developed.

Less than three (3) Risk Reduction Action Plans have been completed.

Three (3) Risk Reduction Action Plans have been completed.

More than three (3) Risk Reduction Action Plans have been completed.

Incident Reports Department incidents are only reviewed.

Department incidents are reviewed and recommendations developed to prevent reoccurrence.

Review all Hanover County incident reports and evaluate actions needed to prevent occurrence within the SST member’s Department.

Review all Hanover County incident reports and evaluate actions needed to prevent occurrence in all County Departments.

Training (4th Qtr. Score)

No SST members completed OSHA 10 training.

25% or more of SST members completed OSHA 10 training.

All SST members have completed OSHA 10 training.

All SST members attend additional training (i.e. OSHA 30, Intervention training, safety seminars, etc.)

Evaluation Score

Self-Inspection Safety Program

1. Purpose

1.1 To establish a system for the detection, prevention and control of work place hazards.

1.2 To provide for the review and abatement of identified hazards in order to reduce the risk of injury or

property damage.

2. Applicability

2.1 This program applies to all employees of Hanover County Government, employees of the Community

Services Board and Constitutional Officers.

2.2 This program shall not apply to the Hanover Public Schools.

3. Forms

3.1 Hanover County Monthly Safety Audit Form

4. Responsibilities

4.1 Safety / Risk Manager

4.1.1 The Safety / Risk Manager will develop the County program and audit County departments to be

certain the program is established and maintained.

4.2 Department Heads

4.2.1 Department Heads require self-inspection training for all supervisors and employees that may

have an active part in this the monthly self inspections.

4.2.2 Department Heads will monitor the implementation of the Self-Inspection Program in their

departments in order to evaluate the overall effectiveness.

4.3 Supervisors

4.3.1 Supervisors will provide the means and support necessary to ensure

compliance with all applicable regulations and responsibilities outlined herein.

4.4 Department Safety Committee

4.4.1The department Safety Coordinator and/or Safety Committee will be responsible for delegating

activities to committee members to complete the self-inspections.

4.5 Employees

4.5.1 Employees will make the Self-Inspection Safety Program as productive as possible. All

employees will cooperate by answering any safety or work procedural questions asked by the

department inspector.

4.5.2 Employees should make their Supervisor or the Department Safety Coordinator aware of ideas

about how facilities, equipment or work procedures can be changed or improved to make them

safer.

4.5.3 Employees will report all hazardous conditions dangerous work procedures and near misses (an

unplanned event that could have caused injury or damage) to their Supervisor as soon as possible.

5. Self-Inspections Safety Program

5.1 Inspection Procedures.

5.1.1 The previous inspection report and any incident reports since the last inspection will be reviewed

prior to initiating an inspection to determine what items have been corrected, modified, completed,

etc.

5.1.2 The new inspection is then conducted.

5.1.3 A copy of the completed inspection form(s) will be forwarded to the safety committee.

5.1.4 The safety committee will make recommendations for corrective action if deficiencies are noted.

5.1.5 Department heads will take immediate corrective action to eliminate or minimize hazards and then

initiate permanent corrective action where possible.

5.1.6 Safety Inspections are to be completed at least quarterly. Monthly inspections are recommended.

5.2 Observations of Procedures and Actions.

5.2.1 Observations of work practices and procedures will be conducted in addition to the Safety Audit.

Comments should be included on the inspection form and reported to the appropriate supervisor(s).

The inspection process will be kept professional and positive, not punitive. These observations

should occur during the checklist portion of the inspection process.

5.3 Forms

5.3.1 Forms to guide investigators will be produced and modified as needed by the department safety

committee. Other forms will be generated and used as deemed necessary. Some forms will

require descriptive observations made about how employees perform specific tasks, to determine

work methods and actions that may contribute to hazards. Departments should feel free to develop

any additional forms or checklist they feel are appropriate to identify hazards in their areas.

5.4 Inspector Training

5.4.1 Training on conducting effective self-inspections will be coordinated by the department’s safety

committee or the County Safety / Risk Manager. Classroom training may be followed by site

inspections with instruction from an experienced inspector who is able to answer questions relating

to the inspection process and the inspection forms.

5.5 Inspection Results/Corrective Actions

5.5.1 Items noted as needing improvement, modification, or corrective action will be communicated to

the appropriate manager or supervisor. A response from the supervisor will be sent to the safety

committee indicating action(s) taken. The Department Safety Coordinator and /or committee will

track the items needing improvement, modification or corrective action until it is corrected.

5.6 Follow-up

5.6.1 The Department Safety Coordinator and/or safety committee will notify the department head of all

lack of progress in addressing self-inspection items noted for improvement.

SAFETY AUDIT

Hanover County

Monthly Inspection

Department ____________ Date _____________

Inspected By: _________________________ ____________________

Instructions: Circle the score for each category. If a category does not apply to your area, circle 3 and write "N/A" in the comments section. Write

comments for any score of 1, 2 or 4. See instructions below. Please forward original copy to the Safety Coordinator.

1 - more than 1 hour work away from being acceptable

2 - less than 1 hour work away from being acceptable

3 - acceptable

4 - extra effort noticeable 1 hour + 1 hours

- Acceptable Extra

1.0 Machinery/ Equipment

1.1 First Impression

1.2 Clean and free of unnecessary material

1.3 Clean and free of dripping (oil, water, etc.)

1.4 Safety guards/interlocks in place and in good condition.

Sub Total ______

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

Instructions: Write comments for any items that received a score of 1, 2 or 4. If an item does not apply to the area, circle 3 above

and write "N/A" in the comments section below. Items receiving a score of "4" must have a comment or they will be recorded as a

"3".

Comments for item # Action To Be Taken Task Delegated

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

2.0 Stock and Material


2.2 Located and arranged safely (Not on yellow

lines or blocking safety equipment.)

Sub total _______

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

2.1 2.2

3.0 Equipment

3.1 Wiring/ Cords in good condition

3.2 Storage: proper, safe, orderly

Sub Total ______

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

3.1 3.2

4.0 Chemicals

4.1 Properly labeled

4.2 Proper storage

4.3 Compressed gases (stored properly)

Sub Total ______

1

1

1

2

2

2

3

3

3

4

4

4

4.1 4.2 4.3

5.0 Safety Equipment (Eye, Face, Foot protection)

5.1 PPE available and used (where applicable)

5.2 PPE in good condition

5.3 PPE storage: proper, safe, orderly

5.4 Fire Extinguishers/Eyewash inspected 5.5 First Aid Supplies

Sub Total ______

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

4

Comments for item # Action To Be Taken Task Delegated

5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5

6.0 Floors and Aisles


6.2 Swept and free of debris

6.3 Condition (trip, slip hazards, excess water) 6.4 Emergency equipment/ routes accessible

Sub Total ______

1

1

1 1

2

2

2 2

3

3

3 3

4

4

4 4

6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4

7.0 Building (stairs, walls, windows, doorways,

lights)

7.1 Stairways and platforms safe, clean

7.2 Walls, windows, doorways clean, uncluttered

7.3 Adequate/ working lighting

Sub Total ______

1

1

1

2

2

2

3

3

3

4

4

4

7.1 7.2 7.3

8.0 Break Areas

8.1 First impression

8.2 Floors, tables. walls clean and uncluttered

8.3 Trash properly disposed of

Sub Total ______

1

1

1

2

2

2

3

3

3

4

4

4

8.1

8.2

8.3

Score ___________% Target Score: 100% Score = (Total x 100)/78

Total Score

_________ Target Total: 78 (all 3's - acceptable)

Return to Work Program

1. Purpose

1.1 Maintain Hanover County objectives and productivity.

1.2 Encourage safety and prevention of injury.

1.3 Whenever possible, provide reasonable work opportunities for injured workers to return to work.

1.4 Avoid re-injury through work assignments and effective monitoring.

1.5 Assist the employee in their return to a normal work environment in an expedient manner.

1.6 Ensure that the employee's return to work is in compliance with all Human Resources requirements.

2. Applicability

2.1 This program applies to all employees of Hanover County Government, employees of the Community

Services Board and Constitutional Officers.

2.2 This program shall not apply to the Hanover Public Schools.

3. Forms

3.1 Hanover County Incident Report (located in the Incident Reporting Program)

3.2 Panel of Physicians notification (located in the Incident Reporting Program)

3.3 Supervisor’s Statement of Employee’s Return to Work Form (located in the Incident Reporting Program)

3.4 Workers Compensation Injury Memorandum (Human Resourses)

3.5 Healthcare Professional Medical Evaluation (Human Resources)

4. Responsibilities

4.1 Supervisor

4.1.1 Develop alternative assignments. Place employee in an assignment that will allow for the doctor's

restrictions and ensure that the injured employee follow these restrictions.

4.1.2 Provide all follow up medical information to the Human Resources department.

4.1.3 Contact Human Resources in the event alternative assignments are not available in the injured

employee’s department to see if light duty assignments are available in a different department.

4.2. Human Resources and the Safety / Risk Manager

4.2.1 Act as the return-to-work coordinator and take a proactive approach in the return-to-work program,

planning, leading, controlling, and monitoring the return-to-work activities.

4.2.2 Provide Healthcare Professional Medical Evaluation form to the employee to give to treating

doctor.

4.2.3 Provide information to doctors to help them understand the employee's regular job (attach a copy

of the job description), the employer's return-to-work program, and available work alternatives.

4.2.4 Maintain contact with the health care provider, the insurance company, the employee, and the

employee's supervisor.

4.2.5 Offer light duty assignment if doctor allows modified duty.

4.2.8 Act as the employer's representative.

4.3 Employee

4.3.1 Inform the treating doctor of alternative work availability and the return-to-work program.

4.3.2 Notify supervisor immediately about any work restrictions ordered by the treating physician, at least

once a week. The injured employee should contact his / her Supervisor to let them know how they are

doing.

4.3.3 Provide a copy of the medical release to Human Resources if the doctor releases the injured employee

to restricted duty.

4.3.4 If the doctor releases you to work request return to duty form. Return to work on the next scheduled

shift.

4.3.5 If your doctor gives you medical restrictions he/she must provide Human Resources or Supervisor

with a copy of Return to Duty form on first day return to full duty. Be sure to follow the doctor's

orders.

4.4 Health Care Provider

4.4.1 Become familiar with the injured employee’s job functions.

4.4.2 Assess the condition of the injured employee, as it relates to the employees job duties and if the

employee is not ready to return to normal duties, provide the employee with any specific physical

restrictions to follow when performing any job functions.

4.4.3 Provide information about the employee's work capabilities to Human Resources and Safety / Risk

Management.

4.5 VML Case Manager

4.5.1 Determine if an offer of light duty or alternative employment is appropriate.

4.5.2 If employee accepts an appropriate offer, terminate workers' compensation benefits.

4.5.3 If employee does not accept the offer, terminate workers' compensation benefits.

Hanover County Incident Event Reporting Program


CONTACTS:

Safety & Risk Manager (Hanover County)

REV:

1

DATE:

11/30/2021 Page 1 of 13

PROGRAM REVISIONS

Revision Date Revision Description

11/18/2021 1. Procedure format update 2. Added requirements for Root Cause Analysis 3. Updated incident reporting information and contacts for Safety

& Risk Management as well as CompCare 4. Updated Supervisor responsibilities to include preliminary

review of incident event and corrective action development 5. Updated OSHA requirements for serious injury & fatality

reporting. 6. Updated all incident reports for Hanover County 7. Added information on EMEX incident management system and

use requirements 8. Added record retention requirements

Hanover County Incident Event Reporting Program


CONTACTS:


REV:

1

DATE:

11/30/2021 Page 2 of 13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 PURPOSE ................................................................................................................ 3

2.0 REFERENCES ....................................................................................................... 3

3.0 APPLICABILITY .................................................................................................. 3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................. 3

5.0 PROCEDURE ......................................................................................................... 6

6.0 RECORD RETENTION ......................................................................................... 9

7.0 ATTACHMENTS ................................................................................................... 9

Accident/Incident Reporting Program


CONTACTS:


REV:

1

DATE:

11/30/2021 Page 3 of 13

1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To establish program requirements for the reporting of all accidents/near

miss/property damage events involving Hanover County Government personnel, property.

1.2 To establish uniform guidelines for conducting investigations into these events as well as determination of corrective actions to prevent further re-occurrences of accidents, incidents, near misses, and property damage events.

2.0 REFERENCES 2.1 Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 29 CFR 1904 2.2 Virginia Occupational Safety & Health (VOSH) 16 VAC 25-60

3.0 APPLICABILITY 3.1 This Program shall apply to all employees of Hanover County Government, including

the Community Services Board and constitutional officers. 3.2 This Program shall apply to all independent contractors performing work for the

County as specified in the County Contractor Safety Program.

4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Department Head

4.1.1 Responsible for implementation of this procedure. 4.1.2 Responsible for contacting Safety & Risk Manager or designee and

Director of Human Resources to notify them of event occurrence. 4.1.3 Responsible for oversight of the incident investigation/root cause analysis

process as required under the guidelines established within this procedure for their department or school location.

4.1.4 Responsible for determining the need for a Root Cause Analysis investigation and for requesting a Root Cause Analysis to be conducted in conjunction with the Safety & Risk Management.

4.1.5 Responsible for ensuring all investigations adhere to the guidelines established within this document and for ensuring corrective action recommendations brought forth from any accident/incident investigation are implemented in a timely fashion.



CONTACTS:


REV:

1

DATE:

11/30/2021 Page 4 of 13

4.1.6 Responsible for participating in the root cause analysis process as determined by the RCA team lead.

4.2 Safety & Risk Manager (or designee) 4.2.1 Responsible for development and maintenance of this procedure. 4.2.2 Responsible for assisting with accident investigations, serving as part of the Root Cause Analysis Team and reviewing reports.

4.2.3 Responsible for assisting departments with the develop & implementation of corrective action (s) as a result of an incidents

4.2.4 Responsible for investigating incidents when deemed appropriate. 4.2.5 Responsible for providing training related to incident investigation and

reporting. 4.2.6 Responsible for reviewing incident analysis reports and corrective actions. 4.2.7 Responsible for assisting with verifying that corrective actions are

implemented in a timely manner. 4.2.8 Responsible for performing trend and other statistical analyses of

incidents. 4.2.9 Responsible for attending and supporting any VOSH investigation. 4.2.10 Responsible for contacting the Virginia Department of Labor and Industry

to notify them of any incident that result in in-patient hospitalization for injury treatment of one (1) or more employees, event resulting in a workplace fatality, amputation or loss of an eye. Notices of fatality are required to be reported within eight (8) hours of occurrence and hospitalizations, amputations or loss of an eye cases must be reported within twenty-four (24) hours of occurrence.

4.3 Supervisor 4.3.1 Responsible for providing for immediate treatment of onsite injuries and

illnesses as well as reporting all employee injury events to appropriate department leadership in a timely manner.

4.3.2 Responsible for monitoring the recovery of any employee with a lost-time injury. If possible the employee should be contacted once a week to see if they need assistance and encourage him / her to work with their Worker’s Compensation case manager. Arrange for that employee to return to work



CONTACTS:


REV:

1

DATE:

11/30/2021 Page 5 of 13

on light or restricted duty if available. 4.3.3 Responsible for securing the accident site and any material items that may

assist in the Root Cause Analysis investigation as well as ensuring that the incident scene is left in or rendered in a safe condition prior to the incident investigation taking place.

4.3.4 Responsible for visiting the location where the incident occurred with the affected employee prior to the start of the RCA. The supervisor and the employee shall discuss the events that led up to the incident to determine the preliminary primary and any secondary cause(s) and discuss corrective actions.

4.3.5 Supervisor shall start his/her comments with the following phrase: I have personally visited the accident/incident site with the employee and observed the following details associated with the task and work environment… (Describe only the cause(s) and potential corrective action recommendation(s) immediately apparent that may prevent further injury at the time of the event. Additional corrective actions will be determined via the RCA and the RCA team investigation).

4.3.6 Responsible for contacting the Department Director as soon as possible whenever offsite medical attention is required for an employee or employees or if extensive property damage has occurred.

4.3.7 Responsible for determining if drug & alcohol testing, in consultation with concurrence from Human Resources, if post-accident drug and alcohol screening is required.

4.3.8 Responsible for participating in the Root Cause Analysis investigation of accidents/incidents/near miss/property damage events that involve his or her employees as identified by the RCA team

4.3.9 Responsible for making sure all appropriate documentation is completed in a timely manner.

4.3.10 Responsible for submitting a Supervisor’s Statement of Employee Return to Work form to Safety & Risk Management/Human Resources within 24 hours of the employee returning to work.

4.3.11 Responsible for documenting all follow-up related to Injury/Incident corrective actions and submitting to Safety & Risk Management/Human Resources.



CONTACTS:


REV:

1

DATE:

11/30/2021 Page 6 of 13

4.4 Employee 4.4.1 Responsible for immediately reporting accidents/incidents/near

miss/property damage events to supervision. 4.4.2 Responsible for participation in Root Cause Analysis investigations as

requested.

5.0 PROCEDURE

5.1 All incidents involving Hanover County employees, vehicles, and property; all incidents or claims against Hanover County that involve the public and all incidents involving fires on county premises must be reported as soon as possible to the affected Department Head, the Director of Human Resources and the Safety & Risk Manager for Hanover County.

5.2 In the event of an accident/incident/near miss/property damage event, the following guidelines will be utilized to ensure proper reporting of the event as (Note: guidelines assume that supervisor has been notified by the employee(s) involved of the event requiring reporting):

5.2.1 Provide for immediate medical care of injured employee. If employee sustains injuries requiring medical assistance beyond the capabilities of site first aid, immediate offsite medical attention must be facilitated. Completion of necessary reports is secondary to the process and should be completed after appropriate level of care has been provided.

5.2.2 Report Event to CompCare/VRSA. All injury events requiring treatment beyond on-site first aid must be reported to CompCare/VRSA as soon as the affected employee becomes aware of the injury. CompCare can be reached by dialing 1-877-234-0898.

5.2.3 Notify Department Head. Notify the Department Head of the injured employee’s department on all injuries/near miss/property damage events.

5.2.4 Notify Safety & Risk Management. Notify the Safety & Risk Manager or designee on all injuries/near miss/property damage events no matter when they occur. NOTE: DO NOT DELAY IN REPORTING FATALITY, AMPUTATION, LOSS OF AN EYE OR INPATIENT HOSPITALIZATION EVENTS TO SAFETY & RISK MANAGEMENT. THESE MUST BE REPORTED AS SOON AS FEASIBLE AFTER THE OCCURRENCE OF THE EVENT!



CONTACTS:


REV:

1

DATE:

11/30/2021 Page 7 of 13

5.2.5 Complete Panel Physician Selection form. This form must be completed for all injuries or work-related diseases whether or not the employee seeks medical attention for the injury event. Completed document is to be included with all accident related files. Complete Employee Basic Injury Report form. This form must be completed for all injuries/illnesses, including first aid events treated outside of a clinical environment.

5.2.6 For events involving vehicle accidents, employees must complete a Vehicle Incident Report Form. If an injury occurs due to aa vehicle accident, an Employee Basic Injury Report must be completed along with the Vehicle Accident Report.

5.2.7 For events involving damage to Hanover County Equipment or property, employees must complete a Property Damage Incident Form. If an injury occurs due to a vehicle accident, an Employee Basic Injury Report must be completed along with the Property Damage Incident Report. For events involving injury to visitors to Hanover County facilities or citizens on Hanover County property, employees must complete a Visitor & Citizen Incident Report Form. A copy of this form must be forwarded to Safety & Risk Management for system entry and tracking.

5.3 A drug and alcohol screen may be required after an incident. See Hanover County Personnel Policy Manual Section 15.3 B. 3 and consult with Human Resources to determine if event meets requirements for Drug & Alcohol testing.

5.4 In the event of a significant accident/incident/near miss/property damage event,

the following guidelines will be utilized to ensure that all accidents/incidents/near misses or property damage events are investigated appropriately, that all root/latent causes of the event are determined, and that corrective actions are established to prevent reoccurrence of similar events in the future: 5.4.1 The department head or designee shall lead the incident review for all

OSHA recordable injuries, significant near misses, and/or major property damage events occurring within their department.

5.4.2 Once the Department Head determines that a root cause analysis is required based on the nature & severity of the event, the department head or designee shall select and assign a Root Cause Analysis Team Leader.



CONTACTS:


REV:

1

DATE:

11/30/2021 Page 8 of 13

5.4.3 The Root Cause Analysis Team Leader shall select and assemble a team to participate in investigation of the accident/incident/near miss/property damage event. The team may consist of any personnel that the team lead deems appropriate for participation on the RCA team, but will include a representative from Safety & Risk Management.

5.4.4 Supervisor of affected employee, in conjunction with the injured or

involved employee(s), shall conduct the preliminary investigation of all incidents involving team members under their supervision. Results of preliminary investigations shall be reported to the RCA team leader for inclusion in the RCA investigation process.

5.4.5 The RCA team shall conduct a root cause analysis for the accident/incident/near miss/property damage event utilizing the established RCA Procedure checklist to determine the root/latent causes contributing to the accident/incident event as well as assist in determining corrective actions related to the injury event for implementation to prevent similar accidents/incidents from occurring in the future.

5.4.6 The RCA team lead shall compile all information obtained during the root cause analysis, review the materials and recommendations for corrective actions, and complete a formal RCA report related to the accident/incident event. This report and the corrective actions shall be submitted to the Department Head and Safety & Risk Management for review prior to distribution. The RCA team leader shall hold primary responsibility for assigning duties to team members as outlined within the RCA Procedure checklist.

5.4.7 The RCA team leader shall ensure that all investigation materials, reports, and corrective actions are submitted as defined in section 4.0 of this procedure.

5.4.8 Incident review/RCA should be initiated within 48 hours and should be completed within 7 to 10 days of the event.

5.5 Incidents not of the type described in Item 5.4.1 of this section shall be reviewed by the Safety & Risk Manager to determine need for obtaining additional information about the event or if more thorough investigation is required.



CONTACTS:


REV:

1

DATE:

11/30/2021 Page 9 of 13

6.0 RECORD RETENTION

6.1 Record Retention 6.1.1 Records pertaining to accident/incident/near miss/property damage events

and RCA investigations shall be entered into and maintained in the Hanover County Safety Incident Tracking Software System (EMEX). Files and data for incident events held in EMEX shall serve as the designated official record for all events identified within this procedure.

6.1.2 Any documentation related to a reported safety event (injury, vehicle, property damage etc.) shall be entered, scanned and stored in the EMEX system until the event is closed by Safety & Risk Management. Corrective actions related to incident events will also be tracked, assigned and maintained within this system.

6.1.3 RCA reports and supporting documentation shall be submitted to the EMEX database upon completion and for approval from the department head, Safety & Risk Management & Human Resources.

6.1.4 Accident/incident/near miss/property damage records shall be retained for five (5) years following the end of the calendar year that these records cover.

6.1.5 Retention of physical report forms at the department level is permitted; however, physical records shall not be held longer than one (1) year after occurrence of the event.

7.0 ATTACHMENTS

ATTACHMENT A: Accident Event Flowchart ATTACHMENT B: Safety & Risk Management Contact Information ATTACHMENT C: Incident event definitions & classification matrix

https://fs.hanoverva.gov/adfs/ls/?SAMLRequest=jNG9boMwEADgPVLewfIOBlJCsEIk1CyR0iVpO3Q7zJFYAjv1GZTHL6Wp2ixVx%2Fv5dHe6NUHXJhdZ9v5sDvjeI3l27VpD8qtS8N4ZaYE0SQMdkvRKHsunvUzCSF6c9VbZlv82fxMgQue1NZzttgXXdaQgXTRJnkAMD6usqiBKcblQ1SrPM4SMs1d0NIKCj35URD3uDHkwfkxFSRzEcRClz%2FFSRpmM0zfOtuMZ2sDnmIKfvb%2BQFKKh8AzGDugGCE92EFA3JFoSnJXfSz1aQ32H7jg2aYUvh%2F2Pv%2BFA1yF2eA2V7QTpk9EmmO4WpSK%2Bmc8YW0%2BxnDZ1m%2F%2F6tbhj89ktcf%2BdzQcAAAD%2F%2FwMA&RelayState=2PQ_kEa8T8qNK1REhSBDjink



CONTACTS:


REV:

1

DATE:

11/30/2021 Page 10 of 13

Attachment A: Accident Event Flowchart

No Yes Treatment Required?

Vehicle/Property Damage/ Citizen/Visitor event

Incident Event occurs

Minor Injury/First Aid Event

Injury/Illness requiring offsite medical attention

Catastrophic Event

Incident Type (pick one or multiple depending on nature of event for

response)

Employee reports event to Supervisor

Administer First Aid if needed and make area safe

Employee contacts CompCare at 1-877-234-0898 to report the injury/ select Physician from panel if treatment is required.

Provide for immediate care of any affect individuals

Employee contacts 911 for assistance as necessary

Call 911 - give exact location and incident information. Administer First Aid and make area safe

Supervisor identifies facility where employee will be taken for treatment and meets injured employee at facility

Supervisor will provide necessary support to the employee (physical capabilities form, job description to give to panel physician), discuss employee treatment and understand requirements of any lost time or restricted duty related to the injury.

Arrange for injured person to be taken to the selected physician for treatment or work with emergency response to ensure employee transport to a local emergency treatment facility as required based on severity of injury

Employee contacts CompCare at 1-877-234-0898 to report the injury/ select Physician from panel. If unable, Supervisor must contact and make notification

Secure scene and begin investigation (photos, documentation, witness statements etc.)

Notify Department Head of injured or involved employee (s)

Complete required incident report for the event type, collect all relevant information related to the event and submit report & supporting documents into EMEX.

1. Reports and all supporting documentation must be given to department designee for entry into EMEX

2. Supervisor is responsible for follow up with employee for all medical visits that are required and submitting all documentation, including updating dates for lost time or restricted duty cases related to those visits for entry into EMEX.

3. Supervisor must complete & submit return to work notification to Safety & Risk Management & HR when employee has been cleared to return to work.

4. For offsite treatment cases & catastrophic events, affected Department Head shall notify Safety & Risk Manager and Director of Human Resources.



CONTACTS:


REV:

1

DATE:

11/30/2021 Page 11 of 13

Attachment B: Safety & Risk Management Contact Information:

CONTACT POSITION EXTENSION CELL EMAIL Matt Phillips

Safety & Risk Manager 6227

(757) 508-0239 [email protected]

Victoria Mullen

Safety & Risk Coordinator 7184


Janet Lawson

Director, Human Resources 6072


For assistance with incident reporting, questions regarding incident reports and required information or for any general, contact Safety & Risk Management

mailto:[email protected]





CONTACTS:


REV:

1

DATE:

11/30/2021 Page 12 of 13

Attachment C: Incident event definitions & classification matrix

Incident Type Definition

Near Miss A work-related incident that could have but did not cause injury or property damage if circumstances had been different. These are incidents where: • All protective barriers failed (particularly the last one), • Luck prevented injury, and • The potential for serious injury existed.

First Aid/ Minor Injury

The classification assigned to a work-related injury or illness that does not result in care by a medical professional. (See Other Recordable). Any incident where there is any obvious breakage of skin, swelling, bruising and/or where there was pain/discomfort as the result of the incident. Treatment does not have to be rendered for the incident to be classified as a first aid case/minor injury. The affected employee is not sent to a doctor or outside medical facility for care. If the affected employee is sent to a doctor or outside medical facility for care, the incident classification will at least be a Non-Recordable (see below).

OSHA Recordable Injury/ Illness

The classification assigned to a work-related injury or illness incident which resulted in medical treatment beyond first aid (e.g., application of sutures, administration of prescription medication, admission to a hospital for treatment other than observation) but did not result in any lost time or restricted activity other than the day of the incident. Physician’s care does not automatically make a case recordable. If the physician’s care is first aid in nature and not considered treatment, the case is not recordable.

Restricted Work Day Case

The classification assigned to a work-related injury or illness incident which results in the affected employee not being able to perform 100% of employee’s routine job functions that would normally be expected in a typical work week, other than on the day of the injury or on-set of an illness. Cases can be considered restricted day cases regardless of who instructs the employee to perform restricted duties.

Lost Work Day Case

The classification assigned to a work-related injury or illness incident which results in the injured employee missing one or more complete shifts of work, other than on the day of the injury or the on-set of an illness. Cases can be considered lost workday regardless of who instructs the employee to stay out of work.

Life-Altering Injury (LAI)

The most serious work-related injuries (excluding fatalities). These are serious injuries that result in permanent or significant temporary damage to body function or internal organs where either the company or the worker could have taken action that would have prevented the incident from occurring. Examples include:

• Amputation that includes bone • Eye injuries that involve permanent loss of vision • 3rd degree burns greater than 9% of the body • Multiple fractures that result in permanent disability • Trauma to a vital organ resulting in permanent damage



CONTACTS:


REV:

1

DATE:

11/30/2021 Page 13 of 13

• Significant head injury resulting in permanent brain damage • Spinal cord injury resulting in permanent disability

Note: This list isn’t all inclusive. Other significant injuries may be included.

Serious Injury or Fatality (SIF)

Work-related injury that results in one of these outcomes:

1. Fatalities 2. Amputations (involving bone) 3. Concussions and/or cerebral hemorrhages 4. Injury or trauma to internal organs 5. Bone fractures excluding fingers and toes, unless they are compound, open or crushing

bone fractures for fingers and toes. Hairline fractures to the face, skull or navicular wrist bone (base of thumb) are SIF. All other hairline fractures are not SIF.

6. Tendon and ligament tears. Must be complete. Partial tears are not SIF. 7. Herniated disks (neck or back) 8. Lacerations resulting in severed tendons and/or a deep wound requiring internal stitches 9. 2nd (10% body surface) or 3rd degree burns 10. Eye injuries resulting in eye damage or permanent loss or significant change of vision 11. Injections of foreign materials (e.g. hydraulic fluid) 12. Severe heat exhaustion and all heat stroke cases (severe heat exhaustion cases are those

where all of the following symptoms are present: profuse sweating, nausea, and confusion). If confirmed fainting occurs due to the heat exposure, this is an automatic severe case. Fainting where personal medical condition and/or medicine significantly contributed to the heat exhaustion are not SIF.

13. Dislocation of a major joint (hip, shoulder, elbow, etc.) The following are excluded even if they are OSHA-recordable: non-preventable vehicle accidents; medical conditions such as heart attacks and seizures; injuries from normal body movements; chipped/broken teeth; hernias, nasal cartilage fractures, corneal abrasions.

Potential Serious Injury or Fatality (PSIF)

An incident or injury that occurs that had the potential to result in a serious injury or even a fatality, had the situation been different. PSIFs can result from near miss, first aid or OSHA Recordable incidents.

Non-Recordable Injury

The classification assigned to a work-related injury or illness incident which resulted in first aid treatment being administered by a licensed healthcare professional.

For Record Only (FRO)

The classification assigned to cases where a work relationship cannot be established. Typically, these are cases where the work relationship was questionable or further investigation determined the case was non-work-related.

HANOVER COUNTY

SAFETY & HEALTH MANUAL

1

Personal Protective Equipment Program

1 PURPOSE

1.1 Establish regulations designed to protect personnel against hazards capable of causing injury,

illness, or impairment.

1.2 To ensure appropriate PPE is provided to employees who may be subjected to a hazardous

environmental condition.

1.3 To assist departments with establishing procedures to achieve workplace Safety Standards as

established in the OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910. This program establishes guidelines and

procedures for use of PPE while performing work for Hanover County.

2. APPLICABILITY

2.1 This program applies to all employees of Hanover County Government and constitutional

officers.

2.2 This program does not apply to Hanover County Schools.

3. FORMS

PPE Assessment Form Page 10

4. RESPONSIBILITIES

4.1 Department heads shall:

4.1.1 Conduct job hazard assessments to determine the need for PPE.

4.1.2 Provide appropriate personal protective equipment and training to personnel

exposed to hazards requiring PPE.

4.1.3 Post areas requiring PPE with appropriate caution signs. These areas include eye,

face, head, and hand protection areas.

4.1.4 Ensure full compliance with the detailed responsibilities of employees, set forth in

the referenced procedures and/or policies applicable to their work areas.

4.2 Supervisors shall:

4.2.1 Ensure that appropriate PPE is available to employees.

4.2.2 Ensure PPE is properly used.

HANOVER COUNTY


2

4.2.3 Enforce this policy.

4.3 Employees shall:

4.3.1 Use PPE in accordance with instructions and training received.

4.3.1 Guard against damage to PPE.

4.3.2 Maintain for their personal protective equipment properly.

4.3.3 Report PPE malfunctions or problems to their supervisory personnel.

4.3.4 Follow safe work practices while working in areas requiring PPE.

4.4 S&RM shall:

4.4.1 Assist department to evaluate when, where and what PPE is required in work areas.

4.4.2 Assist departments and supervisors with a departmental personal protective

equipment programs.

4.4.3 Assist in conducting job safety analysis.

4.4.4 Reviewing departmental PPE procedures and records to ensure compliance.

5. PROCEDURES

5.1 GENERAL

5.1.1 Only protective equipment approved by regulatory

agencies and in accordance with OSHA or other mandatory standards will be used.

Managers will ensure procedures are available for the supply, maintenance, and

operation of PPE equipment, and personnel are proficient in the operation and

upkeep of their PPE.

5.1.2 No supervisor will permit an operation requiring PPE to be conducted unless

personal protective equipment is in proper working order and used as required by

OSHA and / or the S&RM.

5.1.3 No person will enter a hazardous environment without the proper protective

equipment or remove protective equipment while in the hazardous environment, or

use it if it is faulty or damaged.

5.1.4 Monitoring devices to detect, warn, and protect against an impending or existing

adverse environmental condition will be used to evaluate atmospheres that might be

toxic, flammable, explosive or in which excessive levels of radiation, heat, pressure,

noise or other hazard might exist.

HANOVER COUNTY


3

5.1.5 Detection and warning equipment will be maintained in a state in which operations

and readings are dependable and accurate. The equipment will be tested and

calibrated in accordance with the manufactures guidelines or recommendations.

.

5.1.6 Detection and warning equipment will be installed, maintained, adjusted, and

repaired only by personnel trained for that purpose. Warnings will be posted against

other persons tampering with, inactivating, or damaging this equipment.

5.1.7 PPE will be provided and used in the following circumstances:

5.1.7.1 Where it has been determined by the Safety / Risk Manager that PPE is

necessary to protect the health and safety of employees.

5.1.7.2 Where it has been determined that adequate engineering and/or supervisory

controls do not reduce exposure potential to an unsafe level.

5.1.7.3 Where development or installation of engineering controls are pending.

5.1.7.4 During short term, non-routine operations for which engineering controls are

not practical.

5.1.7.5 During emergency situations such as spills, ventilation malfunctions,

firefighting, emergency exit, damage control assessment and activities, etc.

6. ASSESSMENTS

6.1 A job safety analysis (JSA) shall be conducted by all departments to determine the need

for PPE for all jobs performed. The evaluation shall be approved by the S&RM or other

trained persons making the hazards assessment. Any changes to the work place or

introduction of new equipment or tools will require that a new assessment of the affected

process or job be performed. The approved assessment and any updates shall be filed

departmentally on site as a permanent record.

See Appendix A for assessment forms.

7. CHARACTERISTICS AND USES OF PPE

7.1 PPE SELECTION GUIDE

7.1.1 Table 1 (on page 10) is a checklist for PPE selection in various hazardous

situations. The checklist is intended for use as a quick reference and should be

used in conjunction with the applicable parts of this chapter. There may be

operating conditions when the use of a listed item from the table is impractical or

would increase the hazard. In these instances, use appropriate PPE and procedures

to safeguard employee safety and health.

7.2 MAINTENANCE OF PPE

7.2.1 PPE, including employee-owned PPE, shall be maintained in a sanitary and

serviceable condition.

HANOVER COUNTY


4

7.2.2 PPE issued for exclusive use by an individual employee shall be visually inspected

by the employee before each use. Supervisory personnel to ensure its serviceability

shall inspect such PPE frequently.

7.2.3 PPE subject to use by more than one individual shall be cleaned and disinfected

before being made available for use by subsequent personnel. Such cleaning and

disinfecting is mandatory for PPE worn on the head and hands.

7.2.4 PPE intended for emergency use shall be cleaned, disinfected, and placed in an

operable condition after each use. Such equipment shall be inspected monthly to

ensure its serviceable condition. Records shall be kept of these inspections.

7.3 STORAGE OF PPE

7.3.1 PPE shall be properly stored to protect against environmental conditions that might

reduce the effectiveness of the equipment or result in contamination during

storage. PPE having a shelf-life limitation shall be checked periodically to ensure it

is not used after the expiration date.

8. PROCUREMENT OF PPE

Each department is responsible for the purchase of adequate PPE required for an employee

to do his or her job safely and in compliance with VOSH/OSHA standards.

9. UNIVERSAL PRECAUTIONS

Universal precautions refer to the PPE necessary to protect against exposure to biological

agents, bloodborne diseases, zoological diseases, and or to protect against allergic

responses. Additional information is identified in the Hanover County Bloodborne

Pathogen Program.

10. EYE AND FACE PROTECTION

10.1 GENERAL

10.1.1 Suitable eye and face protectors shall be provided and used where machinery,

equipment, or operations present the hazards of flying objects, liquids, injurious

energies (glare, radiation, etc.), or a combination of these hazards. The selection,

use, and maintenance of eye and face protectors shall be in accordance with

ANSI Z87.1, "Practice for Occupational and Educational Eye and Face

Protection," or equivalent. It is essential that eye and face protectors be kept

clean. They shall be cleaned and inspected daily. Pitted or scratched lenses or

face shields reduce vision and seriously reduce protection. Accordingly, lenses

and face shields that are pitted or scratched to such a degree that vision of the

work-piece is obscured shall be replaced.

10.2 FACE SHIELDS

10.2.1 Face shields shall be worn to protect the face and front of the neck from flying

particles and sprays or splashes of hazardous liquids.

HANOVER COUNTY


5

10.3 SAFETY GLASSES

10.3.1 Approvals

10.3.1.1 Safety glasses shall meet the impact requirements of ANSI Z87.1 or

equivalent. Lenses and frames shall be marked with the manufacturer's

symbol to indicated compliance with ANSI Z87.1. The use of approved

lenses in unapproved frames is not acceptable. Tinted lenses in safety

glasses, including photo-gray lenses, are permissible for workers

who perform a large amount of their work outside and when prescribed

for corrective purposes or specifically approved by the S&RM. Clear

lenses must be used for indoor work.

10.3.2 Side Shields

10.3.2.1 Side shields should be used on safety glasses worn in buildings or

areas designated as eye-hazard areas. Side shields should also be used

on safety glasses worn in eye-hazard operations, unless, it has been

specifically determined, for a particular operation, that it is not

possible for injurious objects or energies to enter the wearer's eyes

from the side, or that the reduced peripheral vision would pose a

greater hazard to the employee. Side shields shall not be detachable -

from the frames. Snap-on or slip-on types of side shields are not

acceptable.

10.3.3 Corrective Lenses

10.3.3.1 Personnel whose vision requires the use of corrective lenses and who

are required to wear protective eyewear shall wear one of the

following types of goggles or eye glasses:

10.3.3.1.1 Eye glasses whose protective lenses provide optical

correction.

10.3.3.1.2 Goggles that can be worn over corrective eye glasses without

disturbing the adjustment of the glasses.

10.3.3.1.3 Goggles that incorporate corrective lenses mounted behind

the protective lenses.

10.3.4 Goggles

10.3.4.1 Goggles or eyecups shall be worn to protect against impact, dust

particles, liquids, splashes, mists, spray, and injurious radiation. They

shall be designed to protect the eye sockets and the facial area around

the eyes, thus protecting the wearer from side exposure.

10.3.5 Welding Protection

10.3.5.1 Eye and face protection from the hazards of welding shall follow the

Hot Work Program in the Safety & Health Manual.

HANOVER COUNTY


6

10.3.6 Laser Protection

10.3.6.1 Eye protection for LASER operations must be in compliance with

ANSI Z136.1 "Safe use of LASERS" or equivalent.

11. HEARING PROTECTION

11.1 See the Hanover County Hearing Conservation Program for details on specific noise

hazards and precautions. Employees exposed to a noise level in excess of 85 decibels in

an 8-hour time weighted average, will be included in a hearing conservation program. It

is desired that whenever possible, noise levels must be removed or controlled by

engineering practices or administrative controls. VOSH enforces the OSHA 1910.95

standard for hearing conservation.

11.2 Hearing protection devices (HPD) shall be worn in all areas or during any operation that

has a measured noise level above the acceptable OSHA standard level. The forms of

HPD’s shall be selected for employee comfort and shall be of a minimum noise

protection factor (NPR) as designated by the S&RM based on noise monitoring.

12. HEAD PROTECTION

12.1 HARD HATS

12.1.1 Hardhats shall be constructed, selected, used, and maintained in accordance

with ANSI Z89.1, "Requirements for Protective Headwear for Industrial

Workers". Employees shall wear protective helmets when working in areas -

where there is a potential for injury to the head from falling objects or other

potential head hazards. Helmets shall comply with ANSI Z89.1.

12.1.2 The following are the classes of head protection acceptable in the County:

12.1.2.1 Class A helmets, in addition to impact and penetration resistance,

provide electrical protection from low-voltage conductors (they are proof tested to 2,200 volts).

12.1.2.2 Class B helmets, in addition to impact and penetration resistance,

provide electrical protection from high-voltage conductors (they are proof tested to 20,000 volts).

12.2 HAIR PROTECTION

12.2.1 Long hair, including long facial hair, which is susceptible to becoming

entangled in moving machinery or drawn into such machinery, shall be

controlled by caps or hairnets.

13. FOOT PROTECTION

13.1 GENERAL

13.1.1 Safety footwear shall be worn in areas where it has been determined the there is a

danger of foot injuries due to falling or rolling objects, or objects piercing the

sole, and where such employee’s feet are exposed to electrical hazards.

13.2 SAFETY TOE FOOTWEAR

HANOVER COUNTY


7

13.1.2 All safety footwear incorporating a toe box to protect the wearer's toes against

impact or compression shall meet the requirements for the 75-pound

classification of ANSI Z41, "Personnel Protection- Protective Footwear". The

use of toe caps or instep protectors that fit over shoes is prohibited as a substitute

for issuing safety shoes. These caps and protectors are only for use pending

receipt of shoes for new employees or for use by occasional visitors within

designated foot-hazardous operational areas.

13.3 OTHER SAFETY FOOTWEAR

Non-Conductive Footwear protects against electrical hazards. They shall be

used and tested in accordance with ANSI Z41. Employees having electrical

worker responsibilities in their job description shall wear an approved safety

shoe.

14. HAND PROTECTION

14.1 GENERAL

Employee shall use appropriate hand protection when their hands are exposed to

hazards such as those from skin absorption of harmful substances; severe cuts or lacerations; severe abrasions; punctures; chemical burns; thermal burns; and harmful temperature extremes.

15. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

15.1 See the Hanover County Respiratory Protection Program for details on protection

against inhalation hazards. Only NIOSH approved respirators shall be used and

employees shall receive fit testing, medical reviews, and training as required by OSHA.

16. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

16.1 Protective clothing includes coveralls, aprons, sleeves, leggings, gloves, hand pads, ,

and garments that enclose the entire body. These items are intended to protect the

wearer against heat, cold, moisture, toxic chemicals, acids, corrosives, electricity,

biological and physical hazards such as sharp objects, flying objects, excessive dust,

grease, etc.

16.2 When specific items of personal attire are judged by a Supervisor to be hazardous to an

operation or work environment, their use shall be prohibited. For example, the wearing

of long sleeves, jewelry, and loose-fitting or dangling clothing shall not be permitted

around rotating machinery. Silk, wool, rayon, nylon, and other synthetic fiber

garments shall not be worn in any operation in which the generation of static

electricity would create a hazard. Suitable attire, including appropriate shoes, normally

worn by prudent individuals to avoid unnecessary risk, is the responsibility of the

employee and is considered a condition of employment.

HANOVER COUNTY


8

17. ELECTRICAL PROTECTION

17.1 Electrical sources need to be de-energized prior to performing work on them and can

only be worked on by a “Qualified Person” (CFR 1910.332). Where there are

allowances to work on live circuits all procedures required shall be adhered to.

17.2 In electrical work areas equipment for protection from flash, arcs, and fire shall be

worn and the wearing of conductive articles of jewelry and clothing which might

contact exposed energized parts are prohibited.

18. SPECIAL CLOTHING

18.1 Where employees are required to wear special protective clothing that necessitates

changing from street clothes, a designated location for changing clothes and suitable

clothing lockers will be provided. Special protective clothing worn on the job shall not

be worn or taken away from the premises by employees, since this may expose other

persons to unnecessary risk caused by contaminated clothing. Hanover County will be

responsible for cleaning and drying special clothing contaminated with or exposed to

hazardous materials; or for proper disposal in the event contaminated clothing needs to

be discarded.

19. HIGH-VISIBILITY SAFETY APPAREL

The use of high visibility safety apparel applies to all County operations where

employees are working in, around, and near vehicular traffic. All high visibility safety

apparel shall comply with the standards set out in the Virginia Work Area Safety

Manual.

HANOVER COUNTY


9

Table 1 Hazard Recommended PPE

Heavy Impact or Falling

Object

Head: hard hat Knees, Legs, and Ankles: fiber metal leggings Feet and Toes:

steel box toe shoes or foot guards.

Moderate Impact Head: hard hat Feet and Toes: steel box toe shoes.

Head: hard hat Feet and

Toes: steel box toe

shoes.

Head: hard hat Eyes: goggles, spectacles with side shields Face: plastic face

shields Fingers, Hands, and Arms: leather gloves or mittens, sleeves Trunk:

leather or canvas fiber aprons, coats, or jackets Knees, Legs, and Ankles:

leather, fiber metal, or flame-resistant duck pants, knee guards, shin guards,

leggings or spats.

Small Flying Particles

Head: abrasive blasting hood Eyes: goggles, spectacles with side shields, plastic eye shields Fingers, Hands, and Arms: leather or duck fabric gloves or mittens,

sleeves Trunk: leather or canvas fiber aprons, coats, or jackets Knees, Legs, and

Ankles: leather, fiber metal, or flame-resistant duck pants, knee guards,

leggings, or spats.

Dusts Eyes: goggles, spectacles with side shields, plastic eye shields Face: plastic face

shields Respiratory: approved dust, airline, or abrasive blasting respirator.

Sparks and Metal

Spatter

Head: cotton or wool cap (flame retardant treated) Eyes: goggles, spectacles

with shields, plastic eye shields Face: plastic face shields Fingers, Hands, and

Arms: leather flame resistant duck or aluminum fabric gloves or mittens,

sleeves Trunk: leather aprons, coats, or jackets Knees, Legs, and Ankles:

leather fiber metal, flame-resistant duck pants, knee guards, shin guards,

leggings, or spats.

Splashing Metal

Eyes: goggles, spectacles with side shields, plastic eye shields Face: wire screen

shield Fingers, Hands, and Arms: leather flame-resistant duck or aluminum fabric gloves or mittens, sleeves Trunk: leathers aprons, coats, or jackets Knees,

Legs, and Ankles: leather fiber metal or flame-resistant duck pants, knee

guards, shin guards, leggings, or spats Feet and Toes: leather shoes, foundry

shoes.

Splashing Liquids and

Chemicals

Head: plastic-rubber hat Eyes: goggles, hoods Face: plastic face shields, hoods

Respiratory: chemical-resistant suits with air supply Fingers, Hands, and Arms:

rubber, natural rubber, plastics, synthetic fabrics, coated glass fiber, or other

chemical-resistant gloves or mittens, sleeves Trunk: rubber, plastic, or other

chemical-resistant material Knees, Legs, and Ankles: rubber, plastic, or other

chemical resistant material Feet and Toes: nonskid shoes with rubber, neoprene,

or wood soles, rubber or neoprene overshoes Whole Body: coveralls, overalls,

or liquid hazard suite of impervious materials.

Mists, Vapors, Gases,

Fumes, and Smoke

Eyes: goggles Face: plastic face shields for mists Respiratory: Immediately Dangerous to Life: self-contained apparatus Not Immediately Dangerous to

Life: air line respirator, hose mask without blower, chemical cartridge respirator

with filter for specific contaminant Fingers, Hands, and Arms: rubber, natural

rubber, plastic synthetic fiber, coated glass fiber, or other chemical-resistant

gloves or mittens, sleeves, protective creams Trunk: rubber, plastic, or other

chemical-resistant material Knees, Legs, and Ankles: rubber, plastic, or other

chemical resistant material Feet and Toes: conductive shoes (for explosive

gases, vapors, or other materials).

Hot Materials

Fingers, Hands, and Arms: leather gloves, mittens, hand pads, or finger cots;

leather, or flame resistant duck sleeves Trunk: leather aprons, coats, or jackets

Knees, Legs, and Ankles: leather, or flame resistant duck pants, knee guards,

shin guards, leggings, or spats Feet and Toes: wood soles.

Heat

Head: cotton or wool cap Fingers, Hands, and Arms: leather aluminized fabrics,

glass fiber insulated gloves, mittens, or hand pads; flame-resistant duck or reflective fabric (for radiant heat) sleeves Trunk: flame-resistant fabrics,

aluminized fabrics for radiant heat Knees, Legs, and Ankles: flame- resistant

duck, aluminized fabrics for radiant heat Feet and Toes: leather or wood soles,

thermal insulated shoes Whole Body: aluminized garments for radiant heat,

vortex tube with air cooled suits.

Moisture and Water Head: plastic-rubber hat Fingers, Hands, and Arms: rubber, oiled fabrics,

plastic, coated glass fiber gloves, mittens or finger cots, rubber oiled fabrics, or

HANOVER COUNTY


10

plastic sleeves Trunk: rubber or plastic material Knees, Legs, and Ankles: rubber or plastic material Feet and Toes: nonskid shoes, leather or wood soles,

rubber or neoprene overshoes Whole Body: garments of rubber, plastic, or other

impervious material.

Slips and Falls Feet and Toes: nonskid shoes, slip-resistant soles and heels.

Cuts and Abrasions

Head: hard hat Fingers, Hands and Arms: leather, metal mesh, or cotton canvas

gloves, mittens, hand pads, or finger cots, leather sleeves Trunk: leather or

canvas fiber aprons, coats, or jackets Knees, Legs, and Ankles: leather or fiber

metal pants, knee guards, shin guards, leggings, or spats Feet and Toes: steel

box toe, wood soles.

Animal Bites and

Scratches

Fingers, Hands and Arms: Heavy leather gloves that cover the forearms. Legs:

long pants, chaps, high top boots.

Dermatitis

Head: plastic-rubber hat, cotton or wool cap Face: plastic face shield, protective

barrier creams Fingers, Hands, and Arms: rubber, synthetic rubber plastic or

cotton gloves, protective barrier creams Trunk: rubber or plastic material

Knees, Legs, and Ankles: rubber or plastic material Feet and Toes: rubber

boots, wood soles, shower sandals (paper or wood).

Electricity and Electric

Shock

Head: plastic-rubber or plastic hat (Class B) Fingers, Hands, and Arms: rubber gloves and sleeves resistant to 10,000 volts for three minutes Trunk: rubber

material Knees, Legs, and Ankles: rubber material Feet and Toes: electrical

hazard footwear.

Explosives Head: cap (flame retardant) Fingers, Hands, and Arms: gloves Trunk: powder

uniform Feet and Toes: conductive shoes.

Machinery

Head: cap (long hair), cotton, or wool caps Fingers, Hands, and Arms: flame-

resistant duck sleeves Trunk: rubber, plastic, or canvas fiber aprons, coats, or

jackets Knees, Legs, and Ankles: fiber material or flame-resistant duck pants,

knee guards, shin guards, leggings, or spats Feet and Toes: steel box shoes.

Reflected Light and

Glare

Eyes: goggles, spectacles with side shields with filter lenses.

Welding

Head: leather skull cap Eyes: goggles-welders' eyecup, helmets, or hand shields

with filter lenses Face: helmets or hand shields with filter lenses, face shield

Hands: flame proof gauntlet gloves.

Sunlight Exposure Head: hat. Eyes: Uv filtered sunglasses. Long sleeves and long pants to cover

skin, sun screen with minimum of 30 SPF.

Radiant Energy

(intense)

Eyes: helmets (filter lenses with metal or plastic spectacles), hand shields (filter lenses) with metal or plastic spectacles Face: helmets or hand shield with filter

lenses.

X and Gamma

Radiation

Fingers, Hands, and Arms: leaded rubber or leather gloves Trunk: leaded rubber

or leather apron.

Laser Radiation Eyes: protective eyewear.

Radioactive Aerosols

and Gases

Respiratory: special respiratory devices Whole Body: radiation exposure suits

of plastic or paper with special respirators.

Noise Ears: plug or insert, cup or muff ear protectors, helmet.

Liquid Oxygen (LOX)

Eyes: goggles, spectacles with side shields, plastic eye shields Face: plastic face

shield Fingers, Hands, and Arms: rubber gloves Whole Body: coveralls, rubber

aprons.

20 TRAINING

Training will include the selection, use, inspection, and care of the PPE required for work. Such

training shall include explanations emphasizing the reasons for using the PPE. Personnel who

maintain and/or issue PPE shall be trained in the selection, use, inspection and care of PPE to

ensure that PPE users are provided with serviceable equipment designed for the particular hazard.

11

Appendix A

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

Job Safety Analysis Organization: _____________________________________ Location: ______________________________

Job Classification: _____________________________ Operation/Process: __________________________

Person performing assessment: _____________________________ Title: ___________________________

THE FOLLOWING HAZARDS HAVE BEEN NOTED Part of Body Hazard Required PPE Notes

Hands

❑ Penetration-sharp objects

❑ Penetration-animal bites

❑ Penetration-rough objects

❑ Chemical(s) __________

____________________

❑ Extreme cold

❑ Extreme heat

❑ Blood

❑ Electrical shock

❑ Animal bites

❑ Vibration-power tools

❑ Compression injury

❑ Sharp/piercing/cutting

equipment

❑ Other ______________

❑ Leather/cut resistant gloves

❑ Gauntlet leather welding glove

❑ General purpose work gloves

❑ Chemical resistant gloves;

❑ Type _________________

❑ Insulated gloves

❑ Heat protective sleeves

❑ Heat/flame resistant gloves

❑ Nitrile, PVC, Butyl, Viton,

Teflon gloves

❑ Insulated rubber leather gloves;

❑ Type _____________

❑ Anti-vibration gloves

❑ Other __________________

Eyes and Face

❑ Impact-flying objects,

chips, sand or dirt

❑ Nuisance dust

❑ UV light-welding, sun,

cutting, torch brazing or

soldering

❑ Chemical-splashing liquid

❑ Chemical-irritating mists

❑ Hot sparks-grinding

❑ Body Fluids

❑ Splashing molten metal

❑ Glare/High Intensity lights

❑ Laser operations

❑ Safety glasses w/side shields

❑ Glasses/goggles w/face shield

❑ Impact goggles

❑ Welding goggles

❑ Welding helmet/shield

w/safety glasses & side shields

❑ Chemical goggles/ face shield

❑ Chemical splash goggles

❑ Safety glasses w/side shields

❑ Glasses/goggles w/face shield

❑ Safety goggles w/face shield

❑ Shaded safety glasses

❑ Sun Screen

12

❑ Other ______________ ❑ Anti-glare

❑ Laser spectacles or goggles

❑ Screened face shield & Safety

Glasses

Ears

❑ Exposure to noise levels

( 85 dBA 8-hour TWA)

❑ Exposure to sparks

❑ Other ______________

❑ Ear muffs/plugs

❑ Leather welding hood

❑ Other __________________

Part of Body Hazard Required PPE Notes

Respiratory

System

❑ Nuisance dust/mist

❑ Hazardous dust

❑ Welding fumes

❑ Asbestos

❑ Pesticides

❑ Airborne pathogens

❑ Paint spray

❑ Organic vapors

❑ Acid gases

❑ Oxygen deficient, toxic,

or IDLH atmosphere

❑ Other______________

❑ Disposable dust/mist mask

❑ Fume/dust/mist respirator

❑ Respirator w/HEPA filter

❑ Respirator w/pesticide

cartridges

❑ PAPR w/ appropriate cartridge

❑ Respirator w/organic cartridges

❑ Respirator w/acid gas

cartridges

❑ SCBA or Type C airline

respirator

❑ Other________________

Feet

❑ Impact-heavy objects

❑ Compression-rolling or

pinching objects/vehicles

❑ Slippery or wet surface


❑ Penetration-chemical

❑ Splashing-chemical

❑ Exposure to extreme cold

❑ Cutting (landscaping

activities)

❑ Other______________

❑ Steel toe safety shoes

❑ Leather boots or safety shoes

w/metatarsal guards

❑ Slip resistant soles

❑ Puncture resistant soles

❑ Chemical resistant boots/covers

❑ Rubber boots

❑ Insulated boots or shoes

❑ Other________________

13

Head

❑ Struck by falling object

❑ Struck against fixed object

❑ Blunt trauma

❑ Sunlight

❑ Electrical-contact with

exposed wires/conductors

❑ Other______________

❑ Hard hat/cap

❑ Class A

❑ Class B

❑ Class C

❑ Protective headgear

❑ Other_________________

Body

❑ Impact-flying objects

❑ Moving vehicles


❑ Electrical-static discharge

❑ Electrical flash/fire

❑ Electric shock

❑ Hot metal or sparks

❑ Chemical(s)__________

____________________

❑ Exposure to extreme cold/heat

❑ Unprotected elevated

walking/working surface

❑ Confined Space

❑ Body fluids

❑ Sunlight

❑ Animal/insect bites

❑ Posture

❑ Water/drowning

❑ Other_______________

❑ Long sleeves/ apron/ coat

❑ Traffic Class II or III vest

❑ Cut-resistant sleeves, wristlets

❑ Static control coats/coveralls

❑ Flame-resistant jacket/ pants

❑ Lab coat or apron/sleeves

coated/non-coated

❑ Insulated jacket, hood

❑ Body harness and lanyard

❑ Respiratory Protection

❑ Sun screen

❑ Chair/stool

❑

❑ Other__________________

CERTIFICATION: I certify that I personally performed the above Hazard Assessment on the date indicated. This document is a Certification

of the Hazard Assessment.

Signed by: _______________________________________________________ Date: _________________

Hanover County

Safety & Health Manual

1

Respiratory Protection

1. Purpose

1.1 To establish criteria for the selection, use and maintenance of respiratory protective equipment to protect

employees and others from hazardous atmosphere.

1.2 To meet the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR 1910.134, Respiratory Protection.

2. Applicability

2.1 This Program applies to all employees of Hanover County Government.

2.2 This Program shall apply to all independent contractors, volunteers and temporary workers performing work for Hanover County.

2.3 This Program shall not apply to the Hanover County Public Schools.

3. Forms / Tables

Name Page

3.1 Site Specific Respiratory Protection Plan (Appendix A) ............................................................. 17

3.2 Classification of Respiratory Hazards (Appendix B) .................................................................. 18

3.3 Hazard Properties that Influence Respirator Selection (Appendix C) .......................................... 19

3.4 Respirators by Mode of Operation (Appendix D) ....................................................................... 20

3.5 Respirator Fit Test Record (Appendix E) ................................................................................... 21

3.6 Respirator Safety Training Outline (Appendix F) ....................................................................... 22

4. Responsibilities

4.1 Department Head / Supervisors

4.1.1 Implement the requirements of this program.

4.1.2 Provide a selection of respirators as required.

4.1.3 Enforce all provisions of this program.

Hanover County


2

4.1.4 Ensure employees are trained in respiratory protection and hazard recognition.

4.1.5 Appoint a specific designated individual within the department as the Program Administrator. This

person must be qualified by appropriate training or experience to administer the Respiratory

Protection Program.

4.1.6 Ensure employees are properly fit tested and that recordkeeping is up-to-date.

4.1.7 Notify Human Resources when a new employee will be required to be medically cleared for

respirator use, if not already part of the job description. (Job descriptions may need to be updated.)

4.2 Safety & Risk Manager:

4.2.1 Develop the Hanover County written respirator protection program.

4.2.2 Provide advice and assistance to staff and supervision in matters concerning respirator use.

4.2.3 Monitor compliance with requirements in this program and OSHA requirements.

4.2.4 Perform a program evaluation as noted in Section 7 of this document.

4.2.5 Monitor respirator clearance records and procedures.

4.2.6 Evaluate fit testing procedures and employees for proper respirator use.

4.2.7 Provide training for the program as needed.

4.2.8 Reevaluate the program annually.

4.2.9 Notify Human Resources of medical clearance requirement changes.

4.3 Program Administrator

4.3.1 Review sanitation/storage procedures.

4.3.2 Ensure respirators are properly, stored, inspected and maintained.

4.3.3 Monitor compliance with this program.

4.3.4 Provide training for affected employees.

4.3.5 Schedule for respirator fit testing as needed.

4.3.6 Identify tasks requiring respirator protection and complete the Site Specific Respiratory Protection Plan

for each task.

4.3.7 Conduct required evaluations of program effectiveness.

4.4 Employees:

4.4.1 Use respiratory protection in accordance with the instructions and training provided in this

program.

4.4.2 Immediately report any defects in the respiratory protection equipment.

Hanover County


3

4.4.3 Report any health concerns or changes in health status related to respirator use.

4.4.4 Clean, disinfect, inspect and store assigned respirators properly as trained.

4.4.5 Be clean shaven in all facial areas that seal to the respirator face piece.

4.4.6 Inspect escape and air purifying respirators immediately before each use and emergency respirators monthly.

4.4.7 Perform a negative and positive respirator seal fit check each time a respirator is donned.

4.5 Designated Occupational Health care Provider

4.5.1 Conduct medical aspects of this program, sections 15.2, 15.3, 15.4 and 15.5.

5.0 Voluntary Use of Respirators

5.1 OSHA requires that voluntary use of respirators, when not required by the County, must be controlled

as strictly as if under required circumstances.

5.2 To prevent violations of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) Respiratory

Protection Standard, employees are not allowed to voluntarily use their own or County supplied

respirators of any type.

5.3 Exception: Employees whose only use of respirators involves the voluntary use of filtering (non-

sealing) face pieces (dust masks).

6.0 Emergency Response Plan

6.1 Any County Emergency Response Plans (Utilities, Works, Law Enforcement, Fire, and EMS)

required for chemical spills or releases, fire response, pathogen exposures, etc. shall include the requirements of the County’s Respiratory Protection Program and a Site Specific Respiratory

Protection Plan whenever there is a reasonable potential for a respiratory hazard.

6.2 If an emergency plan calls for complete employee evacuation and no employee is assigned response activities, a Respiratory Protection Plan is not required as a component however; employees must be

made aware of these details.

7.0 Program Evaluation

7.1 Program evaluation will include discussions with employees required to use respirators to assess the

employees' views on program effectiveness and to identify problems.

Hanover County


4

7.2 Any problems that are identified during this evaluation shall be corrected. Factors to be assessed

include, but are not limited to:

7.2.1 Respirator fit (including the ability to use the respirator without interfering with effective

workplace performance).

7.2.2 Appropriate respirator selection for the hazards to which the employee is exposed.

7.2.3 Proper respirator use under the workplace conditions the employee encounters; and

7.2.4 Proper respirator maintenance,

7.2.5 Comfort,

7.2.6 Resistance to breathing,

7.2.7 Fatigue,

7.2.8 Interference with vision,

7.2.9 Interference with communications,

7.2.10 Restriction of movement,

7.2.11 Interference with job performance, and

7.2.12 Confidence in the effectiveness of the respirator to provide adequate protection.

8.0 Record Keeping

8.1 The County Human Resources Department will retain written information regarding physician medical

evaluations in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.

8.2 Each Department will retain fit testing records and a copy of the Respirator Protection Program.

8.3 Records can be obtained or viewed by the employee as outlined in section 26 of the Hanover County

Safety Manual, Access to Medical Records policy.

9. 0 Training

9.1 The training must be comprehensive, understandable and conducted by a competent person who has had

specific training on respiratory protection and is capable of carrying out section 10 of this program.

9.2 Training will be provided prior to requiring the employee to use a respirator in the workplace.

9.3 The training shall ensure that each employee can demonstrate knowledge of at least the following:

9.3.1 Why the respirator is necessary and how improper fit, usage, or maintenance can compromise

the protective effect of the respirator.

9.3.2 Limitations and capabilities of the respirator.

9.3.3 How to use the respirator effectively in emergency situations, including situations in which the

respirator malfunctions.

9.3.4 How to inspect, put on and remove, use, and check the seals of the respirator.

9.3.5 What the procedures are for maintenance and storage of the respirator.

Hanover County


5

9.3.6 How to recognize medical signs and symptoms that may limit or prevent the effective use of

respirators.

9.3.7 The general requirements of this Program.

9.4 Retraining shall be conducted annually and when:

9.4.1 Changes in the workplace or the type of respirator render previous training obsolete.

9.4.2 Inadequacies in the employee's knowledge or use of the respirator indicate that the employee

has not retained the requisite understanding or skill..

9.4.3 Other situations arise in which retraining appears necessary to ensure safe respirator use.

9.5 Classroom Instruction

9.5.1 Overview of the County Respiratory Protection Program & VOSH Standard.

9.5.2 Respiratory Protection Safety Procedures.

9.5.3 Respirator Selection.

9.5.4 Respirator Operation and Use.

9.5.5 Why the respirator is necessary.

9.5.6 How improper fit, usage, or maintenance can compromise the protective effect.

9.5.7 Limitations and capabilities of the respirator.

9.5.8 How to use the respirator effectively in emergency situations, including respirator malfunctions.

9.5.9 How to inspect, put on and remove, use, and check the seals of the respirator.

9.5.10 Procedures for maintenance and storage of the respirator.

9.5.11 How to recognize medical signs and symptoms that may limit or prevent the effective use of

respirators

9.5.12 Change out schedule and procedure for air purifying respirators.

9.6 Hands on

9.6.1 Respirator Inspection.

9.6.2 Respirator cleaning and sanitizing.

9.6.3 Record Keeping.

9.6.4 Respirator Storage.

9.6.5 Respirator Fit Check.

9.6.6 Emergencies.

10. Basic Respiratory Protection Safety Procedures

10.1 Basic Policy

Hanover County


6

10.1.1 Only authorized and trained employees may use respirators. Those employees may use only the

respirator that they have been trained on and properly fitted to use.

10.1.2 Only physically qualified employees may be trained and authorized to use respirators. A certification by a qualified physician will be required and maintained before an employee may

be placed in a respirator. Any changes in an employee’s health or physical characteristics that

adversely affect an employee’s ability to wear a respirator will be reported to the Administrator

and will be evaluated by a qualified physician.

10.1.3 Only a respirator or self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) may be used for the job or work

environment. Air-purifying respirators may be worn in work environments when oxygen levels are 19.5 percent to 23.5 percent and when the appropriate air-purifying cartridge, as determined

by the Manufacturer and approved by the National Institute for Occupational Health (NIOSH) or

the Mine Safety & Health Administration (MSHA), for the known hazardous substance is used. SCBAs will be worn in oxygen deficient and oxygen rich environments (below 19.5 percent or

above 23.5 percent oxygen).

10.1.4 Employees working in environments where a sudden release of a hazardous substance is possible will wear have on their person an appropriate respirator for that hazardous substance

(example: Employees working in an ammonia compressor room will have an ammonia

appropriate respirator on their person if there is a possibility of an ammonia release).

10.1.5 Only SCBAs will be used in oxygen deficient environments, environments with an unknown

hazardous substance, unknown quantity of a known hazardous substance or any environment

that is determined "Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health" (IDLH).

10.1.6 Employees with respirators loaned on "permanent check out" will be responsible for their

sanitation, proper storage and security. Respirators damaged by normal wear will be repaired or

replaced by the County when needed.

10.1.7 The last employee using a respirator and/or SCBA that is available for general use will be responsible for its proper storage and sanitation after each use. Respirators will be inspected to

assure their availability for use. Documentation of the inspection will be maintained for at least

one year.

10.1.8 All respirators will be located in a clean, convenient and sanitary location.

10.1.9 In the event an employee must enter a confined space that contains a hazardous atmosphere,

enter burning structures, work in environments with hazardous substances that would be

dangerous to life or health and/or conduct a hazardous material (HAZMAT) entry, a "buddy

system" detail will be used with a backup team (minimum of two fully outfitted persons) with constant voice, visual or signal line communication. Employees will follow the Department’s

established Emergency Response Plan and/or Hanover County’s Confined Space Entry Program.

10.1.10 Departments using respiratory protective equipment will establish and maintain operational

procedures for the safe use of respiratory protective equipment (RPE) with strict enforcement

and disciplinary action for failure to follow all general and specific safety rules. Standard Operation Procedures for General RPE use will be maintained as an attachment to the

Respiratory Protection Program and Standard Operation Procedures for RPE use under

emergency response situations will be maintained as an attachment to the Emergency Response

Program. See Appendix A for a Site Specific Plan.

10.1.11 Employees with potential respiratory exposure to bloodborne pathogens shall follow the

Bloodborne Pathogen Plan.

10.2 Respirator User Policy

Hanover County


7

10.2.1 Wear only the respirator you have been instructed to use. For example, do not wear a self- contained breathing apparatus if you have only been assigned and fitted for a half-mask

respirator.

10.2.2 Wear the correct respirator for the particular hazard. For example, some situations, such as

chemical spills or other emergencies, may require a higher level of protection than your

respirator is rated for. Also, the proper cartridge must be matched to the hazard ( a cartridge

designed for dusts and mists will not provide protection for chemical vapors) See Table 1.

10.2.3 Check the respirator for a good fit before each use. Positive and negative fit checks should be

conducted.

10.2.4 Check the respirator for deterioration before and after use. Do not use a defective respirator.

10.2.5 Recognize indications that cartridges and canisters are at their end of service. If in doubt, change

the cartridges or canisters before using the respirator.

10.2.6 Practice moving and working while wearing the respirator so that you can get used to it.

10.2.7 Clean the respirator after each use, thoroughly dry it and place the cleaned respirator in a

sealable plastic bag.

10.2.8 Store respirators carefully in a protected location away from excessive heat, light, and

chemicals.

10.3 Special Provisions

10.3.1 Corrective lenses, protective eyeglasses, goggles, face shields, welding helmets, or other eye and

face protective devices must be worn so as not to interfere with the seal of the respirator.

10.3.2 Temple bars or straps of corrective glasses that pass between the sealing surface of a respirator full

face piece and the respirator wearer's face may prevent a good seal of the face piece to the face.

Such glasses will not be used when a respirator equipped with a full face piece must be worn.

10.3.3 Special corrective lenses that mount inside a full face piece are available and should be used by a

person who needs corrective lenses.

10.3.3 Contact lenses shall be permitted if the employee’s ophthalmologist or optometrist authorizes the use

in writing.

10.3.4 A respirator equipped with a face piece must not be worn if facial hair comes between the sealing

periphery of the face piece and the face or if facial hair interferes with valve function.

11. Selection of Respirators

The County has evaluated the respiratory hazard(s) in each workplace, identified relevant workplace and user

factors and has based respirator selection on these factors. Also included are estimates of employee exposures

to respiratory hazard(s) and an identification of the contaminant's chemical state and physical form. This selection has included appropriate protective respirators for use in IDLH atmospheres, and has limited the

selection and use of air-purifying respirators. All selected respirators are NIOSH-certified. See Appendix B,

C, and D.

Hanover County


8

11.1 Filter Classifications - These classifications are marked on the filter or filter package

11.1.1 N-Series: Not Oil Resistant

11.1.1.1 Approved for non-oil particulate contaminants

11.1.1.2 Examples: dust, fumes, mists not containing oil

11.1.2 R-Series: Oil Resistant

11.1.2.1 Approved for all particulate contaminants, including those containing oil

11.1.2.2 Examples: dusts, mists, fumes

11.1.2.3 Time restriction of 8 hours when oils are present

11.1.3 P-Series: Oil Proof

11.1.3.1 Approved for all particulate contaminants including those containing oil

11.1.3.2 Examples: dust, fumes, mists

11.1.3.3 See Manufacturer's time use restrictions on packaging

11.2 Respirator Protection Factor (PF)

11.2.1 A respirator protection factor is a measure of how much protection is provided by a

respirator.

11.2.2 Multiplying the permissible time weighted average concentration for a toxic substance (This information can be found on the chemical’s Material Safety Data

Sheet) times the respirator’s assigned protection factor gives the maximum

concentration of the hazardous substance in which the respirator can be used.

11.2.3 The limitations of filters, cartridges, and canisters must be considered. More

information on protection factors may be found in appendix “A” to 1910.134.

11.3 Respirators for IDLH (Immediately dangerous to life and health) atmospheres.

11.3.1 A full face piece pressure demand SCBA certified by NIOSH for a minimum service

life of thirty minutes, or

11.3.2 A combination full face piece pressure demand supplied-air respirator (SAR) with

auxiliary self-contained air supply.

11.3.3 Respirators provided only for escape from IDLH atmospheres shall be NIOSH-certified for

escape from the atmosphere in which they will be used.

11.4 Respirators for atmospheres that are not IDLH.

11.4.1 The respirators selected shall be adequate to protect the health of the employee, beappropriate for the chemical state and physical form of the contaminant, and ensure compliance with all

other OSHA statutory and regulatory requirements, under routine and reasonably foreseeable

emergency situations.

Hanover County


9

12. Identification of Filters & Cartridges

12.1 All filters and cartridges shall be labeled and color-coded with the NIOSH approval label.

12.2 The NIOSH label is not to be removed and must remain legible.

12.3 A change out schedule for filters and canisters should be developed to ensure the filters and canisters

remain effective.

13. Respirator Filter & Canister Replacement

13.1 Each filter and canister shall be equipped with an end-of-service-life indicator (ESLI) certified by

NIOSH for the contaminant if available.

13.2 If there is no ESLI appropriate for conditions, a change schedule for canisters and cartridges that is

based on objective information or data will ensure that canisters and cartridges are changed before the

end of their service life.

13.3 Stock of spare filers and cartridges shall be maintained to allow immediate change when required and

filters shall remain in their original sealed package until needed for immediate use.

13.4 Cartridges shall be changed based on the most limiting factor below:

13.4.1 Prior to expiration date

13.4.2 Manufacturer's recommendations for use and environment

13.4.3 When requested by employee

13.4.4 When contaminate odor is detected

13.4.5 When restriction to air flow has occurred as evidenced by increase effort by user to breathe

normally

13.5 Filters shall be changed based on the most limiting factor below

13.5.1 Prior to expiration date

13.5.2 Manufactures recommendations for the specific use and environment

13.5.3 When requested by employee

13.5.4 When contaminate odor is detected

13.5.5 When restriction to air flow has occurred as evidenced by increase effort by user to breathe

normally

13.5.6 When discoloring of the filter media is evident

14. Respiratory Protection Schedule by Job and Working Condition

The schedule will be reviewed and updated at least annually and whenever any changes affecting the use of

respiratory protective equipment are made.

15. Physical and Medical Qualifications

Hanover County


10

15.1 Follow-up medical examination

15.1.1 The County shall ensure that a follow-up medical examination is provided for an employee who

gives a positive response to any question among questions in Part B of the medical questionnaire or whose initial medical examination demonstrates the need for a follow-up medical

examination.

15.1.2 The follow-up medical examination shall include any medical tests, consultations, or diagnostic

procedures that the Physician deems necessary to make a final determination.

15.2 Administration of the medical questionnaire and examinations

15.2.1 The medical questionnaire and examinations shall be administered confidentially during the

employee's normal working hours or at a time and place convenient to the employee.

15.2.2 The medical questionnaire shall be administered in a manner that ensures that the employee

understands its content.

15.2.3 The County shall provide the employee an opportunity to discuss the questionnaire and

examination results with the Physician.

15.3 Supplemental information for the Physician

15.3.1 The County has provided the Physician with a copy of the Respiratory Protection Program and a

copy of OSHA Standard 1910.134.

15.3.2 The following information must be provided to the Physician before the Physician makes a

recommendation concerning an employee's ability to use a respirator.

15.3.2.1 The type and weight of the respirator to be used by the employee.

15.3.2.2 The duration and frequency of respirator use (including use for rescue and escape).

15.3.2.3 The expected physical work effort.

15.3.2.4 Additional protective clothing and equipment to be worn.

15.3.2.5 Temperature and humidity extremes that may be encountered.

15.3.3 Any information provided previously to the Physician regarding an employee need not be provided

for a subsequent medical evaluation if the information and the Physician remain the same.

15.4 Medical determination

15.4.1 Before allowing an employee to use a respirator, the County shall obtain from the physician:

15.4.1.1 A written recommendation regarding the employee's ability to use the respirator.

15.4.1.2 Any limitations on respirator use relating to the workplace conditions in which the

respirator will be used.

15.4.1.3 The need, if any, for follow-up medical evaluations.

15.4.1.4 A statement that the Physician has provided the employee with a copy of the Physician's

recommendation.

Hanover County


11

15.4.1.5 If the respirator is a negative pressure respirator and the Physician finds a medical condition that may place the employee's health at increased risk if the respirator is used,

the County shall provide a PAPR (Powered Air Purifying Respirator).

15.5 Additional Medical Evaluations

15.6.1 At a minimum, the County shall provide additional medical evaluations that comply with the

requirements of this section if:

15.6.1.1 An employee reports medical signs or symptoms that are related to ability to use a

respirator.

15.6.1.2 A Physician, supervisor, or the respirator Program Administrator informs the County

that an employee needs to be reevaluated.

15.6.2 Information from the respiratory protection program, including observations made during

fit testing and program evaluation, indicates a need for employee reevaluation.

15.6.3 A change occurs in workplace conditions (e.g., physical work effort, protective clothing,

temperature or humidity) that may result in a substantial increase in the physiological burden

placed on an employee.

16. Respirator Fit Testing

16.1 Before an employee is required to use any respirator with a negative or positive pressure tight-fitting face piece, the employee must be fit tested with the same make, model, style, and size of respirator that will be

used.

16.2 The Department shall ensure that an employee using a tight-fitting face piece respirator is fit tested prior

to initial use of the respirator, whenever a different respirator face piece (size, style, model or make) is

used, and at least annually thereafter.

16.3 The Department will establish a record of the qualitative (a fit test that relies on an individuals response to

a test agent) and quantitative (a fit test that numerically measures the amount of leakage into the

respirator) fit tests administered to employees including:

16.3.1 The name or identification of the employee tested.

16.3.2 Type of fit test performed.

16.3.3 Specific make, model, style, and size of respirator tested.

16.3.4 Date of test.

16.3.5 The pass/fail results for Qualitative Fit Test (QLFT) or the fit factor and strip chart recording or

other recording of the test results for Quantitative Fit Test (QNFT).

16.4 Additional fit tests will be conducted whenever the employee reports, or the Department, Physician, supervisor, or Program Administrator makes visual observations of changes in the employee's physical

condition that could affect respirator fit. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, facial scarring,

dental changes, cosmetic surgery, or an obvious change in body weight.

16.5 If after passing a QLFT or QNFT, the employee notifies the County, Program Administrator or

supervisor that the fit of the respirator is unacceptable, the employee shall be given a reasonable

opportunity to select a different respirator face piece and to be re-tested.

Hanover County


12

16.6 The fit test shall be administered using an OSHA-accepted QLFT or QNFT protocol. The OSHA-accepted QLFT and QNFT protocols and procedures are contained in Appendix A of OSHA Standard

1910.134.

16.6.1 QLFT may only be used to fit test negative pressure air-purifying respirators that must achieve a

fit factor of 100 or less.

16.6.2 If the fit factor, as determined through an OSHA-accepted QNFT protocol, is equal to or greater than 100 for tight-fitting half face pieces, or equal to or greater than 500 for tight-fitting full face

pieces, the QNFT has been passed with that respirator.

16.6.3 Fit testing of tight-fitting atmosphere-supplying respirators and tight-fitting powered air-

purifying respirators shall be accomplished by performing quantitative or qualitative fit testing in

the negative pressure mode, regardless of the mode of operation (negative or positive pressure)

that is used for respiratory protection.

16.6.4 Qualitative fit testing of these respirators shall be accomplished by temporarily converting the

respirator user's actual face piece into a negative pressure respirator with appropriate filters, or by using an identical negative pressure air-purifying respirator face piece with the same sealing

surfaces as a surrogate for the atmosphere-supplying or powered air-purifying respirator face

piece.

16.6.5 Quantitative fit testing of these respirators shall be accomplished by modifying the face piece to

allow sampling inside the face piece in the breathing zone of the user, midway between the nose and mouth. This requirement shall be accomplished by installing a permanent sampling probe

onto a surrogate face piece, or by using a sampling adapter designed to temporarily provide a

means of sampling air from inside the face piece.

16.6.6 Any modifications to the respirator face piece for fit testing shall be completely removed, and the

face piece restored to NIOSH approved configuration, before that face piece can be used in the

workplace.

16.6.7 Fit test records shall be retained for respirator users until the next fit test is administered. Written

materials required to be retained shall be made available to employees upon request.

17. Respirator Operation and Use

17.1 Respirators will only be used following the respiratory protection safety procedures established in this

Program.

17.2 The Operations and Use Manuals for each type of respirator will be maintained by the department’s

Program Administrator and be available to all qualified users.

17.3 Surveillance by the direct supervisor shall be maintained of work area conditions and degree of employee exposure or stress. When there is a change in work area conditions or degree of employee exposure or

stress that may affect respirator effectiveness, the County shall reevaluate the continued effectiveness of

the respirator.

17.3 For continued protection of respirator users, the following general use rules apply:

17.3.1 Users shall not remove respirators while in a hazardous environment.

17.3.2 Respirators are to be stored in sealed containers out of harmful atmospheres.

17.3.3 Store respirators away from heat and moisture.

Hanover County


13

17.3.4 Store respirators such that the sealing area does not become distorted or warped.

17.3.5 Store respirator such that the face piece is protected.

17.4 The County does not permit respirators with tight-fitting face pieces to be worn by employees who have:

17.4.1 Facial hair that comes between the sealing surface of the face piece and the face or that interferes

with valve function; or

17.4.2 Any condition that interferes with the face-to-face piece seal or valve function.

17.4.3 If an employee wears corrective glasses or goggles or other personal protective equipment, the

County shall ensure that such equipment is worn in a manner that does not interfere with the seal

of the face piece to the face of the user.

17.5 The County shall ensure employees leave the respirator use area:

17.5.1 To wash their faces and respirator face pieces as necessary to prevent eye or skin irritation

associated with respirator use.

17.5.2 To replace the respirator or the filter, cartridge, or canister elements.

17.6 If the employee detects vapor or gas breakthrough, changes in breathing resistance, or leakage of the face

piece, the respirator must be replaced or repaired before allowing the employee to returns to the work

area.

18. Procedures for IDLH atmospheres

18.1 For all IDLH atmospheres, the County shall ensure that:

18.1.1 Two employees are located outside the IDLH atmosphere; the two-in and two-out rule will apply.

The only exception will be the adherence to the Hanover County Fire Department - Mayday:

Firefighter Down Program.

18.1.2 Visual, voice, or signal line communication is maintained between the employee(s) in the IDLH

atmosphere and the employees located outside the IDLH atmosphere. Generally, radio

communication is not to be trusted as the primary means of communication.

18.1.2 The employees located outside the IDLH atmosphere are trained and equipped to provide

effective emergency rescue.

18.1.2 The lead supervisor or designee is notified before the employees located outside the IDLH

atmosphere enter the IDLH atmosphere to provide emergency rescue.

18.1.3 The lead supervisor or designee authorized to do so by the County, once notified, provides

necessary assistance appropriate to the situation.

18.2 Employee(s) located outside the IDLH atmospheres will be equipped with:

18.2.1 Pressure demand or other positive pressure SCBAs, or a pressure demand or other positive

pressure supplied-air respirator with auxiliary SCBA; and either:

Hanover County


14

18.2.2.1 Appropriate retrieval equipment for removing the employee(s) who enter(s) these hazardous atmospheres where retrieval equipment would contribute to the rescue of the

employee(s) and would not increase the overall risk resulting from entry; or

18.2.2.2 Equivalent means for rescue where retrieval equipment is not required.

19. Cleaning and Disinfecting

Respiratory Protective Equipment shall be cleaned and disinfected after each use and if not used at least

monthly. Disinfect in accordance with manufacturer recommendations.

20. Respirator Inspection

20.1 Respirators shall be inspected as follows:

20.1.1 All respirators used in routine situations shall be inspected before each use and during cleaning.

20.1.2 All respirators maintained for use in emergency situations shall be inspected at least monthly and

in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and shall be checked for proper function

before and after each use.

20.1.3 Emergency escape-only respirators shall be inspected before being carried into the workplace for

use.

20.1.4 Damaged Respirators will be either repaired or replaced.

20.2 Respirator inspections shall include the following:

20.2.1 A check of respirator function, tightness of connections, and the condition of the various parts

including, but not limited to, the face piece, head straps, valves, connecting tube, and cartridges,

canisters or filters.

20.2.2 Check of elastomeric parts for pliability and signs of deterioration.

20.2.3 Self-contained breathing apparatus shall be inspected monthly. Air and oxygen cylinders shall be

maintained in a fully charged state and shall be recharged when the pressure falls to 90% of the manufacturer's recommended pressure level. The County shall determine that the regulator and

warning devices function properly.

20.3 For Emergency Use Respirators the additional requirements apply:

20.3.1 Certify the respirator by documenting the date the inspection was performed, the name (or

signature) of the person who made the inspection, the findings, required remedial action, and a

serial number or other means of identifying the inspected respirator.

21. Respirator Storage

21.1 Respirators are to be stored:

Hanover County


15

21.1.1 To protect them from damage, contamination, dust, sunlight, extreme temperatures, excessive moisture, and damaging chemicals, and they shall be packed or stored to prevent deformation of

the face piece and exhalation valve.

21.2 Emergency Respirators shall be:

21.2.1 Kept stored in accordance with any applicable manufacturer instructions and readily

available to the work area.

21.2.2 Stored in compartments or in covers that are clearly marked as containing emergency respirators.

.

22. Repair of Respirators

22.1 Respirators that fail an inspection or are found to be defective will be removed from service to be

discarded, repaired or adjusted in accordance with the following procedures:

22.1.1 Repairs or adjustments to respirators are to be made only by persons appropriately trained to

perform such operations and shall use only the respirator manufacturer's NIOSH-approved parts

designed for the respirator;

22.1.2 Repairs shall be made according to the manufacturer's recommendations and specifications for the

type and extent of repairs to be performed; and

22.1.3 Reducing and admission valves, regulators, and alarms shall be adjusted or repaired only by the

manufacturer or a technician trained by the manufacturer.

23. Breathing Air Quality and Use

23.1 The Department shall ensure that compressed air, compressed oxygen, liquid air, and liquid oxygen used

for respiration accords with the following specifications:

23.1.1 Compressed and liquid oxygen shall meet the United States Pharmacopoeia requirements for

medical or breathing oxygen; and

23.1.2 Compressed breathing air shall meet the requirements for Grade D breathing air described in

ANSI/Compressed Gas Association Commodity Specification for Air, G-7.1-1989, to include:

23.1.2.1 Oxygen content (v/v) of 19.5-23.5%;

23.1.2.2 Hydrocarbon (condensed) content of 5 milligrams per cubic meter of air or less;

23.1.2.3 Carbon monoxide (CO) content of 10 ppm or less;

23.1.2.4 Carbon dioxide content of 1,000 ppm or less; and

23.1.2.5 Lack of noticeable odor.

23.1.3 The above standards shall be confirmed and documented on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if

large amounts of air are generated.

23.1.4 Compressed oxygen will not be used in atmosphere-supplying respirators that have previously

used compressed air.

Hanover County


16

23.1.5 Oxygen concentrations greater than 23.5% are used only in equipment designed for oxygen service

or distribution.

23.1.6 Cylinders used to supply breathing air to respirators must meet the following requirements:

23.1.6.1 Cylinders are tested and maintained as prescribed in the Shipping Container Specification

Regulations of the Department of Transportation (49 CFR part 173 and part 178).

23.1.6.2 Cylinders of purchased breathing air have a certificate of analysis from the supplier that

the breathing air meets the requirements for Grade D breathing air.

23.1.6.3 Moisture content in breathing air cylinders does not exceed a dew point of -50 deg.F (-

45.6 deg.C) at 1 atmosphere pressure.

23.1.6.4 Breathing air couplings must not be compatible with outlets for non-respirable worksite

air or other gas systems. No asphyxiating substance shall be introduced into breathing air

lines.

23.1.6.5 Breathing gas containers shall be marked in accordance with the NIOSH respirator

certification standard, 42 CFR part 84.

Hanover County


17

APPENDIX A

Site Specific Respiratory Protection Plan

Description of task requiring respiratory protection:

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Atmospheric hazards:

• Oxygen levels: _______% (Is this oxygen level deficient? ______)

• Other Atmospheric Hazards (list hazards)

___________________________________ _____________________________ ________________________________________

___________________________________ _____________________________ ________________________________________

• Monitoring (List the monitoring frequency and method; for each atmospheric hazard):

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Controls to be implemented to reduce employee exposure to atmospheric hazards:

• Engineering methods (to eliminate, control or reduce exposure)

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

• Respirators to be worn (List type, cartridge type if APR, concentration and limits for use):

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Fit Test Method: ______________________________________________________________________________________

Air purifying respirator cartridge change out schedule (frequency):

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

List employees authorized to perform tasks (including voluntary users):

____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________

____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________

____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________

Emergency response:

• Signs and symptoms of overexposure ______________________________________________________________________________

• Evacuation procedures ____________________________________________________________________________________________

• First aid and emergency medical procedures_________________________________________________________________________

• Reporting procedures ___________________________________________________________________________________________

Supervisor Signature: _____________________________________________________Date:__________________

Department Director’s Signature: ______________________________________ Date: __________________

Hanover County


18

APPENDIX B HANOVER COUNTY GOVERNMENT

Respiratory Protection Program

CLASSIFICATION OF RESPIRATORY HAZARDS

Oxygen Deficiency

Gas and Vapor Contaminants

Particulate Contaminants Minimum Legal Requirements: 19.5% by volume for respirable air at sea-level conditions. Occurrence: Confined or unventilated cellars, wells, mines, ship holds, tanks, burning buildings, and enclosures containing inert atmospheres: Atmospheric Oxygen content (percent by volume) versus expected conditions: 20.9% Oxygen content of normal air at sea-level conditions: 16%-12% Loss of peripheral vision, increased

breathing volume, accelerated heartbeat, impaired attention and thinking, impaired coordination.

10%- 6% Nausea, vomiting, inability to perform

vigorous movement, unconsciousness followed by death.

< 6% Spasmatic breathing, convulsive

movements, death in minutes.

Asphyxiant: Interfere with utilization of oxygen in the

body. Simple asphyxiant: Physiologically inert substances that dilute oxygen in the air. Chemical asphyxiant: Low concentrations interfere with supply or utilization of oxygen in the body. Irritants: Corrosive in action. May cause

irritation and inflammation of parts of the respiratory system (also skin and eyes) and pulmonary edema.

Anesthetics: Cause loss of feeling and sensation

with unconsciousness and possible death. Some anesthetics injure body organs.

Sensitizers: Causes increased probability of

physiological reactions. Systemic Poisons: Damage organs and systems in the

body. Carcinogens: Produce cancer in some individuals

after a latent period.

Relatively Inert: May cause discomfort and

minor irritation but generally without injury at reasonable concentrations.

Pulmonary-fibrosis producing: Produce nodulation and fibrosis in the lung, possibly leading to complications. Carcinogens: Produce cancer in some individuals after a latent period. Chemical Irritants: Produce irritation, inflammation, and

ulceration in upper respiratory tract. Systemic Poisons: Produce pathologic reactions in various systems of the

body. Allergy-producing: Produce reactions such as itching, sneezing and asthma. Febrile-reaction-producing: Produce chills followed by fever.

Combination of Gas, Vapor and Particulate Contaminants Combination of contaminants may occur simultaneously in the atmosphere. Contaminants may be entirely different substances (dust and gases from blasting) or the particulate and vapor forms of the same substance. Synergistic effects (joint action of two or more agents that results in an effect which is greater than the sum of their individual effects) may occur. Such effects may require extraordinary protective measures.

Hanover County


19

APPENDIX C

HANOVER COUNTY GOVERNMENT Respiratory Protection Program

HAZARD PROPERTIES THAT INFLUENCE RESPIRATOR SELECTION

Gas and Vapor Contaminants

Particulate Contaminates Inert: Substances that do not react with other substances under most conditions, but create a respiratory hazard by displacing air and producing oxygen deficiency (e.g., helium, neon, argon)

Particles are produced by mechanical means and disintegrating processes such as grinding, crushing, drilling, blasting, and spraying or by physicochemical reactions such as combustion, vaporization, distillation, sublimation, calcinations, and condensation.

Acidic: Substances that are acidic or react with water to produce an acid. In water, they produce positively charged hydrogen ions and a pH of less than 7. They taste sour, and many are corrosive to tissues.

Particles are classified as follows: Dust: a solid, mechanically produced particle with sizes varying from submicroscopic to visible to macroscopic.

Alkaline: Substances that are alkalies or that react with water to produce an alkali. In water, they result in the production of negatively charged hydroxyl ions and a pH greater than 7. They taste bitter, and many are corrosive to tissues.

Spray: A liquid, mechanically produced particle with sizes generally in the visible or macroscopic range. Fume: A solid condensation particle of extremely small particle size, generally less than one micrometer in diameter.

Organic: The compounds of carbon. Examples are saturated hydrocarbons, unsaturated hydrocarbons, alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, organic acids, halides, amides, acetimine, nitriles, isocyanates, amines, epoxies, and aromatics.

Mist: A liquid condensation particle with sizes ranging from submicroscopic to visible or macroscopic. Fog: A mist of sufficient concentration to perceptibly obscure vision.

Hydrides: Compounds in which hydrogen is

chemically bonded to metals and certain other elements.

Smoke: A system which includes the products of combustion, pyrolysis, or chemical reaction of substances in the form of visible and invisible solid and liquid particles and gaseous products in air. Smoke is usually of sufficient concentration to perceptibly obscure vision.

Hanover County


20

APPENDIX D

HANOVER COUNTY GOVERNMENT Respiratory Protection Program

RESPIRATORS BY MODE OF OPERATION

Air-purifying Respirators Ambient air, before being inhaled, is passed through a filter, cartridge or canister that removes particles, vapors, gases, or a combination of these contaminants. The breathing action of the wearer operates the non-powered type of respirator. The power type respirator contains a blower. It is either stationary or carried by the wearer. The power respirator passes ambient air through an air-purifying component and then supplies purified air to the respirator inlet covering. The non-powered type is equipped with a facepiece or mouthpiece and nose clamp. The powered type i.e. equipped with a facepiece, helmet, hood or suit.

Vapor and Gas Removing Respirators

Particulate-Removing Respirators These respirators are equipped with cartridge(s) or canister(s) to remove a single vapor or gas, a single class of vapors or gases, or a combination of two or more classes of vapors or gases from the air.

These respirators are equipped with filter(s) to remove a single type of particulate matter or a combination of two or more types of particulate matter from the air. A filter may be a replaceable part or a permanent part of the respirator. The filter may be a single use of reusable type.

Combination Particulate and Vapor and Gas Removing Respirator

Equipped with cartridge(s) or Canister(s) to remove particulate matter, gases, vapors, and gases from the air. The filter may be a permanent or replaceable part of a cartridge or canister.

Hanover County


21

APPENDIX E

Date of Examination _________________________

RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM

Respirator Fit Test Record

Purpose:

In compliance with OSHA Respirator Standard 1910.134 the employee listed below has been issued

respiratory protection equipment and has received written clearance from a licensed physician for the use

of a negative pressure respirator. The following information provides a written record of the qualitative

respirator fit testing procedure.

Employee Name: ________________________________________________ (Please Print or Type)

Date Tested: _________________

Type of respirator-fitting test used:____________________________________________ (Please Print or Type)

Name of test operator: ____________________________________________________ (Please Print or Type) Test operator’s employer: __________________________________________________ (Please Print or Type)

TEST RESULTS

Make and model of respirator tested: _________________________________________ (Please Print or Type)

Results of fit test (Pass/Fail): _______________________________________________

______________________________ _____________________________

Test Operator Signature Employee Signature

Hanover County


22

APPENDIX F

Name of Employee Department _________________ Location _____________

RESPIRATOR INFORMATION

Manufacturer Model Size _______

Cartridge Filter/SCBA/SABA (circle) Type _______ Manufacturer

1. The requirements of Part 1910, paragraph 134, Virginia Occupational Safety and Health Standards for General

Industry have been explained to me.

2. The reasons for need of respiratory protection have been explained. In addition, the nature, extent, and effects

of respiratory hazards to which I may be exposed have been described.

3. I have been told why engineering controls are not being applied or are not adequate and of what effort is being made to reduce or eliminate the need for respirators.

4. I have been given an explanation of why a particular respirator has been selected for a specific respiratory hazard.

5. The operation, capabilities, and limitations of the respirator assigned to me have been explained.

6. I have been instructed in the inspection, donning, fit check, and wearing of the respirator assigned to me.

7. I have been given an opportunity to handle my respirator, learned how to don and wear it properly, check its seals, wear it in a safe atmosphere, and wear it in a test atmosphere.

8. I have been trained in the maintenance and storage of my respirator.

9. I have received instructions on how to recognize and cope with emergency situations.

EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGMENT

I hereby acknowledge I have been trained on the provisions of the Respiratory Protection Program and am

familiar with the location of the written plan at my workplace. I understand I am obligated to abide by the

Respiratory Protection Program..

PRINTED NAME OF EMPLOYEE ___________________________________________________

SIGNATURE OF EMPLOYEE _____________________________ DATE: __________________

DEPARTMENT _______________________________

HANOVER COUNTY

RESPIRATOR

SAFETY TRAINING OUTLINE

11

CONFINED SPACE

1.0 PURPOSE

1.1 To protect employees from hazards through recognition, elimination and control of hazards

that accompany confined space entry.

1.2 To meet or exceed OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1910.146.

2.0 APPLICABILITY

2.1 All employees of Hanover County.

2.2 All contractors working on behalf of Hanover County.

2.3 This program shall not apply to Hanover County Schools.

3.0 FORMS 3.1 Hanover County Confined Space Entry Permit page 13

4.0 IDENTIFICATION OF CONFINED SPACES

4.1 Confined spaces include manholes, valve vaults, pretreatment wells/rooms, wet wells, vaults (meter, etc.), tanks, pits, channels, boilers, ventilation and exhaust ducts, tunnels, pipe lines, incinerators, and any space that involves vertical entry.

4.2 Each department that has identified confined spaces will create and maintain a confined space index (listing the inventory).

4.3 Danger signs will be placed on confined spaces where feasible and shall read as the following or equivalent: “Permit Required Confined Space Do Not Enter” or “Non-Permit Confined Space”.

4.4 Signs are not required for all manholes.

4.5 Training notifies employees of confined spaces and empowers them to evaluate for permit- required status.

4.6 When there is any doubt about a space being a permit-required space, it is permit-required

and entry procedures apply until it can be determined entry is safe.

22

5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES

5.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Affected Departments):

5.1.1 Identify and maintain a list of confined spaces in the workplace and inform S&RM. Inform all affected employees.

5.1.2 Designate entry supervisors, attendants and entrants and ensure they are properly

trained. 5.1.3 Maintain completed job permits for one year. 5.1.4 Ensure applicable procedures are followed and periodically observe procedures to

provide training through feedback.

5.1.5 Identify and purchase appropriate equipment.

5.2 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY SUPERVISOR

5.2.1 Has responsibility for each confined space operation.

5.2.2 Has knowledge about confined space safety procedures; maintains an awareness of current regulatory requirements and good practices.

5.2.3 Knows the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information on signs, symptoms, and consequences of exposure including possible behavioral effects of exposure;

5.2.4 Verifies, by checking that the appropriate entries have been made on the permit, that all tests specified by the permit have been conducted and that all procedures and equipment specified by the permit are in place before endorsing the permit and allowing entry to begin.

5.2.5 Terminates the entry and cancels the permit as required.

5.2.6 Verifies that rescue services are notified and on standby and that the means for summoning them are operable.

5.2.7 Keeps unauthorized individuals outside the work area.

5.2.8 Ensures that operations remain consistent with terms of the entry permit and that acceptable safe entry conditions are maintained.

5.2.9 Ensures entrants and attendants perform duties as required

5.2.10 Is currently certified in first aid and CPR.

5.3 ENTRANT

5.3.1 Know the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information on the mode,

signs or symptoms, and consequences of exposure including possible behavioral

effects.

5.3.2 Use equipment properly and perform all duties in a safe manner.

33

5.3.3 Communicate with the attendant constantly.

5.3.4 Alert the attendant whenever:

5.3.4.1 Any warning or symptom of exposure to a dangerous

situation is recognized, or

5.3.4.2 A dangerous or prohibited condition is detected.

5.3.5 Exit from the space as quickly as possible whenever:

5.3.5.1 Any warning sign, symptom of exposure or exposure to a dangerous

situation develops,

5.3.5.2 An evacuation is activated by an attendant, supervisor, or otherwise.

5.3.5.3 A prohibited condition is detected.

5.3.6 Ensure that Fire/EMS has been notified prior to entry activities.

5.4 ATTENDANT

5.4.1 Know the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information on the mode,

signs or symptoms, and consequences of the exposure including possible behavioral

effects.

5.4.2 Continuously maintain an accurate count of authorized entrants in the permit space;

5.4.3 Remain outside the permit space during entry operations until relieved by another

attendant;

5.4.4 Communicate with entrants to monitor entrant status and to alert entrants if

evacuation is needed;

5.4.5 Monitors activities inside and outside the space to determine if it is safe for entrants to

remain in the space and order the entrants to evacuate the permit space immediately

under any of the following conditions;

5.4.4.1 The attendant detects a prohibited condition;

5.4.4.2 The attendant detects the behavioral effects of hazard exposure in an

entrant;

5.4.4.3 The attendant detects a situation outside the space that could endanger

entrants;

5.4.4.4 The attendant cannot effectively and safely perform all the duties required.

5.4.6 Do not allow unauthorized individuals in the area of the entry operation or entrance

into the space.

44

5.4.7 Perform no duties that might at anytime interfere with the attendant's primary duty to

monitor and protect the authorized entrants.

5.4.8 Make certain that all aspects of the entry procedure are completed and correct. This

includes the permit system, equipment and its integrity, placing emergency rescue

services on standby, air monitoring, etc.

5.4.9 Summon rescue and other emergency services as soon as the attendant determines

that entrants may need assistance to escape from a permit space hazard or need

medical assistance following self rescue;

5.4.10 Perform non-entry rescues if needed and as specified.

5.5 SUPPORT ATTENDANT

5.5.1 Performs work needed to ensure the attendant(s) is not diverted from constant

entrant monitoring duties.

5.5.1.1 Any operations requiring maintenance requires a support attendant to assist

the primary attendant.

5.6 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY TEAM REQUIREMENTS

5.6.1 Any permit-required confined space entry requires at least two people – one attendant

and one entrant.

5.6.1.1 Entry operations requiring maintenance require at least two attendants.

5.6.1.2 In the event there is only one attendant they must also be trained to be the

entry supervisor.

5.6.1.3 If there is only one attendant, they will not have other duties that interrupt

attendant duties.

5.6.2 All involved personnel will be currently certified in CPR and first aid.

5.6.3 Any vertical opening more than 5 feet deep requires the use of a body harness and

lifeline.

5.7 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS

5.7.1 Hanover County site supervisors are to inform the contractor of the permit-required

confined spaces at the work-site and that permit space entry can only be

accomplished with compliance to a confined space entry program according to OSHA

regulations. These procedures apply to contract jobs including long term contracts.

55

5.7.2 Hanover County site supervisors are to inform the contractor of hazards and issues

experienced with the space that make it a permit-required space.

5.7.3 Hanover County site supervisors are to inform the contractor of procedures and/or

precautions the county has implemented to protect employees.

5.7.4 Coordinate any entry operations in which County personnel and the contractor will

both enter.

5.7.5 Conduct a debriefing with the contractor after entry operations are completed to note

any hazards encountered in order to update the program.

5.7.6 The contractor shall not be allowed to borrow County equipment.

5.7.7 The contractor will Inform Hanover County of the permit confined space entry program

they will follow. If they choose to follow their own program it cannot be less restrictive

than the County program.

5.7.8 The contractor will follow all federal, state and county safety regulations.

5.7.9 The contractor will ensure that its subcontractors follow all federal, state and county

safety regulations.

6.0 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION, ELIMINATION & CONTROL

6.1 Identification, Elimination and Control of Hazards

6.1.1 Means, procedures, and practices must be implemented for safe permit

space entry operations, including, but not limited to, the following:

6.1.1.1 Isolating the permit space through lock out/tag out, or other means if

necessary;

6.1.1.2 Purging, inerting, flushing, or ventilating the space as necessary to

eliminate/control atmospheric hazards;

6.1.1.3 Providing pedestrian, vehicle, or other barriers as necessary to protect

entrants from external hazards; and

6.1.1.4 Ensuring trenching/excavation protection is implemented in order to protect

employees;

6.1.1.5 Verifying that conditions in the permit space are acceptable for entry

throughout the entry.

6.2 Atmospheric Hazards & Control

6.2.1 All confined spaces will be tested before and continuously during entry. In order to

accomplish this:

66

6.2.1.1 Air monitors must be properly tested, calibrated and maintained

monthly.

6.2.1.2 Field-tested before each use.

6.2.1.3 The air must be monitored at the opening and at different levels in the

confined space.

6.2.1.4 A monitor is to be worn in the space by at least one entrant in each

area where any work is taking place.

6.2.2 The following conditions must be tested for according to the criteria and order listed. If

any of the criteria below is not met the atmosphere is Immediately Dangerous to Life

and Health (IDLH) and will not be entered.

6.2.2.1 The oxygen concentration must be above 19.5 % and below 23.5 %;

6.2.2.2 Flammable gas, vapor, or mist must be less than 10 % of its lower

explosive limit (LEL);

6.2.2.3 Toxic atmospheres must be identified:

6.2.2.3.1 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) – must be less than 10 ppm.

6.2.2.3.2 Carbon Monoxide (CO) – must be less than 35 ppm.

6.2.2.3.3 Methane (CH4) – (simple asphyxiate – maintain Oxygen

level above 19%, very flammable)

6.2.2.3.4 Any other toxic substances that may potentially exist.

6.2.2.3.5 If there is any doubt of the IDLH status of the space, it is

assumed to be IDLH and will not be entered until the

hazard is eliminated.

6.2.2.3.6 In trenching and excavation operations, atmospheric

monitoring will be accomplished, initially and

continuously, when the space is 4 or more feet deep

and/or conditions present potential for a hazardous

atmosphere. Examples include working on waste water

lines; vehicles running next to a trench, contaminated soil

exists, there are adjacent hazards such as a landfill, etc.

6.2.3 Continuous forced air ventilation shall be used, as follows:

: 6.2.3.1 An employee may not enter the space until the forced air ventilation has

controlled any hazardous atmosphere (confirmed by documented

testing);

6.2.3.2 The forced air ventilation shall be so directed as to ventilate the

immediate areas where an employee is or will be present within the

space and shall continue until all employees have left the space;

77

6.2.3.3 The air supply for the forced air ventilation shall be from a clean source

and may not increase the hazards in the space.

6.2.3.4 The atmosphere within the space shall be tested (section 4.2) to ensure

that the continuous forced air ventilation is preventing the accumulation

of a hazardous atmosphere.

6.2.3.5 Control of atmospheric hazards through forced air ventilation does not

constitute elimination of hazards or negate the permit requirements.

7.0 ENTRY PROCEDURES

7.1 ENTRY PERMIT

7.1.1 A permit will be completed for each permit-required entry.

7.1.2 The entry supervisor will review each entry permit and ensure conditions are safe and

there is no prohibited condition before entry is made. The entry supervisor will then

sign the permit.

7.1.3 Permits will not be authorized and signed by the entry supervisor when there is an

IDLH atmosphere.

7.1.4 The duration of the permit may not exceed the time required to complete the assigned

task or job identified on the permit and no longer than one shift (12 hours maximum).

7.1.5 Each effected employee will review and initial the permit (beside their listed name).

7.1.6 The permit will remain at the site and be available to all effected personnel.

7.1.7.1 The permit will be canceled when:

7.1.7.2 Entry has been completed.

7.1.7 A prohibited or unsafe condition arises in or near the space.

7.1.8 Permits must be retained for a minimum of one year from the date of issue for review.

7.1.9 Confined space entries will be entered on the confined space entry log.

7.2 ENTRY PROCEDURES:

7.2.1 The primary procedure for entering confined spaces is:

7.2.1.1 Identify the work to be performed, who will be on the entry team and

assign roles (entry supervisor, etc.)

7.2.1.2 Contact County Communication Department (365-6140) to activate

standby status for Fire/EMS.

88

7.2.1.3 Eliminate any condition making it unsafe to remove an entrance cover

before the cover is removed.

7.2.1.4 Guard the opening of the space to prevent falls and objects from falling

on entrants.

7.2.1.5 Determine the types of hazards associated with the space and obtain

necessary equipment for safe entry.

7.2.1.6 Complete the confined space entry permit.

7.2.1.7 Review all hazards and requirements for safe entry with all personnel

involved with the entry.

7.2.1.8 Test internal atmosphere in all levels of the space with the approved,

calibrated monitor in this order:

7.2.1.8.1 Oxygen content,

7.2.1.8.2 Flammable gases and vapors,

7.2.1.8.3 Toxic contaminants.

7.2.2 If any of these factors present an IDLH atmosphere no entry is permitted. Refer to

section 6.0 of the plan, Hazard Identification, Elimination and Control. Do not enter if

all requirements are not met.

7.2.2.1 All necessary safety precautions and procedures must be employed to

protect employees from engulfment, configuration or any other

recognized hazard.

7.2.2.2 Maintain continuous communication between entrants and attendants.

7.2.2.3 Each individual involved in the entry will review and verify the permit for

completeness and accuracy. Members of the entry team must initial

next to their printed name on the permit prior to entry.

7.2.2.4 After exiting the space and accounting for all personnel involved, cancel

the permit and enter the cancellation into the confined space entry log.

7.2.2.5 Note pertinent comments on conditions that may enhance safety of

future entry operations on the permit.

7.2.2.6 Maintain and store equipment properly.

7.3 ALTERNATE PROCEDURES (1910.146 (c)(5)(i)):

7.3.1 Confined spaces can be entered without a permit or attendants provided the

space can be reclassified as a non-permit space by mechanical ventilation alone as

provided by 1910.146 (c)(5)(i). And:

99

7.3.1.1 The space is verified to be a candidate for alternate procedures and

atmospheric history shows no hazardous atmosphere.

7.3.1.2 Conditions making it unsafe to remove an entrance cover have been

eliminated.

7.3.1.3 The opening of the space is guarded to prevent falls and objects from

falling on entrants.

7.3.1.4 The internal atmosphere shall be is tested as specified in the entry

procedures and air monitoring sections of these procedures.

7.3.1.5 There is no hazardous atmosphere within the space whenever

any employee is inside

7.3.1.6 Continuous forced air ventilation is used as specified in the air

monitoring section of these procedures.

7.3.1.7 The atmosphere within the space is tested and continuously

monitored to ensure that the continuous forced air ventilation is

preventing the accumulation of a hazardous atmosphere.

7.3.1.8 Documentation is completed prior to entry verifying these

measures are completed and the space is safe for entry.

7.3.2 If a hazardous atmosphere is detected during entry:

7.3.2.1 Each employee shall leave the space immediately;

7.3.2.2 The space shall be evaluated to determine how the hazardous

atmosphere developed; Measures shall be implemented to protect

employees from the hazardous atmosphere before subsequent entry

takes place.

8.0 RESCUE

8.1 Hanover County authorized entry employees will perform only non-entry self-rescues, with appropriate equipment.

8.1.1 Hanover Fire/EMS is the rescue service for Hanover County confined space entry

operations.

8.1.2 The entry supervisor or designee will activate rescue services standby mode

8.1.2.1 Standby mode will be activated 24 hours in advance for planned permit-

required entries and as soon as possible for unplanned entries

8.1.2.2 If the entry is not planned, the entry supervisor or designee will

immediately contact Communications to activate standby mode.

8.1.2.3 When the confined space entry is terminated, all personal are out and

1100

accounted for and the permit is cancelled, Communications shall

be notified that the operation is complete and standby mode is

cancelled (stand down).

8.1.3 The County rescue services will be notified to respond if non entry rescue is not

possible or if non entry rescue requires assistance and/or medical treatment.

8.1.3.1 Contact rescue services, as soon as needed.

8.1.3.2 Inform the rescue service of hazards they might encounter when called

on to perform rescue.

8.1.3.3 If an injured entrant is exposed to a hazardous substance, an MSDS or

other supporting material must be provided to rescue services.

8.1.4 In order to perform self-rescue, retrieval systems or methods as specified in this plan

shall be used unless the retrieval equipment increases the overall risk to entrants, or

does not contribute to rescue of entrants.

8.1.4.1 Each authorized entrant shall use a chest or full body harness, with a

retrieval line attached at the center of the entrant's back near shoulder

level, or above the entrant's head. Wristlets may be used in lieu of the

chest or full body harness if the use of a chest or full body harness is

unfeasible or creates a greater hazard.

8.1.4.2 The other end of the retrieval line shall be attached to a mechanical

device or fixed point outside the permit space in such a manner that

rescue can begin as soon as the rescuer becomes aware that rescue is

necessary. A mechanical device shall be available to retrieve

personnel from vertical type permit spaces more than 5 feet (1.52 m)

deep.

8.1.5 Each employee on the confined space entry team shall be currently trained in

procedures for contacting and hosting rescue services.

8.1.6 The Rescue services will be provided access to all permit spaces from which rescue

may be necessary so that they can develop appropriate rescue plans and practice

rescue operations. In addition, rescue services will be informed of permit spaces and

provided specifications for frequently entered permit-required spaces.

8.1.7 Rescue services will be provided confined space inventory information (indexes,

catalogs, etc.).

8.1.8 Confined Space rescue-training sessions will be held with EMS/Fire rescue at least

every 12 months.

9.0 TRAINING

9.1 Training shall be provided to each affected employee:

1111

9.1.1 Before the employee is assigned duties; 9.1.2 Before there is a change in assigned duties; 9.1.3 Whenever there is a change in permit space operations that presents a hazard about which an employee has not previously been trained; 9.1.4 Whenever there is reason to believe either that there are deviations from the permit space entry procedures or that there are inadequacies in the employee's knowledge of confined space entry safety; 9.1.5 Annually.

9.2 Training shall establish employee proficiency in duties required and shall introduce new/revised procedures. 9.3 Non-entry departments will provide employees awareness training if there are confined spaces in their work areas. Training will cover identification of confined spaces and department policy. 9.4 Documentation of training and authorization shall contain the employee's printed name and signature, the printed names and signatures or initials of the trainers, the dates of training and content. Documentation records shall be available for review by any affected employee. 10. PROCEDURE EVALUATION

10.1 POST ENTRY:

10.1.1 Each entry will be evaluated by the entry operations team following completion of procedures and pertinent comments noted on the permit or attached to the permit.

10.2 PROCEDURE EVALUATION

10.2.1 Review entry operations when there is reason to believe that the procedures may

not protect employees. Revise the program accordingly before subsequent entries

are made. Examples of circumstances requiring the review of the permit space

program include:

10.2.1.1 Any unauthorized entry of a permit space,

10.2.1.2 The detection of a permit space hazard not covered by the permit,

10.2.1.3 The detection of a condition prohibited by the permit,

10.2.1.4 The occurrence of an injury or near-miss during entry,

10.2.1.5 A change in the use or configuration of a permit space, and

10.2.1.6 Employee complaints about the effectiveness of the program.

1122

10.2.1.7 Review the program using the canceled permits within 1 year after each

entry and revise as necessary.

10.2.1.8 Rescue services will be kept informed of any changes that regard their

operations.

1133

HANOVER COUNTY

CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT

SPACE: __________________________________ DEPARTMENT: _________________________________ DATE: __________

PERMIT STATUS: 1)- (Date/Time Issued) __________/__________ 2)- (Date/Time Expires - 12 hours maximum) __________/__________

REASON for ENTRY: _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

1 - RESPONSIBILITY: (Print Names) 2 - NATURE OF HAZARDS: (Reviews the permit and initials by name prior to entry)

Supervisor: ____________________ _____ Attendant(s): ____________________ _____ ____________________ _____ ____________________ _____ Entrant(s): ____________________ _____ ____________________ _____ ____________________ _____

3 - PREPARATION: NOTE- (Entry is not permitted if any "No" responses are made) N/A Yes No

Rescue Services Notified (24 hours prior or ASAP)

Involved Personnel Authorized (trained)

Source Isolation/Line break, etc. (without entry)

Zero Energy State (lock out/tag out)

Mechanical/Natural Ventilation (specify by circling)

Space Purged

Atmospheric Tests Completed

Excavation/Trench protection

Area Secure

Hot Work Permits/Procedure

Employees informed of Procedures and Hazards

Comments: _______________________________________________________

4. PERIODIC ATMOSPHERIC TESTS: (Initial and continuous monitoring results; recorded here every hour)

Tester's Initials ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______

Time (specify a.m. or p.m.): ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______

Oxygen (19.5%-23.5%): ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______

LEL (<10%): ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______

H2S (<10ppm): ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______

CO (<35ppm): ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______

Comments: ________________________________________________________________________________________________

This documentation verifies I have reviewed this permit for accuracy and completeness. All sections must be complete and there must not be any "No" responses in Section 3 for entry to be authorized.

Permit Prepared by: ______________________________ ____________________________ ________ (Print) (Signature) (Date)

Entry Supervisor Approval: ______________________________ ____________________________ ________ (Print) (Signature) (Date)

Annual Safety Review: ______________________________ ____________________________ ________ (Print) (Signature) (Date)

N/A Yes

O2 deficiency

Flammable atmosphere

Toxic atmosphere

Mechanical hazards

Comments: _________________

N/A Yes

Electrical

Engulfment

Configuration

Contact dermatitis

Comments: ________________

Equipment N/A Yes No

Monitor Calibration Valid

Monitor Self-Check Prior to Use

Retrieval Equipment

Back Up Retrieval

Hoisting Equipment

Communications Available

PPE Available and Utilized

Proper Equipment for Hazards • Non Sparking Tools, etc.

• Intrinsically safe if needed, etc.

Comments: __________________________________

1144

HANOVER COUNTY CONFINED SPACE PERMIT INSTRUCTIONS

The Confined Space Permit must be fully completed for each permit-required entry!

Status Section: (Top of the form) -This section must be fully completed to establish status.

SPACE: (fill in space location) DEPARTMENT: (department performing entry) DATE: (date of entry)

PERMIT STATUS: 1)- (Date/Time Issued) 2)- (Date/Time Expires - 12 hours maximum)

REASON for ENTRY:

Section 1: (RESPONSIBILITY)

• Print the names of the Entry Supervisor, each attendant and each entrant. Print names wherever it applies - for example, the supervisor may also be an attendant and that name goes in each category.

• Upon completion of the permit each person listed on the permit must review the operation staging, completed permit and be briefed on details of the operation. Following this each person listed must initial beside their printed name to signify that they understand and agree to the safety measures taken.

Section 2: (NATURE OF HAZARDS)

Use this section as a checklist to recognize hazards that may be actually or potentially be present. However do not limit hazard

analysis to the examples given. Identifying hazards will allow you to determine what preparation is necessary to eliminate or control

the hazard; otherwise entry is prohibited.

• If the hazard exists mark "Yes".

• If the listed hazard does not exist or have the potential to exist mark "N/A".

• Comments can be added below as the form suggests.

• Operations must be continually monitored to ensure hazards don't develop during the entry operation.

Section 3: (PREPARATION)

The "Preparation" section is your action plan to eliminate or control hazards. The importance of this section can not be emphasized enough.

Use your knowledge and Section 2 to guide what preparation is necessary.

N/A, Yes, or No:

• N/A means that the hazard does not exist. If the particular safety preparation procedure or equipment does not apply because there is no respective hazard mark "N/A".

• Yes means (1)-the hazard exists and (2)-the safety procedure has been taken to eliminate or control. If the particular safety preparation procedure or equipment applies and is correctly implemented, mark "Yes".

• No means that the hazard exists but the safety procedure has not been taken or can not be taken successfully. If the safety preparation procedure or equipment applies but has not been correctly implemented, mark "No".

NOTE- Entry is not permitted if any "No" entries are made!!!

Section 4: (PERIODIC ATMOSPHERIC TESTS)

The atmosphere must be tested prior to entry and shall be monitored continuously during entry operations (at least one entrant will

wear a monitor in the work area - reference the written plan). Initial atmospheric tests will be documented in this section and then

continuous testing results will be documented at least hourly following.

Comments should be included below this section as needed. Entry is not permitted, or terminated if the limits specified are exceeded.

Signing the Permit:

This documentation verifies that the permit preparer and the entry supervisor have reviewed the permit for accuracy and completeness and

approve the safety provided.

• The person preparing the permit must print their name, sign and date the permit as indicated at the bottom.

• The entry supervisor must print their name, sign and date the permit as indicated to verify their approval of the safety

of the operation. • A safety review needs to be performed within a year following each entry. The "Safety Review" signature line needs to be filled

out by the lead person performing the review and the date of the review filled in.

Post Entry Review: -

A safety evaluation is included in the debriefing. Suggestions for improvement regarding specific space and entry operations are attached to the permit and Confined Space Fact Sheet.

Retention of the Permit: - Permits must be kept a minimum of one year and subject to a safety review.

HANOVER COUNTY


Revised 2/27/07 1

LOCK-OUT/TAG-OUT

1.0 Purpose:

1.1 To establish requirements for controlling hazardous energy sources to help ensure safety and meet OSHA 29 CFR 1910.147 requirements.

1.2 To ensure that equipment or machines are stopped and isolated from all potential hazardous

energy sources before employees or contractors perform any maintenance where the unexpected startup of equipment, machines, or the release of stored energy could cause injury/illness.

2.0 Applicability:

2.1 This program applies to all employees of Hanover County.

2.2 This program shall not apply to Hanover County Schools.

3.0 Forms

Appendix A List of Authorized Employees for Lockout / Tagout Page 7 Appendix B Example Lockout Device Page 8 Appendix C Lockout / Tagout Checklist Page 9 Appendix D Equipment Isolation Matrix Page 10 Appendix E Lockout / Tagout Annual Certification Form Page 12

4.0 Responsibility

4.1 Safety & Risk Manager:

4.1.1 Develop a written lockout/tagout program to ensure safety procedures are available and followed.

4.1.2 Serve as a resource to County Departments that require interpretation of program

requirements. 4.1.3 Help facilitate necessary education & training on the contents and implementation of

this program as needed. 4.1.4 Audit departmental compliance with the program on an annual basis. 4.1.5 Update this program as necessary. 4.1.6 Assist in the delivery of training.

4.2 Department Heads:

HANOVER COUNTY


Revised 2/27/07 2

4.2.1 Ensure all authorized and affected employees receive education & training on the

Lockout/Tagout program prior to its use on any equipment in their assigned work areas. 4.2.2 Ensure all other effected department employees are provided awareness on

recognition and safety involved with this program. 4.2.3 Inform Department Supervisors and the Safety/Risk Manager immediately when any

unsafe condition is discovered or suspected as a result of following the program or omission of this program.

4.3 Supervisors:

4.3.1 Oversee the use of the lockout/tagout program and ensure it is in compliance with procedure.

4.3.2 Purchase and maintain uniform and dedicated locks, tags, and devices needed for program requirements.

4.3.3 Verify that all contractors use a lockout/tagout program for any energy isolations covered by the OSHA standard. They can use this program if they do not have one of their own. 4.3.4 Inform the Department Head and the Safety & Risk Manager immediately by completing a Hanover County Incident Report when any unsafe condition is discovered or suspected as a result of following the program or omissions of the program. 4.3.5 Review the incident report and effect corrections.

4.4 Authorized Employees:

4.4.1 Attend education & training on the lockout/tagout procedure. 4.4.2 Meticulously follow the provisions of the lockout/tagout procedure. 4.4.3 Assure the proper use of uniform and dedicated lockout/tagout equipment. 4.4.4 Inform your Supervisor immediately when any unsafe condition is discovered or

suspected as a result of following the program or omission of the program. 4.4.5 Promptly fill out the Incident Report found in the Incident Reporting Program.

4.5 Affected and Other Employees:

4.5.1 Receive awareness education on the lockout/tagout procedure. 4.5.2 Do not remove, bypass, ignore, or tamper with any locked out or tagged out energy isolation devices.

4.5.3 Inform the Safety & Risk Manager and the respective Department Head (Department owning lockout/tagout) immediately when any unsafe condition is discovered or suspected as a result of following the program or omissions from the program.

4.5.4 Promptly fill out the Incident Report found in the Incident Reporting Program when necessary.

5.0 Definitions:

HANOVER COUNTY


Revised 2/27/07 3

5.1 Affected Employee: an employee whose job requires him/her to operate or use a machine or equipment on which servicing or maintenance is being performed under lockout/tagout, or whose job requires him/her to work in an area where such service or maintenance is being performed.

5.2 Authorized Employee: an employee who locks/tags out equipment in order to perform servicing or maintenance on that equipment.

5.3 Energy-Isolating Device: a mechanical device that physically prevents the transmission or release of energy, including, but not limited to, the following: manually operated electrical circuit breaker, disconnect switch, line valve, or block, or any similar device used to block or isolate energy. Note: push buttons, selector switches, and other control circuit-type devices are not energy-isolating devices.

5.4 Lockout: the placement of a lockout device on an energy-isolating device that will hold the energy isolating devices in the safe or off position, in accordance with the program, ensuring that the energy- isolating device and the energy being controlled cannot be operated until the lockout device is removed.

5.5 Lockout Device: a device that uses a positive means such a lock to hold an energy-isolating device in a safe position and prevent the energizing of equipment. Included are blank flanges and bolted slip blinds. 5.6 Other Employee: an employee whose work requires him/her to be in or pass near the vicinity of the locked / tagged out equipment. 5.7 Servicing and/or Maintenance: workplace activities such as constructing, installing, setting up, adjusting, inspecting, modifying, and maintaining and/or servicing machines or equipment. These activities include lubrication, cleaning or unjamming of machines or equipment and making adjustments or tool changes, where the employee may be exposed to the unexpected energization or startup of the equipment or the release of hazardous energy. 5.8 Tagout: the placing of a tagout device on an energy-isolating device to indicate that the energy-isolating device and the equipment being controlled may not be operated until the tagout device is removed. The tag must be affixed at the same point as the lockout device. 5.9 Tagout Device (tag): a prominent warning device (see Appendix B) which can be securely fastened to an energy-isolating device in accordance with this program, to indicate that the energy-isolating device and the equipment being controlled may not be operated until the tagout device is removed.

6.0 PROCEDURE When a device can be locked out, it must be locked out. Exception: if lock out is absolutely not possible and it can be shown that tagout provides the same degree of employee protection as lockout, tagout may be used. 6.1 Lockout/Tagout Devices: The person who applies the lockout/tagout device shall be the one who removes the device. If the employee is not available, another Authorized Employee may remove the device with the specific, advance approval of the Authorized Employee responsible for it.

6.1.1 Each Authorized Employee will be provided personal locks and keys.

6.1.2 The locks must be used exclusively for energy control and cannot be used for other purposes.

6.1.3 Only standardized tags will be used (see Appendix B). Use of any other tag must first

be reviewed with the Supervisor and the Safety & Risk Manager to ensure it complies with this program and OSHA regulation.

HANOVER COUNTY


Revised 2/27/07 4

6.1.4 The attachment device on the tag must be non-reusable, affixable by hand, and self- locking, with a minimum unlocking strength of 50 pounds (i.e., a nylon cable tie) so that it cannot be inadvertently detached during use.

6.1.5 The tag must be legible and readily understood and must include the name of the Authorized Employee who applies it and the date on which it was applied.

6.1.6 If an injury/illness occurs during the performance of work, the job lockout /tagout tags shall be kept by the department and placed with the Incident report form.

6.2 Lockout/Tagout Procedure— an Authorized Employee shall:

6.2.1 Prior to servicing or maintenance work on any equipment, review this program to

determine which isolating devices apply to the equipment. Review and initial the Lockout/Tagout Checklist (see Appendix C) as each step is completed.

6.2.2 NOTIFY Affected Employees of the equipment to be locked out and why.

6.2.3 Isolate equipment from all energy sources as indicated on the Equipment Isolation Matrix (Appendix D).

6.2.4 LOCK OUT - Attach the lockout device to the appropriate energy isolation devices.

6.2.5 TAG OUT – Attach the tag device to the lock as described above (section 6.1.4).

6.2.6 CLEAROUT - After the equipment has been locked out, make certain that all personnel, equipment and materials are clear of energy sources or moving machinery.

6.2.7 TRYOUT - After the equipment has been checked for “clearout”, test to ensure that all hazardous energy sources have been isolated by activating the equipment’s operating controls. When there is the possibility that stored energy is present, ensure that this energy has been bled off, blocked, or otherwise kept from moving.

6.3 Release from Lockout / Tagout –

6.3.1 When the work requiring lockout / tagout is completed and equipment is ready for testing or normal service the authorized employee shall:

6.3.1.1 Remove all tools from the area.

6.3.1.2 Reinstall any guards. 6.3.1.3 Ensure that the equipment components are operationally intact. 6.3.1.4 Inspect the area to ensure there is no danger to personnel and personnel are

clear. 6.3.1.5 Alert affected employees that energy-isolating devices are being removed. 6.3.1.6 Remove all locks / tags and restore energy to the equipment. 6.3.1.7 Test equipment for normal operation.

6.4 Tagout Procedure:

6.4.1 In the event that Tagout is used the Tagout must provide the same amount of protection as Lockout. In those instances where equipment cannot be locked out and is

HANOVER COUNTY


Revised 2/27/07 5

tagged out rather than locked out, the lockout procedures listed above will be followed, except that the tags described above will be used instead of locks. The following additional steps will be taken:

6.4.1.1 Additional safety measures may be used beyond those necessary for lockout, such as the removal of an isolating circuit element, blocking of a controlling switch or valve, opening of an extra disconnecting device, or the removal of a valve handle to reduce the likelihood of inadvertent energizing. 6.4.1.2 The tag shall be affixed in such a manner as to clearly indicate that the operation or movement of energy-isolating devices from the “safe” or “off” position is prohibited. 6.4.1.3 When a tag is used on an energy-isolating device, which is capable of being locked out, the tag shall be attached at the same point that the lockout device would have been attached. However, when a tag cannot be affixed directly to the energy-isolating device, the tag shall be located as close as safely possible to the device, in a position that will be immediately obvious to anyone attempting to operate the device. 6.4.1.4 Employees must keep in mind at all times that tags are warning devices that are put in place for their protection and must be observed at all times. They do not provide physical restraint like a lock does. 6.5 Multiple Lockout/Tagout:

6.5.1 When group lockout/tagout is used, one member of the group of Authorized Employees will be team leader. 6.5.2 The team leader will be responsible for completing the Lockout/Tagout Checklist as each step progresses. 6.5.3 A multiple lock device capable of accepting multiple locks will be used at each energy- isolating device, which must be isolated for the particular equipment. 6.5.4 Each Authorized Employee should apply his/her individual lock at each lockout point, and only the person applying the lock should have its key. 6.5.5 One tag will be applied by the team leader according to tagging instructions. 6.5.6 The team leader should remove his/her lock only after all others have been removed. 6.5.7 Multiple tagout is not authorized. 6.6 Contractor Lockout/Tagout:

3.5.1 The County Supervisor or authorized employee and contractor representative shall inform each other of their respective lockout/tagout procedures. 3.5.2 The County Supervisor or authorized employee shall ensure that his/her employees understand and comply with the contractor’s lockout/tagout procedures, as well as Hanover’s procedures. 3.5.3 If the contractor does not have a lockout/tagout program, the contractor must follow Hanover’s lockout/tagout program, but, must have their own locks and tags available.

7.0 EVALUATION

7.1 Inspections (Audits)

HANOVER COUNTY


Revised 2/27/07 6

7.1.1 Each affected Department or department section shall conduct an inspection of the lockout/tagout program at least once annually to ensure that this procedure is being followed. This inspection will be recorded on the Lockout/Tagout Inspection Form (see Appendix E). 7.1.2 The Safety / Risk Manager shall perform an annual audit as well. 7.1.3 Immediately notify the Supervisor, Department head and the Safety & Risk Manager of any deviations from this SOP or inadequacies identified during the inspection process. 7.1.4 The Supervisor must ensure that corrective actions are completed. 7.1.5 The inspection shall be performed by any Authorized Employee other than the one(s) using the energy control procedure being inspected. 7.1.6 When lockout/tagout or tagout is used for energy control, the inspector will review with each Authorized Employee his/her responsibilities under the lockout/tagout program to determine their competency, as well as the adequacy of the procedure itself.

8. EDUCATION & TRAINING

8.1 Education & Training Requirements:

8.1.1 AUTHORIZED EMPLOYEE- Each authorized employee must receive education in the recognition of applicable hazardous energy available in the workplace and the methods and means necessary for energy isolation and control. Training includes hands on training prior to performing lockout/tagout with another Authorized employee. 8.1.2 AFFECTED EMPLOYEE – Each affected employee shall be instructed in the purpose and use of the energy control procedure. 8.1.3 OTHER EMPLOYEES– All other employees whose work operations are or may be in an area where energy control procedures will be utilized, shall be instructed about the procedure, and about the prohibition relating to attempts to restart or reenergize machines or equipment which are locked out or tagged out. 8.1.4 RETRAINING – Retraining shall be provided for all authorized and affected employees whenever there is a change in their job assignments, a change in machines, equipment, or processes that present a new hazard or when there is a change in the energy control procedures. 8.1.5 Each department shall certify that employee training has been accomplished and is being kept up to date on each employee.

8.2 Recordkeeping:

8.2.1 Training records will be maintained departmentally. 8.2.2 A schedule of approved employees must be maintained up to date. 8.2.3 Annual inspection forms will be maintained in a “Lockout/Tagout” file for 5 years. 8.2.4 A schedule of equipment and machinery will be maintained up-to-date departmentally. 8.2.5 Energy control procedures for each piece of equipment that may need to be locked / tagged out shall be kept up-to-date.

HANOVER COUNTY


Revised 2/27/07 7

Appendix A List of Authorized Employees for Lockout/Tagout

“Authorized Employees” shall be instructed in the safety significance of the lockout/tagout procedure. New or transferred employees and other employees who work in or may be temporarily in the area shall be instructed in the purpose and use of lockout/tagout procedures. The following job titles have been issued locks and tags and are authorized to lockout/tagout all energy sources (“Authorized Employees”):

Title Employee Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

HANOVER COUNTY


Revised 2/27/07 8

Appendix B Example of Tagout Device

HANOVER COUNTY


Revised 2/27/07 9

Appendix C Lockout/Tagout Checklist

Employee Name Equipment Being Locked Out

Isolating Equipment Date Time Initials

Review the Lockout/Tagout Procedure.

Notify Affected Employees of this lockout/tagout and the reason for it.

Verify the energy sources to be isolated by using the Isolation Matrix and/or knowledge of the system.

Shut down the necessary equipment.

Close or shut off all valves, breakers, or switches identified for isolation.

Affix all locks, lockout devices, and tags. Must use locks whenever possible.

Release any stored energy.

Test equipment to ensure effectiveness of isolation. Return controls to the “off” position.

Restoring Equipment To Service

Inspect equipment to ensure work is completed, equipment is fully restored to operating condition, and all nonessential items have been removed.

Notify Affected Employees that work is completed and that lockout/tagout is to be removed.

Clear employees from the affected area.

Remove locks, lockout devices, and tags. Except as noted below, this must be done only by the Authorized Employee who placed the devices.

Exception: if the Authorized Employee who applied the lockout/tagout device is not available, make a reasonable attempt to contact him/her and notify him/her that the device is to be removed. If you cannot reach the Authorized Employee, remove the device under the direction of the Maintenance Supervisor. If the Authorized Employee cannot be contacted, the Maintenance Supervisor is responsible for informing the Authorized Employee when he/she returns to work that his/her lockout/tagout device was removed.

HANOVER COUNTY


Revised 2/27/07 10

Appendix D Equipment Isolation Matrix

Equipment

Energy Source Requiring Isolation

Affected Employees Requiring Notification

Safety Precautions

Hard-wired electrically powered equipment Examples: ventilation fans, air conditioners, area fans, sump pumps, circulating pumps, process pumps, and unit heaters

Lock out main power at the local isolation switch. If not available, tag out main power at the circuit breaker. Plug-in only equipment does not need to be locked out as long as it is unplugged and the plug is under direct control of the employee performing the maintenance.

Authorized Employee will notify supervisors in affected areas.

Bleed all air lines; bleed or isolate and lock out compressed air receivers. When de-energizing environmental controls, ensure there are no adverse effects due to loss of environmental control such as freezing or overheating.

Mix tank Assemblies: heat exchanger circulating pump, mixer motor, chemical valves, and air lines

Lock out the circulating pump cutout switch and the compressed air line isolation valve. Tag out the mixer motor breaker and chemical fill lines by running warning tape across the isolation valve manifold and tagging.


If the mixing tank must be entered to conduct maintenance, a confined space entry permit is required. See the Confined Space Entry Procedure.

Electronic control and monitoring equipment Examples: ultrasonic gauges, controllers, and readouts

Tag out at circuit breaker and lock out cutout to device controlled.


Check for multiple power sources such as: main power to the controlled equipment, control power that powers the controller, and indicator power that powers indicator lights or gauges.

Bulk chemical transfer pumps

Lock out power at power disconnect; lock out supply and discharge line cutout valves.


Wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) when working around chemicals (see PPE procedure). Prevent chemicals from spilling, mixing together, or mixing with water.

Gas system Examples: repairing gas line or cleaning burner nozzle

Lock out main power at power disconnect and gas valve.


HANOVER COUNTY


Revised 2/27/07 11

Equipment

Energy Source Requiring Isolation

Affected Employees Requiring Notification

Safety Precautions

Repairing steam line on boiler

Lock out main power disconnect. Lock out the main steam valve on top of the boiler and other secondary valves as needed (may need a ladder to access some areas).


Bleed off any remaining steam in the affected leg of the system.

Standard scheduled boiler maintenance

Notify Production that they will be without hot water for approximately two days. Turn off boiler, lock out main power disconnect, and wait approximately 12 hours to allow the boiler to cool. After the boiler is cool, lock out the fuel source valves and water source valves.


After the boiler cools, drain the water and bleed off any remaining steam.

Note: isolating one type of energy may not ensure the isolation of all types of energy.

HANOVER COUNTY


Revised 2/27/07 12

Appendix E

Lock-Out/Tag-Out Annual Certification Form

Dept. / Shop Inspected: ______________________ Date: ____________________

Is this an equip. / machine specific LOTO procedure or general LOTO procedure?

SPECIFIC/ GENERAL

Specific Equipment/ Machine Name (Serial #): ___________________________________

Location (Building & Room #): ___________________________________________________ Acceptable?

ANNUAL INSPECTION ITEMS Yes No NA

1. Has initial lock-out/tag-out training been documented for the affected & authorized employees in this Dept. / Shop? (Attach training records.)

2. Has initial lock-out/tag-out training on the equip. / machine specific LOTO procedure been documented by the Dept./ Shop? (Shop must show records with names & dates of attendance.)

3. Has there been a change in job assignments, machines, equipment or processes that present a new hazard, or has there been a change in the LOTO procedure?

4. If YES to #3, has there been re-training of employees to make them aware of the change?

5. Does the authorized/affected employee know his/her responsibilities under the Lock-Out program? (Required to be asked of each authorized & affected employee by the inspector.) Does he / she know :

⎯ To report to his/her supervisor any unsafe conditions concerning the control of hazardous energy sources.

⎯ To follow safe work procedures while performing work on or near equipment with hazardous energy sources.

⎯ To ask his/her supervisor for assistance or clarification of work procedures as necessary.

⎯ To accurately label and prominently attach lock-out/tag-out devices when required.

⎯ To utilize his/her own padlock and key when applying and removing lock-out devices.

⎯ To remove ONLY his/her OWN lock-out/tag-out devices at the completion of the task.

Does the authorized employee know his/her responsibilities under the Tag-Out

program and the limitations of tags?

⎯ Locks and tags are required wherever equipment/ machines are “capable of being locked out.”

⎯ Tags must provide equivalent protection to that obtained by using a lock-out program.

⎯ Tags are warning devices affixed to energy isolation devices and do NOT provide the physical restraint on those devices provided by a lock.

⎯ Tag must NOT be removed except by the authorized employee responsible for it and never bypassed, ignored or otherwise defeated. This includes contractor’s danger tags.

⎯ Tags must be legible and understandable by all employees in order to be effective.

⎯ Tags must be made of durable materials , AND

⎯ Securely attached to energy isolating devices at the same location a lock-out device would have been attached.

⎯ Tags provide a false sense of security, and their meaning needs to be understood as part of the LOTO program.

HANOVER COUNTY


Revised 2/27/07 13

6. Does the authorized employee have his/her own lock? (Each employee must have his/her own lock-out device in a group lock-out.)

7. Is the lock individually keyed? (Can someone else’s key open the lock?)

8. Are the tags being used durable, legible, understandable to all affected & authorized employees, and securely attached? (Are non-English speaking employees present in the workplace?)

9. Were lock-out/tag-out procedures performed correctly? (Following written policy in the Safety Manual or Equipment/ Machine Specific procedure.)

10. Were lock-out/tag-out removal procedures performed correctly? (Following the written policy in the Safety Manual or Equipment/ Machine Specific procedure.)

11. Were affected employees notified (before and after)? What is the method of notification of affected employees for application and removal of lock-out/tag-out devices? _______________

12. If this is a periodic inspection of a GENERAL LOTO procedure, Are there any machines/ pieces of equipment for which this Dept. / Shop is responsible that require a SPECIFIC LOTO procedure? (See rules for excepting a machine/ piece of equipment from having a specific LOTO procedure.)

13. If this is a periodic inspection of a SPECIFIC LOTO procedure, does this piece of equipment have its own written lock-out/tag-out procedure? (Attach copy.)

a) Does the written procedure have procedural steps from shutting down, isolating, blocking and securing machines or equipment to control hazardous energy?

b) Does the written procedure include procedural steps for the placement, removal, and transfer of lock-out devices or tag-out devices and the responsibility for them?

c) Does the written procedure include specific requirements for testing a machine or equipment to determine and verify the effectiveness of lock-out devices, tag-out devices, and other energy control measures?

Authorized/ Affected Employees Observed:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

Deviations or inadequacies observed: Certified by ____________________________________Date ______________________

Sec. 14 Revised 040301 1

Hearing Conservation Program 1.0 Purpose 1.1 To prevent noise induced hearing loss and comply with CFR 1910.95.

2.0 Applicability

2.1 This program applies to all employees of Hanover County Government 2.2 This program shall not apply to Hanover County Schools.

3.0 Forms Appendix A Area and Equipment Survey Form Page 19

Appendix B Hearing Conservation Training Form Page 20 Appendix C Personal Dosimetry Form Page 21

4.0 Responsibilities

4.1 Safety & Risk Manager 4.1.1 Conduct an annual evaluation of the Hanover County Hearing

Conservation Program.

4.1.2 Identify work areas and equipment where noise levels are suspected to equal or exceed 85 dBA. This will be done in response to Department inquiries.

4.1.3 Survey work areas and equipment where noise levels are suspected to be equal to or greater than 85 dBA.

4.1.4 Identify through personal monitoring of a representative sampling of those county employees whose noise exposure level equals or exceeds an 8-hour time weighted average (TWA) of 85 dBA.

4.1.5 Ensure that the notification of employee exposure measurements will be sent to the affected Department and to Human Resources to be included in the employee’s medical records.

4.1.6 Bi-annual sound surveys and personal monitoring of a representative sampling of identified, at risk, employees.


4.1.7 Develop and monitor the annual training of employees in the need, proper use and care of hearing protective devices.

4.1.8 Recommend noise control measures (including engineering, administrative controls and personal protective equipment).

4.1.9 Record Threshold Shifts on OSHA 300 Log.

4.1.10 Notify each Department of the results of any survey and/or test.

4.2 Department Director (With assistance of Safety & Risk Management)

4.2.1 Identify work areas and equipment that is suspected of having noise levels that equal or exceed 85 dBA.

4.2.2 Arrange for the Safety & Risk Manager to perform noise measurements and monitoring in the areas and on the equipment identified.

4.1.2 Arrange baseline and annual audiograms for employees exposed to noise levels equal to or greater than an 8 hour time weighted average (TWA) of 85 dBA.

4.1.3 Schedule all new employees for a baseline audiogram, within one month of employment, if they may be assigned to a task with potential exposure to elevated sound levels.

4.2.4 Arrange for the audiometric testing agency to notify The Safety & Risk Management of all employees who have experienced significant changes in hearing (standard threshold shifts) in order that follow up investigations may be conducted.

4.2.5 Ensure that employees are notified of all audiogram results, whether they are baseline, annual or retest results.

4.2.6 Ensure that all audiogram notifications are kept private and confidential.

4.2.7 Evaluate engineering controls and/or administrative controls when excessive noise levels are present.

4.2.8 Ensure annual training of employees in the Hearing Conservation Program in the proper use and care of Personal Protective Equipment.

4.3 Supervisors

4.3.1 Ensure that all of their affected employees know the results of any area surveys and/or personal noise dosimetry results, by posting the results or by departmental training.

4.3.2 Ensure that all of their employees exposed to noise levels equal to or greater than 85 dBA are notified of such levels and provided with the appropriate and proper hearing protective devices for that work area.


4.3.3 Enforce the use of hearing protective devices and engineering and administrative controls in designated noise hazardous areas.

4.3.4 Assure their employees are trained annually in the need for the proper use and care of personal protective equipment and records are kept on file for at least the duration of the employee’s employment..

4.4 Employee

4.4.1 Wear and maintain hearing protective devices as instructed.

4.4.2 Participate in training programs and audiometric testing programs.

4.4.3 Report concerns of high noise levels to their supervisor.

4.4.4 Encourage co-workers and others in the area to wear the proper PPE, when performing duties that involve high levels of noise.

5.0 Program

5.1 It is the intent of Hanover County to provide employees with a safe and healthful working environment. This is accomplished by utilizing facilities and equipment that have safeguards incorporated into their design and by providing safety training.

5.2 Whenever effective engineering controls are not possible, or when they are in the process of being implemented, personal protective equipment in addition to administrative controls will be used.

5.3 The primary goal of this Program is to eliminate hearing loss attributed to workplace noise exposures. The program includes the following elements:

5.3.1 Work environments will be surveyed to identify potentially hazardous noise levels and personnel at risk.

5.3.2 Equipment that produces potentially hazardous noises will be evaluated. Where technologically and economically feasible, the equipment will be modified or replaced to reduce the noise level to acceptable limits.

5.3.3 When engineering controls are not employed, administrative control and the use of hearing protective devices will be required.

5.3.4 Annual audiometric hearing testing will be conducted to monitor the effectiveness of the hearing conservation program. The early detection of temporary threshold shifts will allow further protective action to be implemented before permanent hearing damage occurs.


5.3.5 Training is critical to the overall success of a hearing conservation program. There must be an understanding by employees of the permanent nature of noise induced hearing loss. Employees must also have a clear understanding of the federal standards concerning hearing loss prevention, the Hanover County Hearing Conservation Program, and their responsibilities under the program.

5.3.6 An annual evaluation of the Hearing Conservation Program will be performed.

6.0 Noise Evaluation and Assessment

6.1 Identification of Hazardous Noise Areas, Equipment, etc.

6.1.1 Each Department will identify areas and/or equipment within Hanover County’s workplace environments suspected of having or producing noise levels that equal or exceed 85 dBA.

6.1.2 Each Department will contact Safety & Risk Management to request sound level surveys of areas suspected area of having sound levels above 85dbA. Those areas where the noise levels are below 85dbA will not be routinely monitored; this includes equipment that is incapable of producing high noise levels.

6.1.3 The official identification of hazardous noise areas and/or equipment, through noise monitoring, will be conducted under the direction of the S&RM.

6.2 Area and Equipment Sound Level Measurements

6.2.1 Area and equipment survey measurements record environmental noise levels using a sound level meter. Measurement will identify work areas where exposures may be above 85 dBA and where more thorough exposure monitoring may be needed. Area monitoring is conducted using a calibrated sound level meter set to the A-weighted scale, slow response. Within the work area several different locations will be measured.

6.2.2 Typical measurement locations would include:

6.2.2.1 In the hearing zone at the employees normal workstation.

6.2.2.2 Next to the noise source.

6.2.2.3 At the entrance(s) to the work area.

6.2.2.4 Other locations within the area where the employee might spend time working.


6.2.2.5 A rough sketch of the area will be included with the results showing the location(s) where the noise readings were obtained.

6.2.2.6 If noise levels are below 85 dBA, no further monitoring will be routinely required for that area and/or equipment.

6.2.2.7 Should any area of the noise measurement equal or exceed the 85 dBA, records shall be maintained as to the noise levels recorded, where they were taken, and the source of the noise.

6.2.2.8 These records shall be reviewed at least once every two years to determine if any changes have occurred that would warrant remonitoring of exposed personnel.

6.2.2.9 If any of the measurements equal or exceed a noise level of 85 dBA, employees who work in the area will receive further testing, in the form of personal monitoring. This testing will be done with the use of a personal dosimeter. The results of the personal dosimetry will give the amount and level of noise that the individual is receiving.

6.2.3 Personnel monitoring

6.2.3.1 A representative sampling of personnel testing will be used to establish an 8-hour time weighted average for employees exposed to excessive noise levels equal to or greater than 85 dBA.

6.2.3.2 Employees monitored will have a dosimeter placed on him/her at the beginning of their normal work shift with a microphone placed in the “hearing zone”.

6.2.3.3 The dosimeter will be worn for the full duration of the work shift, while the employee performs his/her normal work routine. At the end of the work shift the dosimeter will be removed and information printed out as soon as possible.

6.2.3.4 After completing the personal monitoring, information will be collected from each employee; detailing their activities during the test period. Those employees whose exposure equal or exceed 85 dBA on an 8-hour time weighted basis will be included in the Hearing Conservation Program.

6.3 Re-monitoring of Hazardous Noise Areas and Equipment

6.3.1 All areas where noise levels equal or exceed 85 dBA shall be monitored at least every two years.

6.3.2 A representative sampling of employees who work in high noise areas with an 8-hour time weighted average equal to or exceeding 85 dBA will be monitored every two years.


6.3.3 Whenever an employee exhibits a confirmed standard threshold shift, the employee’s workplace (areas and equipment, if needed) shall be re- monitored to identify and correct the cause.

6.3.4 Whenever an employee exhibits a confirmed standard threshold shift, the employee shall be personally re-monitored, using a personal dosimeter.

6.4 Re-monitoring Due to Changes

6.4.1 Any area and/or equipment, with noise levels that equal or exceed 85 dBA, shall also be monitored whenever there is a change in its processes, equipment or controls.

6.4.2 Areas where noise levels have dropped below the 85-dBA level due to these alterations may be eliminated from the monitoring program.

6.4.3 Areas where the noise level has increased will continue in the program. The noise controls and/or personal protective equipment, currently in use, shall be re-evaluated as to their effectiveness of noise reduction.

6.4.4 Each Department shall notify Safety / Risk Management of any changes.

6.5 Notifications of Sound Level Measurements

6.5.1 Upon identification of an employee, whose 8 – hour Time Weighted Average equals or exceeds 85 dBA, Safety / Risk Management will recommend to the employee and the employee’s supervisor, in writing, of the need to enroll him or her and/or other employees and/or job descriptions, in the Hearing Conservation Monitoring Program. Information provided to the employee will include:

6.5.1.1 The employee(‘s) name 6.5.1.2 Supervisor’s name and telephone number 6.5.1.3 The noise levels recorded in the employee’s work area, including dosimeter data.

6.5.2 It will be the responsibility of the supervisor to enroll the employee in the program.

6.5.3 In work locations where administrative or engineering controls have reduced the 8-hour Time Weighted Average noise levels to below the 85 dBA, Safety / Risk Management shall re-monitor and notify the employee and the employee’s supervisor, in writing, of the new levels.

6.5.4 The notification will state that the employee is no longer required to be enrolled in the Hearing Conservation Program.

6.5.5 The results re-monitoring shall be forwarded upon completion of the noise surveys to the employee’s Supervisor.

6.5.6 Any employee experiencing difficulty in wearing assigned hearing protection (i.e., irritation of the ear canals, pain) will report this immediately to their supervisor. If needed the supervisor shall contact the Safety / Risk Management for further assistance.


7.0 SURVEYS & TESTING 7.1 The rule of thumb for identification of areas which may exceed recommended noise limits is to investigate those areas in which the voice must be raised in order to be heard at a distance of three feet from the speaker. The investigation requires the use of noise measuring devices that measure the intensity (loudness) and the frequency (pitch) of the sound being generated. 7.2 Unwanted sound is usually described as NOISE and the first step in noise evaluation is identifying areas suspected of generating noise. All measurements and testing will use readings in decibels and/or frequency. There are four basic scales used in measuring various types of noise.

7.2.1 Linear (lin) – evaluates sound of short duration. 7.2.2 dBA – OSHA required scale that most closely resembles how the ear

hears sounds.

7.2.3 dBB – This scale is used for the evaluation of community and airport noise.

7.2.4 dBC – This scale is used for the evaluation of engineering measures

used in noise control. 7.3 Hand held sound level meters are used for testing areas, equipment, and locations. OSHA requires that personal sampling or individual dosimetry be performed under the following conditions: high worker mobility, significant variations in sound levels, or a significant component of impulse noise. However, a hand-held meter may be used if the employer can show that area sampling produces equivalent results.

7.4 Basic Sound Survey 7.4.1 A hand-held sound level meter will estimate the noise exposure of a large number of employees in a short amount of time. The sampling technique should be consistent and well documented. The list below is the procedure for hand-held testing.

7.4.1.1 Noise must be measured on the "A" scale, slow response.

7.4.1.2 Calibrate the sound level meter before and after the sound survey.

7.4.1.3 The sound level meter should be held away from the body or other hard surfaces and perpendicular to the noise source.

7.4.1.4 Hold the sound level meter at the operator ear level and not at the noisiest part of the machine where no employee works.

7.4.1.5 In outdoor wind conditions, a screen should be used over the microphone probe.


7.4.1.6 Document the sound survey results to include: area, equipment, workstation, calibration data, and recorded noise levels, etc., on the Area and Equipment Survey Form.

7.4.1.7 All continuous, intermittent and impulsive sound levels from 80 decibels to 130 decibels must be integrated into the sound measurement.

7.5 Personal Sampling 7.5.1 Personal sampling is performed with a noise dosimeter that is worn by an employee exposed to noise. It collects and averages noise samples measured over a period of time generally ranging from 4 to 8 hours. This provides a more accurate measure of the exposure over a longer sampling period. The dosimeter must be worn a minimum of 4 hours. The following procedure should be used in dosimeter testing:

7.5.1.1 Noise must be measured on the “A” scale, slow response.

7.5.1.2 Calibrate the dosimeter before and after the sample period. Check the battery.

7.5.1.3 Explain to the employee the nature of the test, facts about the dosimeter and what the results will mean to them personally.

7.5.1.4 Answer any questions they may have prior to sampling.

7.5.1.5 Inform the employee that you will be asking about what they did that day, the equipment they have used and the approximate time and duration of each duty they performed for that day.

7.5.1.6 The dosimeter microphone should be clipped on the collar of the employee under the ear. (The microphone must stay in the upright position for accurate results.)

7.5.1.7 The employee’s activities must represent normal activity.

7.5.1.8 The employee must wear the dosimeter during the entire testing period.

7.5.1.9 Use a windscreen on the microphone when necessary.

7.5.1.10 All continuous, intermittent and impulsive sound levels from 80 decibels to 130 decibels must be integrated into the noise measurements.

7.5.1.11 Document the survey with a written report including the scale used, calibration data, noise levels measured, equipment and operator/activity information on the Hanover County Personal Dosimetry Form (Appendix C).

8.0 NOISE CONTROL METHODS

8.1 Engineering and Administrative Controls


8.1.1 Engineering controls are defined as modifications, replacements, and/or other related physical changes of equipment, at the noise sources, that physically lower the level of noise received by the employee. They are the primary means of reducing or eliminating personal exposure to hazardous noise. This also includes change or modification of the transmission path that reduces the noise level at the employee’s ear. Engineering controls such as mufflers on heavy equipment exhausts or on air release valves must be used when possible.

8.1.2 Administrative controls are defined as changes in the work schedule or operations that reduce noise exposure to affected employees. Examples of administrative controls would be to increase the employee distance from the noise source or rotation of jobs between workers in hazardous areas.

8.1.3 The use of engineering and administrative controls should reduce the noise level to the point that it is no longer a hazard.

8.2 Personal Protective Equipment

8.2.1 Hearing protective devices (earplugs, ear muffs, etc.) shall be used only when engineering or administrative controls are considered to be both technically and economically infeasible or while such controls are being implemented.

8.2.2 Hearing protective devices are defined as any device that can be worn to reduce the level of sound entering the ear. Hearing protective devices shall be worn by all personnel entering an area where the operations generate noise levels of:

8.2.2.1 Greater than 85 dBA sound level, or 8.2.2.2 120-dBA peak sound level or greater.

8.3 Approved types of Hearing Protective Devices

8.3.1 The following are types of hearing protective devices that have been approved by Safety & Risk management for use by Hanover County employees. Safety / Risk Management must approve all other types of hearing protective devices before use.

8.3.1.1 Insert Type Earplugs - A device designed to provide an airtight seal within an ear canal. There are three types of insert earplugs. They are pre-molded, formable, and custom.

8.3.1.1.1 Pre-molded Earplugs - These earplugs are pliable devices of fixed proportions. Two standard styles, single flange and triple flange, come in various sizes and will fit most people. Personnel responsible for the fitting


and dispensing earplugs will train users on proper insertion, wear, and care. Pre-molded earplugs are re-useable, but should be replaced periodically.

8.3.1.1.2 Formable Earplugs - Formable earplugs come in one size and are made from a material that after being compressed and inserted into the ear expand to form an airtight seal. When properly inserted, they provide noise attenuation values that are similar to those from correctly fitted pre-molded earplugs. Each earplug must be held in place while it expands enough to remain firmly sealed. These earplugs are also re-useable, but will require replacement after several weeks or when they do not form a proper seal.

8.3.1.1.3 Custom Molded Earplugs - A small percentage of the population cannot be fitted with standard earplugs. Custom earplugs can be made to fit the exact size and shape of the individual’s ear canal. 8.3.1.4 Earmuffs - Earmuffs are devices worn around the ear to

reduce the level of noise that reaches the ear. Their effectiveness depends on an airtight seal between the cushion of the muff and the head of the wearer.

8.4 Selection of Hearing Protective Devices

8.4.1 Supervisors will provide the opportunity for employees to select hearing protective devices from a variety of suitable ones. In all cases the chosen hearing protectors will have a Noise Reduction Ratio (NRR) that will be enough to reduce the noise at the eardrum to 85 dBA or lower.

8.5 Issuance of Hearing Protective Devices

8.5.1 The issuance of hearing protective devices is handled through each individual Department.

8.5.2 Departments having noise hazards will:

8.5.2.1 Issue and ensure the correct fit of all hearing protective devices (foam, inserts, disposable, pre-molded, earmuffs) to its employees.

8.5.2.2 Provide instruction in the proper use and care of earplugs and earmuffs when the equipment is issued.


8.5.2.3 Ensure that employees required wearing both earplugs and earmuffs are informed of this requirement and educated on the importance of proper usage and cleaning procedures.

8.5.2.4 Dispense earmuffs when necessary and maintain a supply of disposable earplugs.

8.6 Use of Hearing Protective Devices

8.6.1 Hearing Protective Devices will be used and maintained as originally intended and in accordance with the instructions provided.

8.6.2 Earmuff performance may be degraded by anything that compromises the cushion to ear seal. This includes other pieces of personal protective equipment such as eyewear, masks, face shields, helmets as well as perspiration and improper fit.

8.7 Maintenance of Hearing Protective Devices

8.7.1 Reusable earplugs should be washed in lukewarm water using hand soap, rinsed in clean water, and dried thoroughly.

8.7.2 All earplugs should be stored in their containers, not in the employee’s pockets or other personal storage areas.

8.7.3 Wet or damp earplugs should not be placed in their containers until they are dry.

8.7.4 Cleaning should be done according to manufacturer specifications.

8.7.5 Earmuff cushions should be kept clean. The plastic or foam cushions may be cleaned in the same way as earplugs without getting the inside of the earmuff wet. When not in use the, the earmuffs should be placed in the open air to dry.

9.0 MEDICAL MONITORING & HEARING LOSS 9.1 Audiometric Testing

9.1.1 Employees enrolled in the Hearing Conservation Program shall have an initial baseline Audiogram performed within 3 Months of an employee’s first exposure to noise levels at or above 85 dBA. This test will be performed annually for all employees enrolled in the Hearing Conservation Program by Hanover County’s medical provider. 9.1.2 Audiometric tests shall be performed by a licensed or certified audiologist, otolaryngolosist, or other physician, or by a technician who is certified by the Council of Accreditation in Occupational Hearing Conservation, or who has demonstrated competence in administering audiometric examinations, obtaining valid audiograms, and properly using, maintaining and checking calibration and proper functioning of the audiometers being used. A technician who operates microprocessor


audiometers does not need to be certified. A technician who performs audiometric tests must be responsible to an audiologist, otolarynologist or physician. 9.1.3 Each Department will pay for the cost of the audiometric testing of its employees required to be tested. 9.1.4 The Audiometric-testing program will include only employees identified in the Hanover County Hearing Conservation Program. The testing will be done at no cost to the employee.

9.2 Types of Audiograms

9.2.1 Baseline

9.2.1.1 The employee shall be notified that the baseline test must be preceded by 14 hours of “quiet without exposure to workplace noise”. 9.2.1.2 Time spent wearing hearing protection is included in “quiet hours.” 9.2.1.3 The baseline audiogram should be given during the first two hours of the work shift to avoid temporary threshold shifts.

9.3 Annual Audiogram 9.3.1 An annual audiogram, when compared to the baseline audiogram, indicates if any hearing loss has occurred. The following is required: 9.3.1.1 The employer is responsible for notifying the employee of when the annual audiogram is due. 9.3.1.2 Annual audiograms must be given during work hours.

9.3.1.3 If the annual audiogram indicates that an employee has an STS the employee will be re-tested within 30 days and consider the results as the annual audiogram.

9.3.1.4 The employee will be notified in writing of the results of the annual audiogram within 21 days.

9.4 Retest Audiogram

9.4.1 A retest is done to confirm or verify a hearing threshold shift result. These are the occasions for re-testing:


9.4.2.1 When an annual audiogram indicates an employee has suffered a Standard Threshold Shift in their hearing.

9.4.2.2 The audiologist or physician requests a retest to confirm results. 9.4.2.3 At the Hearing Conservationist request due to audiometer problems, inconsistent results, employee complaints, etc.

9.5 Revised Baseline Audiogram

9.5.1 A “revised baseline” is an annual audiogram that is substituted for the baseline audiogram. The baseline revision can only be made by the audiologist, otolarynologist, or physician. This minimizes the continued notification of Standard Threshold Shifts for employees with stable hearing test levels.

9.6 Medical Follow-ups 9.6.1 Standard Threshold Shift (STS)

9.6.1.1 The Standard Threshold Shift is defined as a change in the hearing threshold as compared to a baseline audiogram of an average of 10 dB or more at 2000, 3000, and 4000 HZ in either ear. Four factors are important in an STS evaluation. 9.6.1.1.1 STS may occur in one or both ears. 9.6.1.1.2 The employee must have at least two tests before an STS can be determined.

9.6.1.1.3 An STS only considers the thresholds at 2000, 3000, and 4000 Hz. 9.6.1.1.4 Age correction

9.7 Standard Threshold Shift (STS) Requirements

9.7.1 When an STS has been identified it is an OSHA Noise Standard requirement that the following actions be taken: 9.7.1.1 The employee shall be informed in writing within 21 days. The signed notification will be kept on file by the Hanover County Human Resources Department for documentation purposes. The S&RM will review a copy of the notification.


9.7.1.2 Employees not using hearing protection shall be fitted with hearing protection, trained in their care and use and required to wear them.

9.7.1.3 Employees currently using hearing protection shall be refitted, retrained, and provided with hearing protection offering greater attenuation if necessary.

9.7.1.4 The employee will be referred for a clinical evaluation, as appropriate; if the testing is necessary or if the supervisor suspects that the medical pathology of the ear is caused or aggravated by the wearing of hearing protection.

9.7.1.5 The employee is informed of the need for an otological examination if a medical pathology of the ear that is unrelated to the use of hearing protectors is suspected.

9.7.2 It is a requirement that the steps in section 9.7.1 be taken each time an employee is identified with STS unless a physician determines that the shift is not employment related.

9.8 Recording Occupational Related Shifts on the OSHA 300 Log

9.8.1 All Standard Threshold Shifts of 10 dB or greater in either ear shall be recorded on the OSHA 300 Log by Human Resources.

9.9 Medical Referrals

9.9.1 Medical referrals and Standard Threshold Shifts are separate issues. An employee may have an STS, but not require a medical referral. Conversely, an employee may not have an STS, but may need of a medical referral. This may be the result of an ear infection, wax build up or other non-occupational cause.

9.10 Medical referrals, Retest Audiograms and Who Pays the Bill 9.10.1 The Department shall pay for the initial medical referral.

9.10.2 The audiologist, otolarynologist, or physician reviewing the audiogram shall determine which employees are to be treated at the County’s expense due to occupational noise exposure.

9.10.3 The County shall also pay if it is suspected that the wearing of hearing protection causes the medical pathology. If the medical pathology is not related to the use of hearing protection the County will inform the employee of the need for further examination, but is not required to pay for the referral.


10.0 TRAINING PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 10.1 Training Requirements

10.1.1 At a minimum, all training will cover the following topics:

10.1.1.1 The effects of noise on hearing. 10.1.1.2 Recognizing hazardous noise. 10.1.1.3 Noise induced hearing loss and the symptoms of overexposure to hazardous noise. 10.1.1.4 The purpose of hearing protection devices – their advantages, disadvantages, and attenuation of various types. 10.1.1.5 Instructions on the selection, fitting, use, care and maintenance of hearing protective devices. 10.1.1.6 Explanation of noise measurement procedures. 10.1.1.7 Hanover County Government Hearing Conservation Program requirements. 10.1.1.8 A review of the current annual noise survey of their area. 10.1.1.9 The purpose of audiometric testing and an explanation of the test procedures.

10.1.2 Employees will be advised to use hearing protective devices when they are exposed to hazardous noise during activities at home: e.g., from lawn mowers, chain saws, etc.

10.1.4 Safety / Risk Management will provide supervisors with annual training. 10.1.5 The supervisor will provide appropriate employee refresher training annually.

10.1.6 Supervisors will train new personnel assigned to work in noisy environments. 10.1.7 Training will be consistent and updated with changes in work processes, equipment and protection. 10.1.8 All training must be documented. Sign in sheets that identify the type of training as well as the instructor must be maintained with a copy of any handouts or tests. Training documentation must be kept for the duration of the employees’ employment.


11.0 RECORD KEEPING

11.1 Record keeping requirements are an important part of the Hanover County Hearing Conservation Program. The information contained in these documents reflects the quality and effectiveness of the program. 11.2 The following documents are required by OSHA 29 CFR1910.95, Occupational Noise Exposure Standard, once the “Action Level” of 85 decibels has been met or exceeded.

11.2.1 A sound survey and/or a personal noise dosimetry sampling is required and the Department will send documentation to Human Resources to be retained and updated at least every two years to determine if any alteration in noise levels has occurred. These occurrences may be caused by:

11.2.1.1 A change in production, equipment, process, or controls. 11.2.1.2 Hearing protection used by an employee is determined to be inadequate.

11.2.1.3 The results of all noise monitoring will be posted in a central location near the immediate work area that was tested.

11.2.1.4 Results of all noise monitoring must remain posted until the results are updated. 11.2.1.5 The department shall retain noise monitoring results for 5 years.

11.3 OSHA standard (1910.95) will be permanently posted in a central location in departments that have employees exposed to noise levels above the action level.

11.4 Baseline and Annual Hearing Tests will be retained for the duration of the employee’s employment plus 30 years. Documentation of employee tests results shall be done in accordance with 1910.95 (m)(2) (i) & (ii) and will include:

11.4.1 Employee’s name and job title. 11.4.2 Date of audiogram. 11.4.3 Examiners name. 11.4.4 Date of last audiometer calibration. 11.4.5 Employee’s most recent noise exposure assessment.


11.4.6 Employer will maintain or cause to be maintained accurate measurements of the audiometric test room.

11.5 Recording Hearing Loss on The OSHA 300 Log 11.5.1 Work related shifts in hearing of average of 10dB or more from the initial baseline test in either ear will be recorded.

11.6 Locations of Records

Record(s) Locations

• Medical Evaluation and Audiograms Human Resources

● Training Records Each Department

• Hearing Conservation Program Safety & Risk Management, County "T" drive & Each Department

● Hazard Evaluations (work area noise, Safety & Risk Management, surveys, Personnel monitoring) Each Department

• Program Evaluation Safety & Risk Management 11.7 All non-medical records (ex. Work area and equipment surveys) will be maintained for a period of two years.

12.0 REFERENCES

12.1 OSHA, General Industry Standard, 29 CFR 1910.95, Occupational Noise Exposure.

Hanover County Hearing Conservation Program

18

Appendix A

AREA AND EQUIPMENT SURVEY FORM

Location

Survey by Survey Date

Sound Level Meter Used Calibrator Used

LOCATION AND REMARKS — Include department or area.

Note where overall exposure is composed of two or more periods at

different levels.

SOUND LEVELS (dB)

(re: 0.00002 Pa.) ESTIMATED

EXPOSURE

TIME (Cn)

ALLOWABLE

TIME (Tn)

CALCULATED

A-scale DOSE 8 Hr. TWA

These measurements were taken at your facility on the date shown. The results represent conditions found at the time of the survey and may not represent conditions at other times.

The measurements were taken to estimate workplace exposure and not to determine compliance or non-compliance with legal standards. They are intended to be used as an estimate

of the hazard to hearing loss and as a guide to where noise control activity should be directed.

Page______of___

_____


19

Appendix B

Hanover County

HEARING CONSERVATION TRAINING FORM

I have received training related to the Hearing Conservation Training Program presented by: _____________________ on: ______________ (Name of the Presenter) (Date)

The training included:

1. The effects of noise on hearing. 2. The purpose of the annual hearing test. 3. The purpose of wearing hearing protection and the types of

hearing protection available at a central location. I understand that wearing hearing protection is mandatory in designated areas of the workplace. Hearing protection is available from a central location within my department. My signature below indicates that I received training at the time of my hearing test. Please sign and date below. ______________________________________ Employee’s Signature _____________________________________________ Date


20

Appendix C

PERSONAL DOSIMETRY FORM

(Please PRINT or TYPE)

Employee Tested Date Tested

Department

Location TWA dBA

Instrument Model Instrument Type Last External Calibration Date

Calibration Date

Calibration Type Last External Calibration Date

Surveyed By

Signature/Date

I. Job Description(s): ____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________

II. Time Intervals:

6:00 am – 7:00 am _____________________________________________________ 7:00 am – 8:00 am _____________________________________________________ 8:00 am – 9:00 am _____________________________________________________ 9:00 am – 10:00 am _____________________________________________________ 10:00 am – 11:00 am _____________________________________________________ 11:00 am – 12:00 pm _____________________________________________________ 12:00 pm – 1:00 pm _____________________________________________________ 1:00 pm – 2:00 pm _____________________________________________________ 2:00 pm – 3:00 pm _____________________________________________________ 3:00 pm – 4:00 pm _____________________________________________________ 4:00 pm – 5:00 pm _____________________________________________________

1

HANOVER COUNTY

EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN

2

Hanover County

Department Emergency Action Plan

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Scope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Background & Facility Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Fire Protection Signaling Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Emergency Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

APPENDICES

Emergency Escape Routes and Exits A

Hanover County


3

Fire B

Loss of Utilities C

Severe Weather D

Earthquake E

Blackout F

Bomb Threats G

Active Shooter H

First Aid Procedures I

Emergency Contact Telephone Numbers J

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose.

The purpose of this emergency action plan is to provide instructions and guidelines for

Hanover County departments and their employees and also ensure visitor safety.

Hanover County


4

Subpart E, Section 1910, paragraph 38, Virginia Occupational Safety and Health

Standards for General Industry requires a written emergency action plan that

covers actions employers and employees must take to ensure safety from fire

and other emergencies.

The plan includes guidelines for the administration of protection of persons and

property from the adverse effects of blackouts, bomb threats, natural disasters (floods,

severe weather, fire, and other emergencies).

1.2 Scope.

This emergency action plan applies to all Hanover County Government employees and

volunteers assigned to duties at ________________. Employees must become familiar

with duties and responsibilities of the emergency action plan and with the location of

emergency materials such as flashlights, electrical circuit breaker panels, and utility shut

off valves.

1.3 Plan Elements

1. Emergency layout/routes available and posted.

2. Employee alarm systems.

3. Emergency procedures. (Including procedures for employees who must remain if

applicable)

4. Procedures to account for all employees and visitors.

5. Rescue and medical duties.

6. Preferred means of reporting fires and other emergencies.

7. Who to contact for further information.

8. Fire Prevention Plan.

1.4 Responsibilities.

Hanover County


5

1. Safety/Risk Manager.

(a) Responsible for providing advice and guidance for the development of

the site-specific plans.

2. Department Designated Emergency Manager.

(a) Responsible for developing and maintaining a current site-specific plan

that identifies specific responsibilities and duties for key employees at

the site for each type of emergency action.

(b) Responsible for conducting or coordinating training to ensure

employees are familiar with their responsibilities in the plan as it

pertains to their

duties.

(c) Responsible for ensuring that each employee with responsibilities in

the plan has a copy of the emergency action plan.

1.5 Background and Facility Specifications

1. Address-

2. Occupants-

3. Business Hours-

4. Building/construction type-

Hanover County


6

1.6 Fire Protection and Signaling Devices.

1. Fire alarm system- (Insert a description of your fire alarm system)

1. Employee alarm/notification system- (how will employees be notified of emergency)

2. Fire extinguisher type and locations-

4. Means of Egress components-

• Exit sign locations

• Emergency light locations

2. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

Specific procedures for various emergencies are outlined in the appendix.

1. Emergency escape routes are identified on the floor plan at Appendix A, and

must also be posted at conspicuous locations at the site. All employees and

volunteers must become familiarized with the location of these routes. The

access to means of egress and the exit must remain clear and unobstructed at all

times.

2. In case of an emergency that requires the evacuation of the building, all

employees and patrons will evacuate the building via the nearest safe exit and go

to _______________. The department Emergency Manager, designee or senior

employee will then conduct a head count to account for all employees. This

person must coordinate with other staff members to account for all visitors in the

building at the time of the emergency.

Hanover County


7

3. Emergency telephone numbers must be posted near each telephone. The

preferred means of internal reporting of fire is through

______________________ (pull manual fire alarm, verbal announcement, etc.).

For external reporting of fire or other emergencies that require the police or

emergency medical services, someone must dial 911. If the evacuation is for fire

or other life-threatening emergencies, the employee must make the emergency

call from a telephone in an external safe location.

4. For all other emergencies, the preferred means of internal reporting of an

emergency is through a verbal announcement to occupants of the building. If

necessary or practical, the emergency manager, senior employee or designee

should get another staff member to help in evacuating the premises.

5. A diagram of the location of portable fire extinguishers, emergency lights, exit

lights, water main shut off valve, and electrical circuit breaker panels is in the

Appendix.

3. TRAINING

1. Before fully implementing this emergency action plan, the Department Head or

emergency manager must identify and train a sufficient number of persons to

help in the safe and orderly emergency evacuation. The plan must be reviewed

with each employee covered by the plan at the following times:

• Initially when the plan is implemented,

• whenever the employee's responsibilities or designated actions under the

plan change, and

• when the plan is changed.

2. In addition, the plan must be reviewed with each employee upon initial

assignment, including those parts of the plan that the employee must know to

Hanover County


8

protect him or her in case of an emergency.

HANOVER COUNTY


9

Appendix A - Emergency Escape Routes

Insert floor plan here.

HANOVER COUNTY


10

Appendix B Fire Emergencies

1. These procedures outline steps to be taken in case of fire at ____________________.

2. Employees shall be informed of the emergency evacuation procedures and the location of the

evacuation rally point located at ___________________. In the event of a fire emergency that

requires evacuation of the building, all employees, volunteers, and patrons will assemble at that

point.

3. Upon the discovery of a fire, that employee shall immediately notify the staff that they must

quickly and calmly evacuate the building. Employees must be told to exit through the nearest

exit away from the fire. Employees must not be allowed to stop to recover personal belongings,

equipment, etc.

4. Once the building is cleared, ________________employee will go to ______________to dial

911. The following information must be provided to the public safety dispatcher:

Name of the Facility:

Address of Facility:

Name of Caller:

Nearest Crossroad:

Situation:

5. The senior employee on duty must designate one person going to the evacuation point to stand

at __________________________ to guide the fire department or emergency personnel to the

scene.

HANOVER COUNTY


11

6. If there is a second employee on duty, that employee should assess the situation and use a

portable fire extinguisher to control the fire if it is in the incipient stage. If the employee has

not been trained in the use of a portable fire extinguisher or the fire is spreading beyond the

point of origin, the employee will evacuate the building immediately. The first priority is to the

safety of employees and visitors.

7. Once the building has been evacuated, an employee shall be designated to ensure that no one

re-enters the building.

8. No one will be allowed to re-enter the building unless authorized by the fire department official

on the scene.

HANOVER COUNTY


12

Appendix C - Loss of Utilities

1. These procedures outline steps to be taken in the event of a loss of utilities, i.e. water at

_____________.

2. In the event of a loss of water, the department emergency manager or senior employee on duty

will notify the Hanover Utilities Department of the problem.

3. The Department Head, Emergency Manager, senior department employee or designee shall

inform the staff and visitors of the problem.

4. If the water supply is restored within one hour, the staff activities may proceed as scheduled.

5. If the water supply has not been restored after one hour, or the source of the problem cannot

be identified, the senior department employee shall coordinate with the Facilities Division of the

General Services department.

6. If the building has to be evacuated, the senior department employee-on-duty (or designee) will

verify, by means of a search of the building, that there are no patrons or employees remaining in

the building. The employee shall then secure the building to prevent re-entry by unauthorized

persons.

Appendix D - Severe Weather

HANOVER COUNTY


13

1. These procedures outline the steps to be taken in the event of severe weather at

_____________. Severe weather procedures include but are not limited to heavy

thunderstorms, high winds, lighting, hail, hurricanes, and tornadoes.

2. If advanced warnings of severe weather are known, department employees must be vigilant to

the first signs of danger.

3. The staff must be briefed to remain calm and stay away from windows and doors. In a

thunderstorm or lightening conditions, employees and visitors must not operate electrical

equipment or use the telephone.

4. If there is sufficient advanced warning, ________________department employees should survey

the surrounding grounds and bring loose equipment and objects (trashcans, chairs, tables, etc.)

inside the building. Any items, which cannot be brought inside, should be secured to the ground

or a fixed object as best as possible. This will reduce the potential for flying objects to cause

injuries or property damage.

5. Employees should not subject themselves to potential injury just to secure equipment.

Everyone must go inside as soon as weather conditions make remaining outside hazardous to

personnel.

6. If the weather becomes extremely severe or there is information or reason to believe that a

hurricane or tornadoes is passing through the area, ________________ will move employees

calmly and quickly to the center of the building. Keep everyone away from windows and doors.

7. Employees must remain inside until the danger has passed. The senior employee on duty will

make the determination based upon visual observation, radio broadcasts, or both.

8. In the event of fire, blackout, injuries, or other complications, employees will follow specific

procedures as warranted.

HANOVER COUNTY


14

9. When time and conditions permit, the Department Head, emergency manager, or senior

department employee will notify the following personnel to report the status of the site:

10. If there are no injuries or damage, regular activities may continue.

HANOVER COUNTY


15

Appendix E – Earth Quake

1. These procedures outline the steps to be taken in the event of an earthquake at

_____________. Earthquake procedures include but are not limited to what to do indoors,

outdoors or in an automobile.

2. If you are inside when an earthquake occurs stay inside. Do not run outside or into other

rooms during the earthquake. In most situations you will reduce your chance of injury from

falling objects or even building collapse if you immediately:

A. Drop to your hands and knees before the shaking knocks you down. This

position will prevent you from falling but will still allow you to move if

necessary.

B. Cover your head and neck (and your entire body if possible) under the shelter

of a sturdy table or desk. If there is no shelter nearby, get down near an

interior wall or next to low-lying furniture that won’t fall on you, and cover

your head and neck with your arms and hands.

C. Hold on to your shelter (or your head and neck) until the shaking stops. Be

prepared to move with your shelter if the shaking shifts it around.

D. DO NOT stand in a doorway. Doorways do not protect you from the most

likely cause of injury, falling or flying objects.

3. If you are outside, stay outside, and stay away from buildings, utility wires, sink holes and

fuel and gas lines.

A. The area near the exterior walls of a building is the most dangerous place to

be. Windows, facades and structural details are often the first parts of a

building to collapse.

B. The greatest danger from falling debris is just outside doorways and close to

the outer walls.

HANOVER COUNTY


16

C. Once in the open get down low and stay there until the shaking stops.

4. Automobiles – If you are in an automobile stop as quickly and as safely as possible.

A. Move your car to the shoulder or a curb away from utility poles, overhead

wires, and/or overpasses.

B. Stay in the car and set the parking brake. The car may shake violently on its

suspension but it’s a good place to stay until the earthquake is over.

C. Turn on the radio for emergency information.

D. If a power line falls on the car stay inside until a trained person removes the

wire.

E. Once the earthquake has stopped if you are able to continue on your way

watch for hazards such as breaks in the pavement, downed utility poles and

wires, rising water levels, fallen overpasses and collapsed bridges.

HANOVER COUNTY


17

Appendix F - Blackout Conditions

1. These procedures outline steps to be taken in the event of a blackout condition at

________________.

2. In the event of a blackout, the building's emergency lighting system will activate. These lights

illuminate exits to allow employees and patrons to find their way to the exits.

3. If the blackout occurs during the hours of darkness or reduced visibility, the Department Head,

emergency manager or senior employee-on-duty shall inform the staff of the problem and ask

that they remain calm, stay together, and do not move about.

4. If it is a true blackout of power, all electric lights and streetlights in adjacent and surrounding

buildings will be off.

5. If asked to verify a blackout condition, the senior employee will go to the building circuit breaker

panel located in the electrical room or inside a storage room. Each of the electrical panels

mounted on the wall must have an identification card attached to the inside of the panel door

that identifies which circuit breaker controls which branch circuits. The employee must open the

panel door and observe all the branch circuit breakers. If it is a true blackout, all the circuit

breaker switches should be still in the "on" position. The employee should take no further

action with the circuit breaker panel.

6. If the telephone is still operational within the building, the Department Head, emergency

manager, senior employee or designee will contact the Facilities Division of General Services to

report the problem. If the blackout has not been restored within 15 minutes, or the source of

the problem cannot be identified, contact Facilities Management or Administration.

7. All electrical appliances and lights must be turned off to avoid a power surge and possible

damage to circuits or equipment when the power is restored.

10. If the telephone is out of service, the employee-on-duty may need to drive or walk to the

nearest public telephone or working phone to report the incident.

HANOVER COUNTY


18

Appendix G - Bomb Threats

1. These procedures outline steps to be taken by employees in the event of the receipt of a written

or telephonic bomb threat at __________________________.

2. In the event of a telephonic bomb threat, the employee on duty must remain as calm as

possible. Keep the caller on the telephone as long as possible. Record the caller's exact words.

A special effort should be made to obtain the following information.

• Time of the call

• Identity of the caller

• Note distinguishing characteristics of the caller's voice such as an accent, lisp, etc.

• Note background noises such as trains, airplanes, construction, church bells, etc.

• Try to determine the location of the bomb from the caller

• Try to determine the shape or appearance of the bomb or package

• Determine when the bomb is set to detonate

• Determine the caller's reason for placing the bomb

3. This information will assist police and fire officials in locating the bomb and the capture of the

perpetrator(s). It is important that the employee or person receiving the call carefully document

any information obtained from the caller.

4. When the caller hangs up the telephone, the employee should announce that because of

conditions beyond his or her control, the building must be evacuated immediately. Patrons

should be told not to stop to gather personal belongings but exit through the nearest exit

immediately.

5. Patrons should be told to move quickly and calmly to the evacuation rally point

_______________.

6. Once the building is evacuated, the senior employee will go to __________________to dial 911

and report the incident. All employees and visitors should remain at the rally point well away

HANOVER COUNTY


19

from the building until the police and fire officials arrive.

7. No one must re-enter the building until it is cleared by fire or police officials.

8. A written bomb threat should be carefully handled to preserve it as evidence. Based upon the

instructions in the document, the senior employee will implement the steps outlined above.

9. If the bomb is delivered or if a suspicious package is discovered in the building, NO ATTEMPT

SHOULD BE MADE TO UNWRAP IT OR MOVE IT!!. Proceed with the evacuation steps outlined

above immediately.

10. When the opportunity permits, the senior employee will notify the appropriate emergency

contact persons.

HANOVER COUNTY


20

Bomb Threat Information Form

If you receive a telephonic bomb threat, please attempt to gain as much information as possible.

Ask the caller the following questions:

• When is the bomb going to detonate?

• Where is the bomb located?

• What does the bomb look like?

• What kind of bomb is it?

• What will cause the bomb to detonate, i.e. radio signal, telephone ringer, timer, etc.?

• Ask the caller if he or she placed the bomb and why?

• Ask the caller for his or her name and address.

EXACT WORDING OF THE THREAT

Bomb Threat Information Form

HANOVER COUNTY


21

Caller's Voice

Calm

Nasal

Lisp

Stutter

Excited

Rapid

Slow

Raspy

Ragged

Deep

Soft

Deep breathing

Loud

Laughing

Cracking

Crying

Normal

Accent

Disgusted

Distinct

Clearing throat

Slurred

Familiar

Foul

Angry

THREATENING LANGUAGE

Well spoken

Taped

Irrational Incoherent

Message read by caller

BACKGROUND SOUNDS

Street noises

Factory machinery

Crockery

Animal noises

Voices

Clear

PA system

Static

HANOVER COUNTY


22

Music

Local

House noises

Long distance

Motors

Telephone booth

Office

Other

Sex of caller: male female

Age: Length of call:

Telephone number at which threat was received:

After the caller hangs up, evacuate the facility immediately and dial 911 from a telephone

in a different building.

Name of person filing this report:

Position or job title:

Telephone number:

RETAIN THIS FORM FOR LAW ENFORCEMENT

HANOVER COUNTY


23

Appendix H – Active Shooter

1. These procedures outline what to do when an active shooter is in your vicinity. You must be

prepared both mentally and physically to deal with the situation.

2. In the event of an active shooter you have three options:

A. Run / Avoid

1. Have an escape route and plan in mind

2. Leave your belongings behind

3. Evacuate regardless of whether others agree to follow

4. Help others escape if possible

5. Do not attempt to move the wounded

6. Prevent others from entering an area where the shooter may be

7. Keep your hands visible

8. Call 911 when you are safe

B. Hide / Deny Entry

1. Hide in an area out of the shooter’s view

2. Lock the door or block the entry to your hiding place

3. Silence your cell phone (including vibrate mode) and remain quiet

C. Fight / Defend yourself

1. Fight as a last resort and only when your life is in imminent danger

2. Attempt to incapacitate the shooter

3. Act with as much physical aggression as possible

4. Improvise weapons or throw items at the active shooter

5. Commit to your actions…. your life depends on it

HANOVER COUNTY


24

3. How to respond when Law enforcement arrives

A. Law enforcement’s purpose is to stop the active shooter as soon as possible.

Officers will proceed directly to the area in which the last shots were heard.

1. Officers usually arrive in teams.

2. Officers may wear regular patrol uniforms or external bulletproof

vests, Kevlar helmets, and other tactical equipment.

3. Officers may be armed with rifles, shotguns, handguns.

4. Officers may use pepper spray or tear gas to control the situation.

5. Officers may shout commands, and may push individuals to the

ground for their safety.

B. How to react when law enforcement arrives:

1. Remain calm and follow officer’s instruction.

2. Put down any items in your hands (bags, jackets, cell phones et.)

3. Immediately raise hands and spread fingers.

4. Keep hands visible at all times.

5. Avoid making quick movements toward officers such as holding on to

them for safety.

6. Avoid pointing, screaming and/or yelling.

7. Do not stop to ask officers for help or directions when evacuating, just

proceed in the direction from which the officers are entering the

premises.

C. Information to provide law enforcement or 911 operator

1. Location of the active shooter.

2. Number of shooters if more than one.

3. Physical description of shooter.

4. Number and type of weapons held by the shooter/s.

5. Number of potential victims at the location.

4. The first officers to arrive on the scene will not stop to help the

injured. Expect rescue teams comprised of additional officers

and emergency medical personnel to follow the initial officers.

These rescue teams will treat and remove any injured persons.

They may also call on able-bodied individuals to assist in

removing the wounded from the premises.

HANOVER COUNTY


25

5. Once you have reached a safe location or an assembly point

you will likely be held in that area by law enforcement until the

situation is under control, all witnesses have been identified and

questioned. Do not leave until law enforcement authorities

have instructed you to do so.

HANOVER COUNTY


26

Appendix I - First Aid Procedures

1. The following procedures must be followed to ensure those sick or injured employees

or visitors receive prompt, efficient first aid care.

2. The first aid kit at ____________________ is mounted _______________________.

The kit is inspected and inventoried for completeness and serviceability monthly. A

first aid instruction book is also located in the kit.

3. For minor first aid requirements, the employee who discovers the emergency situation

shall assess the situation and render the appropriate first aid treatment. NOTE:

Employees shall only render first aid procedures for which they are trained and

certified.

4. Any treatment required beyond the level of training of which the employee is certified

must be handled by emergency medical service personnel. Keep the victim calm.

Direct someone to call 911. That person must provided the following information to

the emergency dispatcher:

a. Site Name:

b. Site Address:

c. Crossroad:

d. Person Calling: Give your name.

e. Situation: Describe who is injured, how the injury occurred, first aid

treatment being administered, victim's condition,

and any other pertinent information.

HANOVER COUNTY


27

5. Whenever possible, direct someone to direct responding emergency vehicles to the

injury site.

6. Once the emergency medical service personnel have arrived and taken charge, the

designated qualified employee must prepare a Hanover County Incident analysis

report on each injured person. The report must be forwarded as routing instructions

direct.

7. First Aid Protocols and Blood borne Pathogens Exposure Control

a. The following procedures are designed to reduce or eliminate potential

infection from exposure to Blood borne pathogens while rendering first aid.

b. Wearing disposable latex or vinyl gloves is mandatory for all employees or

volunteers authorized to render first aid to injured patrons, volunteers, or

other employees. If artificial respiration (rescue breath) is required, the use of

a pocket mask with a one-way valve is mandatory. This will limit the exchange

of body fluids and subsequent contraction of blood borne pathogens diseases.

c. If more than one employee is one duty, one employee shall keep the area clear

of bystanders.

d. Once the first aid treatment is concluded, all equipment and supplies shall be

properly decontaminated or disposed of. Employees must wear protective

gloves during this process.

e. Floors, counter tops, etc. shall be cleaned and disinfected as needed.

HANOVER COUNTY


28

Appendix J - Emergency Telephone Numbers

EMERGENCY NUMBERS

Fire or Police Emergency 911

Emergency Medical Services 911

Poison Center 1-800-552-6337

Virginia State Police 1-800-552-9965

Hanover County Animal Control 6485

Gas Leak 911

Virginia Power 1-888-667-3000

HANOVER COUNTY

SAFETY & RISK MANUAL

1

Fall Protection Program

1.0 Purpose

1.1 To protect all employees engaged in outdoor or indoor work activities that expose them to potential falls from elevations.

1.2 To meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.500 Subpart M Fall Protection.

2.0 Applicability

2.1 This program applies to all employees of Hanover County Government. 2.2 This program shall apply to all contractors performing work for the county as set out in the County Contractor Safety Program. 2.3 All outside contractors working in or on the premises of Hanover County will be required to follow the guidelines set forth in this fall protection program and by the Virginia Occupational Safety Health. Contractors in the pre-job meeting will be informed of these requirements as well as the on-site construction rules that apply. 2.4 This program shall not apply to the Hanover County Public Schools.

3.0 Forms Appendix 1 Full Body Harness Inspection Page 17 Appendix 2 Lanyard Inspection Page 18 Appendix 3 Snap-hooks/Carabineers Inspection Page 19 Appendix 4 Lanyard/Lifeline Inspection Page 20


4.1 Employee

4.1.1 Use fall protection equipment properly when designated.

HANOVER COUNTY


2

4.1.2 Inspect fall protection equipment before use.

4.2 Supervisor’s

4.2.1 Ensure that methods and resources are available to prevent falls.

4.2.2 Ensure that employees are properly trained.

4.2.3 Enforce the use of fall protection equipment.

4.3 Safety Risk Management

4.3.1 Develop the Fall Protection Program and monitor compliance.

5.0 Definitions 5.1 Anchor Point: A secure point of attachment for lifelines, lanyards, or deceleration devices. An anchor point must be capable of supporting at least 5000 pounds (3600 pounds if engineered/certified by a qualified person) per person and must be independent of any anchorage being used to support or suspend platforms. 5.2 Full Body Harness: Webbing/straps which are secured about an employee’s body in a manner that will distribute the fall arrest forces over the thighs, pelvis, waist, chest and shoulders. Having means for attaching it to other components of a personal fall arrest system, preferably at the shoulders and/or middle of the back. 5.3 Connector: A device which is used to couple (connect) parts of the personal fall arrest system together. 5.4 Deceleration Device: Any mechanism, such as a rope grab, rip- stitch lanyard, a specially woven lanyard, tearing or deforming lanyard, automatic self-retracting lifeline/lanyard, etc., which serves to dissipate a substantial amount of energy during a fall arrest. 5.5 Deceleration Distance: The additional vertical distance a falling employee travels excluding lifeline elongation and free fall distance, before stopping, from the point at which the deceleration device begins to operate. It is measured as the distance between the

HANOVER COUNTY


3

location of an employee’s body harness attachment point at

the moment of activation of the deceleration device during a fall, and the location of that attachment point after the employee comes to a full stop. 5.6 Free Fall: The act of falling before a personal fall arrest system begins to apply force to arrest the fall. 5.7 Free Fall Distance: The vertical displacement of the fall arrest attachment point on the employee’s body harness between the onset of the fall and just before the system begins to apply force to arrest the fall. Free fall distance must not exceed 6 feet. This distance excludes deceleration distance and lifeline/lanyard elongation distance. 5.8 Total Fall Distance: The maximum vertical change in distance from the bottom of an individual’s feet at the onset of a fall, to the position of the feet after the fall is arrested. This includes the free fall distance and the deceleration distance. 5.9 Guardrail System: A barrier erected to prevent employees from falling to lower levels. This system includes a toe-board, mid-rail and top-rail able to withstand 200 pounds of force applied in any direction. 5.10 Lanyard: A flexible line of rope or strap that has self-locking snap-hook connectors at each end for connecting to body harnesses, deceleration devices, and anchor points. 5.11 Leading Edge: The edge of a floor, roof, or other walking/working surface, which changes location as additional floor, roof, etc., is placed or constructed. A leading edge is considered an unprotected side or edge when not under active construction. 5.12 Lifeline: A component consisting of a flexible line for connection to an anchorage at one end to hang vertically (vertical lifeline), or for connection to anchorages at both ends to stretch horizontally (horizontal lifeline). This serves as a means for connecting other components of a personal fall arrest system to the anchorage. 5.13 Low Slope Roof: A roof having a slope of less than or equal to 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal). A roof with approximately a 19.5 degree slope or less. 5.14 Personal Fall Arrest System: A system used to arrest (catch) an employee in a fall from a working level. It consists of an anchorage

HANOVER COUNTY


4

location, connectors, a body harness, and may include a

lanyard, deceleration device, lifeline, or any combination of the before- mentioned items. 5.15 Rope Grab: A deceleration device, which travels on a lifeline and automatically, by friction, engages the lifeline and locks to arrest the fall of an employee.

5.16 Roof Work: The hoisting, storage, installation, repair, and removal of materials or equipment on the roof.

5.17 Safety Monitoring System: A safety system in which a competent person is responsible for recognizing and warning employees of fall hazards. All other fall protection systems must be deemed “infeasible” (through infeasibility study/review) to select/use a safety monitoring system. 5.18 Snap-hook: A connector comprised of a hook-shaped member with a closed keeper which may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and when released, automatically closes to retain the object. Snap-hooks must be self-closing with a self-locking keeper which remains closed and locked until unlocked and pressed open for connection or disconnection, thus preventing the opportunity for the object to “rollout” of the snap-hook. 5.19 Steep Slope Roof: A roof having a slope greater than 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal). A roof with a slope greater than 19.5 degrees. 5.20 Toe-board: A low protective barrier that will prevent the fall of materials and equipment to lower levels, usually 4 inches or greater in height. 5.21 Unprotected Sides and Edges: Any side or edge of a walking or working surface (e.g., floor, roof, ramp, runway, etc.) where there is no guardrail at least 39 inches high. 5.22 Warning Line System: A barrier erected on a roof to warn employees that they are approaching an unprotected roof side or edge, which designates an area in which work can be conducted without the use of guardrails, personal fall arrest systems, or safety nets to protect employees in the area. This will be utilized on any roof greater than 50 feet wide and in conjunction with a safety monitor only where the other forms of fall protection have been deemed infeasible to use.

HANOVER COUNTY


5

6.0 Types of Fall Protection Systems 6.1 An articulating man lift provided with a restraint system and full body harness to an anchor point below the waist (preferably at the floor level). 6.2 Guardrail with a toe-board, mid-rail and top-rail. 6.3 Personal fall arrest systems.

6.3.1 Anchor points (rated at 5000 pounds per person minimum). 6.3.2 Full body harness. 6.3.3 Restraint line or lanyard. 6.3.4 Retractable lanyard. 6.3.5 Rope grabs. 6.3.6 Connectors (self-locking snap-hooks and/or carabineers). 6.3.7 Engineered lifelines. 6.3.8 Warning lines. 6.3.9 Safety nets. 6.3.10 Safety monitor systems.

6.4 Fall Protection Locations

6.4.1 Fall protection is required wherever the potential to fall 6 feet or more exists. Hanover County Safety & Risk Management has identified the following places concerning fall protection: Appropriate fall protection will be determined by the task (job) to be performed. 6.4.1.1 All flat and low sloped roof locations, when within 6 feet of the roof edge or during roof repair/maintenance (4:12 pitch or less). 6.4.1.2 All exterior and interior equipment platforms, catwalks, antennas/towers, etc.

HANOVER COUNTY


6

6.4.1.3 All exterior and interior fixed ladders above 20 feet. 6.4.1.4 All mezzanine and balcony edges. 6.4.1.5 All open excavations or pits. 6.4.1.6 All tasks requiring use of the articulating man lifts. 6.4.1.7 All tasks requiring employees to lean outside the vertical rails of ladders (i.e., painting, stairwell light bulb replacement, etc.). 6.4.1.8 Scaffolding erection – 10 feet in height or greater. 6.4.1.9 Tuck pointing – chimney repair. 6.4.1.10 Gym- mezzanine/catwalk areas – whenever an employee must step outside the catwalk, additional fall protection (i.e., 6-foot lanyard to full body harness, self-retracting lanyard or rope grab system) shall be used. 6.4.1.11 Any High Angle Rescue situation 6.4.1.12 Other situations or conditions as deemed necessary to require Fall Protection systems by the Hanover County Safety & Risk Manager. 6.5 Fall protection is not needed if an employee or employees are on a low slope roof for inspection/observation only!

7.0 Fall Protection Guidelines – Options

7.1 Engineering Controls 7.1.1 This should always be the first option for selection whenever possible (e.g., light bulb changing, telescoping arm, changing valve, relocate at ground level, etc.) or utilizing a contractor in extremely hazardous areas.

HANOVER COUNTY


7

7.2 Guardrails

7.2.1 On all projects, only guardrails made from steel, wood, and wire rope will be acceptable. All guardrail systems will comply with the current VOSH/OSHA standards (i.e., contain a 42” high top-rail, a mid-rail and toe-board, which can withstand 200 pounds of force in any direction,). These guardrails will be placed in the following areas if necessary or feasible based on job location or requirements:

7.2.1.1 On all open sided floors.

7.2.1.2 Around all open excavations or pits. 7.2.1.3 On leading edges of roofs or mezzanines.

7.3 Personal Fall Protection Systems

7.3.1 All employees on any project that will be required to wear a personal fall arrest or restraint system will follow these guidelines:

7.3.1.1 A full body harness will be used at all times. 7.3.1.2 Only shock absorbing lanyards or retractable lanyards are to be used so as to keep impact forces at a minimum on the body. 7.3.1.3 Only nylon rope or nylon straps with locking snap-hooks are to be used for restraints. 7.3.1.4 All lanyards will have self-locking snap-hooks. 7.3.1.5 The employee will inspect all personal fall arrest equipment before each use. Any deteriorated, bent, damaged, impacted, and/or harness showing excessive wear will be removed from service.

7.3.2 The maximum free fall distance is not to exceed 6 feet. Consideration must be given to the total fall distance. The following factors can affect total fall distance:

7.3.2.1 Length of connecting means (i.e., lanyard length, use of carabineers, snap-hooks, etc.)

HANOVER COUNTY


8

7.3.2.2 Position and height of anchorage relative to work platform/area (always keep above the head whenever possible). 7.3.2.3 Position of attachment and D-ring slide on the full body harness. 7.3.2.4 Deployment of shock absorber (max. 42”). 7.3.2.5 Movement in the lifeline. 7.3.2.6 Initial position of worker before free fall occurs (i.e., sitting, standing, etc.).

7.3.3 Calculating Total Fall Distance

7.3.3.1 It is the total length of shock absorbing lanyard + height of the person + the location distance of the D-ring from the work surface or platform.

7.3.3.2 Always allow a minimum of 6 feet of clearance above the ground, equipment, etc., at the end of the fall from the fall arrest point.

7.4 Engineered Lifeline 7.4.1 Lifeline systems must be designed and approved by an engineer or qualified person. 7.4.2 Lifeline systems must be engineered to have appropriate anchorages, strength of line designed to hold X number of individuals connected to it, line strength to aid in the arrest of a fall, and durability to hold a fallen employee(s) suspended until a rescue can occur.

7.5 Warning Line System 7.5.1 All work on a flat roof greater than 50 feet wide, which is performed 6 feet or further back from the edge of the roof can be completed by installing a Warning Line and using a safety monitor. If the roof is flat and less than 50 feet wide, a competent person safety monitor may be used. Warning Lines will consist of the following:

HANOVER COUNTY


9

7.5.1.1 Will be erected 6 feet from the edge of the roof. 7.5.1.2 Be constructed of stationary posts made of wood or metal.

7.5.1.3 Wire or nylon rope and “Caution” tape will be strung from post to post and must be able to withstand 16 pounds of force. 7.5.1.4 The warning line will guard the entire perimeter of the roof where work is being performed. 7.5.1.5 If an employee must access an area within 6 feet of the roof’s edge, for reasons other than exiting the roof via a ladder or fixed industrial ladder, another employee must monitor that individual and warn him/her of any dangers. If another employee is not available to act as a safety monitor, then the employee must don a full body harness and attach a fall restraint lanyard to an anchor point to prevent reaching the edge of the roof.

8.0 Inspection of Fall Protection Systems 8.1 The following criteria will be utilized to maintain all equipment in good working condition and will be checked before each use: 8.1.1 Full Body Harnesses 8.1.1.1 Closely examine all of the nylon webbing to ensure there are no burn marks, which could weaken the material.

8.1.1.2 Verify there are no torn, frayed or broken fibers, pulled stitches, or frayed edges anywhere on the harness. 8.1.1.3 Examine the D-ring for excessive wear, pits, deterioration, or cracks. 8.1.1.4 Verify that buckles are not deformed, cracked, and operates correctly.

HANOVER COUNTY


10

8.1.1.5 Check to see that each grommet (if present) is secure and not deformed from abuse or a fall. 8.1.1.6 The harness should never have additional punched holes. 8.1.1.7 All rivets should be tight and not deformed. 8.1.1.8 Check tongue/straps for excessive wear from repeated buckling.

8.1.1.9 A competent person will complete an annual inspection of all harnesses and documentation will be maintained (see Appendix 1). 8.1.1.10 Storage will consist of hanging in an enclosed cabinet, to protect from damage. 8.1.1.11 All harnesses that are involved in a fall will be destroyed.

8.1.2 Lanyards/Shock Absorbing Lanyards

8.1.2.1 Check lanyard material for cuts, burns, abrasions, kinks, knots, broken stitches and excessive wear. 8.1.2.2 Inspect the snap-hooks for distortions in the hook, locks, and eye. 8.1.2.3 Check carabineer for excessive wear, distortion, and lock operation. 8.1.2.4 Ensure that all locking mechanisms seat and lock properly.

8.1.2.5 Once locked, locking mechanism should prevent hook from opening. 8.1.2.6 Visually inspect shock absorber for any signs of damage, paying close attention to where the shock absorber attaches to the lanyard. 8.1.2.7 Verify that points where the lanyard attaches to the snap-hooks are free of defects.

HANOVER COUNTY


11

8.1.2.8 A competent person will complete an annual inspection of all lanyards and documentation will be maintained (see Appendix 2). 8.1.2.9 Storage will consist of hanging in an enclosed cabinet, to protect from damage. 8.1.2.10 All lanyards that are involved in a fall will be destroyed.

8.1.3 Snap-hooks

8.1.3.1 Inspect snap-hook for any hook and eye distortions. 8.1.3.2 Verify there are no cracks or pitted surfaces. 8.1.3.3 The keeper latch should not be bent, distorted, or obstructed.

8.1.3.4 Verify that the keeper latch seats into the nose without binding. 8.1.3.5 Verify that the keeper spring securely closes the keeper latch. 8.1.3.6 Test the locking mechanism to verify that the keeper latch locks properly. 8.1.3.7 A competent person will complete an annual inspection of all snap-hooks and documentation will be maintained (see Appendix 3). 8.1.3.8 All snap-hooks involved in a fall will be destroyed.

8.1.4 Self-Retracting Lanyards/Lifelines 8.1.4.1 Visually inspect the body to ensure there is no physical damage to the body. 8.1.4.2 Make sure all nuts and rivets are tight.

HANOVER COUNTY


12

8.1.4.3 Make sure the entire length of the nylon strap/wire rope is free from any cuts, burns, abrasions, kinks, knots, broken stitches/strands, excessive wear and retracts freely. 8.1.4.4 Test the unit by pulling sharply on the lanyard/lifeline to verify that the locking mechanism is operating correctly. 8.1.4.5 If the manufacturer requires, make certain the retractable lanyard is returned to the manufacturer for scheduled annual inspections. 8.1.4.6 A competent person will conduct monthly inspection of all self-retracting lanyards/lifelines and documentation will be maintained (see Appendix 4). 8.1.4.7 Service per manufacturer specifications (1-2 years). 8.1.4.8 Inspect for proper function after every fall.

8.1.5 Tie-Off Adapters/Anchorages 8.1.5.1 Inspect for integrity and attachment to solid surface. 8.1.5.2 A competent person will complete an annual inspection of all tie-offs and anchorages and documentation will be maintained. 8.1.5.3 All tie-offs and anchorages will be destroyed after a fall.

8.1.6 Articulating Man Lift 8.1.6.1 Inspect/service per manufacturer guidelines. Forklift, scissors lifts, and safety nets will be inspected at the beginning of each shift in use. Structural integrity of the forklift basket will be checked per the same schedule.

HANOVER COUNTY


13

8.1.6.2 A competent person will complete an annual inspection of the forklift basket and documentation will be maintained.

8.1.7 Horizontal Lifelines 8.1.7.1 Inspect before each use for structural integrity of line and anchors. 8.1.7.2 A competent person will complete an annual inspection.

8.1.8 Guardrails 8.1.8.1 Temporary systems – Daily visual inspection will be completed by a competent person. 8.1.8.2 Temporary systems – Weekly, a complete structural inspection will be completed by a competent person. 8.1.8.3 Permanent systems – Annual structural inspections will be completed by a competent person with future frequency of inspection defined based on conditions/controls present.

9.0 Storage and Maintenance of Fall Protection Equipment

9.1 Never store the personal fall arrest equipment in the bottom of a toolbox, on the ground, or outdoors exposed to the elements (i.e., sun, rain, snow, etc.). 9.2 Hang equipment in a cool, dry location in a manner that retains its shape. 9.3 Always follow manufacturer recommendations for inspections. 9.4 Clean with a mild, nonabrasive soap and hang to dry. 9.5 Never force dry or use strong detergents in cleaning. 9.6 Never store equipment near excessive heat, chemicals, moisture, or sunlight.

HANOVER COUNTY


14

9.7 Never store in an area with exposures to fumes or corrosive

elements. 9.8 Avoid dirt or other types of build-up on equipment. 9.9 Never use this equipment for any purpose other than personal fall arrest. Once exposed to a fall, remove equipment from service immediately.

10.0 Training 10.1 All employees engaged in fall protection will be trained and

have the knowledge to: 10.1.1 Recognize the fall hazards of/on their job sites. 10.1.2 Understand the hazards associated with

working near fall hazards. 10.1.3 Work safely in hazardous areas by utilizing

appropriate fall protection measures. 10.1.4 Understand and follow all components of this

fall protection program. 10.1.5 Identify and understand the enforceable

Department of Labor/OSHA standards standards that pertain to fall protection.

11.0 Enforcement 11.1 Documentation of any violations and the resulting corrective actions will be kept in the staff member’s personnel file.

12.0 Rescue Procedures

12.1. Rescue Methods/Options of Fallen Personnel 12.1.1 In the unlikely event that a fall arrest occurs on- site, personnel with the use of an articulating man lift or ladders where feasible, will rescue all employees. Alternate rescue would be through the Hanover County emergency services.

HANOVER COUNTY


15

13.0 Communication 13.1 In the event of a fall, the following people will be notified as soon as possible.

13.1.1. Fire Department and emergency medical services if necessary. 13.1.2 Safety & Risk Manager 13.1.3 Manager Supervisor 13.2 At the beginning of any work activity where fall protection is an issue, rescue plans must be identified and discussed with all employees in case of a fall. The work supervisor will develop the rescue plan(s). 13.3 All employees involved in a fall arrest or fall will be sent immediately for a medical evaluation to determine the extent of injuries, if any.

14.0 Fall Investigation 14.1 All fall investigations will be conducted by S&RM with assistance of the work supervisor and others as designated. 14.2 The following documentation will be completed as part of the fall investigation: 14.2.1 Interviews with staff and witnesses. 14.2.2 Witness/injured Person Statement form. 14.2.3 Equipment/tool data such as manufacture, purchasing records, inspection records, usage records, etc 14.2.4 Employee training records relating to work performed at time of incident. 14.2.5 Hanover County accident report.

HANOVER COUNTY


16

15.0 Program Evaluation 15.1 This fall protection program will be evaluated periodically to determine the effectiveness. The following criteria will be used to evaluate its performance: 15.1.1 Accident reports 15.1.2 Number of accidents. 15.1.3 Management/staff compliance with program components. 15.1.4 Periodic on-site audits. 15.1.5 Staff feedback and interviews. 15.1.6 Training record reviews 15.1.7 Inspection report reviews 15.1.8 Equipment condition and storage spot inspections

Appendix 1

17

Full Body Harness

Annual Inspection Checklist

Harness Model/Name:

Serial Number: Lot Number:

Date of Manufacture: Date of Purchase:

Comments:

General Factors Accepted/Rejected Supportive Details/Comments

1) Hardware: includes D-rings, buckles, keepers and back pads. Inspect for damage, distortion, sharp edges, burrs, cracks and corrosion.

Accepted

Rejected

2) Webbing: Inspect for cuts, burns, tears, abrasions, frays, excessive soiling and discoloration.

Accepted

Rejected

3) Stitching: Inspect for pulled or cut stitches.

Accepted

Rejected

4) Labels: Inspect, making certain all labels are securely held in place and are legible.

Accepted

Rejected

5) Other:

Accepted

Rejected

6) Other:

Accepted

Rejected

7)

Overall Disposition:

Accepted

Rejected

Inspected By: Date Inspected:

Appendix 2

18

Lanyards


Lanyard Model/Name:



Comments:


1) Hardware: (includes snap-hooks, carabineers, adjusters, keepers, thimbles and D-rings) Inspect for damage, distortion, sharp edges, burrs, cracks, corrosion and proper operation.

Accepted

Rejected

2) Webbing: Inspect for cuts, burns, tears, abrasions, frays, excessive soiling and discoloration.

Accepted

Rejected

3) Stitching: Inspect for pulled or cut stitches

Accepted

Rejected

4) Synthetic Rope: Inspect for pulled or cut yarns, burns, abrasions, knots, excessive soiling and discoloration.

Accepted

Rejected

5) Energy Absorbing Component: Inspect for elongation, tears and excessive soiling.

Accepted

Rejected


Accepted

Rejected


Accepted

Rejected


Appendix 3

19

Snap-hooks/Carabineers


Hook/Carabineer Model/Name:



Comments:


1) Physical Damage: Inspect for cracks, sharp edges, burrs, deformities and locking operations.

Accepted

Rejected

2) Excessive Corrosion: Inspect for corrosion, which affects the operation and/or the strength.

Accepted

Rejected

3) Markings: Inspect and make certain marking(s) are legible.

Accepted

Rejected

4) Other:

Accepted

Rejected

5) Other:

Accepted

Rejected

6) Other:

Accepted

Rejected


Accepted

Rejected


Appendix 4

20

Self-Retracting Lanyard/Lifeline


Self-Retracting Lanyard/Lifeline Model/Name:



Department/Location:

Comments:


1) Impact Indicator: Inspect indicator for activation (rupture of red stitching, elongated indicator, etc.).

Accepted

Rejected

2) Screws/Fasteners: Inspect for damage and make certain all screws and fasteners are tight.

Accepted

Rejected

3) Housing: Inspect for distortion, cracks and other damage. Inspect anchoring loop for distortion or damage.

Accepted

Rejected

4) Lanyard/Lifeline: Inspect for cuts, burns, tears, abrasion, frays, excessive soiling and discoloration. (See impact indicator section.)

Accepted

Rejected

5) Locking Action: Inspect for proper lock-up of brake mechanism.

Accepted

Rejected

6) Retraction/Extension: Inspect spring tension by pulling lanyard out fully and allowing to retract fully (lifeline must be

taut with no slack).

Accepted

Rejected

7) Hooks/Carabineers: Inspect for physical damage, corrosion, proper orientation and markings.

Accepted

Rejected


Accepted

Rejected


Accepted

Rejected


Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 1

Exposure Control Plan-- Working Safely with Blood and Bloodborne Pathogens

1.0 Purpose

1.1 To protect workers from anticipated exposures to bloodborne pathogens that include human bodily fluids potentially contaminated with the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), the hepatitis B virus (HBV), or other bloodborne pathogens.

1.2 To meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1030, Occupational Exposure to Bloodborne Pathogens.

2.0 Applicability:

2.1 This program applies to all employees of Hanover County. 2.2 This program shall not apply to Hanover County Schools.

3.0 Forms Appendix A Universal Precautions Page 14 Appendix B Hepatitis B Vaccine Page 16


4.1 Employee

4.1.1 Conduct each task in accordance with the applicable safety plans. 4.1.2 Follow established procedures. 4.1.3 Attend required training sessions.

Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 2

4.1.4 Participate in the HBV Immunization Program if desired. 4.1.5 Use PPE and other protective devices when required. 4.1.6 Report any occupational bloodborne exposure immediately to your department supervisor, Safety/Risk Manager or Human Resources. 4.1.7 If you are pregnant, review work activities and procedures with your work supervisor.

4.2 Department Safety Coordinator

4.2.1 Know where blood or other potentially infectious materials are used, produced, stored, or handled in any way in your Department. 4.2.2 Be familiar with this document and its contents and objectives.

4.3 Department Head

4.3.1 Develop SOP’s and safety plans when work activities involve the use of blood and other potentially infectious materials. 4.3.2 Be familiar with this document and its application to your operation. 4.3.3 Plan activities involving the safe use of blood, bodily fluids, or potentially infectious materials. 4.3.4 Perform Job Safety Analysis’s in coordination with the Safety / Risk Management. 4.3.5 Prepare an Exposure Control Plan and emergency, waste disposal, and decontamination plans when needed. 4.3.6 Provide PPE to workers who work with blood, bodily fluids, or bloodborne pathogens. 4.3.7 Update the Exposure Control Plan at least annually to reflect changes in worker exposure. 4.3.8 Notify supervisors of personnel at risk for Hepatitis B.

4.4 Safety & Risk Management

4.4.1 Assure that Departments have applicable information and training before beginning specific tasks involving blood or other potentially infectious materials.

Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 3

4.4.2 Coordinate with departments whose workers are required to be offered the HBV Immunization Program and provide a list of these workers to Human Resources before work begins. 4.4.3 Provide an immunization program for workers who handle blood or other potentially infectious materials. 4.4.4 Assist in the identification of hazards associated with blood or other potentially infectious materials. 4.4.5 Review Job Safety Analysis (JSA) for operations involving blood or other potentially infectious materials. 4.4.6 Determine the need for and frequency of workplace monitoring and inform supervisors, workers, and Human Resources. 4.4.7 Work collaboratively with Health Care facility’s in the Post-exposure and Follow-up Programs. 4.4.8 Provide guidance to biohazard handlers on how to implement environmental controls and procedures and on the proper management of hazardous waste contaminated with biohazards to ensure compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local environmental requirements. 4.4.9 Provide specific training to departments as required.

5.0 Hazards

5.1 The likelihood of an infection occurring from an accidental bloodborne exposure depends on a number of factors, including:

5.1.1 The probability that the material (e.g., blood) was contaminated. 5.1.2 The health status of the individual. 5.1.3 The efficiency of the transmission

5.2 The source of material involved in an accidental bloodborne exposure may be tested for specific bloodborne contaminants such as HIV, HBV, and HCV. Appropriate medical evaluation or treatment shall be sought whenever an exposure occurs or is thought to have occurred. 5.3 The efficiency of the transmission depends upon the type of wound, severity of exposure, infectious dose, routes of infection, and the ability of the organism to produce disease.

Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 4

6.0 Controls for Working with Blood and Bloodborne Pathogens

6.1 The controls required for work with human blood and bloodborne pathogens include:

6.1.1 Performing a job safety analysis as part of the hazard-reduction process to determine the workers who are at risk. 6.1.2 Establishing engineered controls, administrative and procedural controls, and safe work practices for activities involving the handling of blood and bloodborne pathogens.

6.1.3 All supervisors must ensure that their staff is trained in

proper work practices, the concept of universal precautions, personal protective equipment, and in proper cleanup and disposal techniques.

6.1.4 Resuscitation equipment, pocket masks, resuscitation bags, or other ventilation equipment must be provided to eliminate the need for direct mouth to mouth contact where resuscitation is a responsibility. 6.1.5 Training workers about the hazards that can be introduced into the workplace.

6.2 Engineered Controls

6. 2.1 Sharps Disposal Containers

6.2.1.1 Sharps disposal containers are used to dispose of contaminated sharps (i.e., needles, scalpels, broken glass, broken capillary tubes) to minimize the potential for accidental skin penetrations. These containers:

6.2.1.1.1 Are rigid, puncture-resistant containers that, when sealed, are leak resistant and difficult to open. 6.2.1.1.2 Shall be red in color, have a biohazard label, be accessible to workers, and be located as close as feasible to the immediate area where sharps are used. 6.2.1.1.3 Shall remain upright throughout use and be replaced routinely. 6.2.1.1.4 Shall not be overfilled so as to present a hazard.

Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 5

6.2.1.2 Prior to removal from the area of use, containers of contaminated sharps shall be closed immediately or placed in a secondary container to prevent accidental release of the contents. 6.2.1.3 Secondary containers shall be closable and constructed to contain all the contents, prevent leakage during handling, storage, transport, and shipping. These containers shall also have a biohazard label affixed to the outside. 6.2.2 Documentation and Evaluation of Engineered Controls

6.2.2.1 Included in the annual evaluations and documentation will be the consideration and implementation of available safer medical devices that are designed to eliminate or minimize occupational exposure. 6.2.2.2 Each affected department shall solicit input from non- managerial employees responsible for direct patient care who are potentially exposed to injuries from contaminated sharps in the identification, evaluation, and selection of effective engineering and work practice controls and shall document the solicitation in the Exposure Control Plan.

6.3 Administrative Controls

6.3.2 Exposure Control Plan 6.3.2.1 Title 29 CFR 1910.1030 is a performance-based standard that requires employers to:

6.3.2.1.1 Develop an exposure control plan to identify workers by job classification with potential occupational exposure, and all workers by job classification and task/procedures with potential occupational exposure. 6.3.2.1.2 Train all exposed workers on the risk of exposure and methods to reduce exposures at the time of initial assignment and annually thereafter. 6.3.2.1.3 Maintain worker training records and medical evaluations. 6.3.2.1.4 Use warning labels and signs to communicate hazards.

Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 6

6.3.2.1.5 Implement procedures to ensure that workers safely handle sharps, specimens, contaminated laundry, and waste. 6.3.2.1.6 Make available the HBV vaccine at no cost to affected workers. (Appendix B gives a brief synopsis of the effectiveness of this vaccine.) 6.3.2.1.7 Provide medical evaluations and follow- up after exposure incidents. 6.3.2.1.8 Evaluate exposure incidents. 6.3.2.1.9 Provide personal protective clothing and equipment to workers who work in areas where exposure to bloodborne pathogens, including HIV and HBV, is possible. 6.3.2.1.9 Review and update the Exposure Control Plan at least annually to reflect changes in the tasks and procedures affecting exposure.

6.3.3 Performing a Job Safety Analysis

6.3.3.1 With assistance from Safety / Risk Management, the department Safety Coordinator shall conduct a Job Safety Analysis for each activity where employee exposure to human blood or other potentially infectious materials is possible. This evaluation shall identify the workers who are at risk and all health hazards and environmental concerns, and shall determine the controls that are necessary to reduce hazards to acceptable levels and comply with accepted orders and regulations.

6.3.4 Worker Exposure Determination

6.3.4.1 Hanover County has determined the following job classifications as having a potential for blood or bloodborne pathogens exposure:

6.3.4.1.1 Health care providers with patient care responsibilities in the Health

Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 7

Department. 6.3.4.1.2 Fire and rescue paramedic personnel who have patient contact or who are required to clean up spills. 6.3.4.1.3 All law enforcement. 6.3.4.1.4 Personnel (e.g., health and safety technicians) required to clean up/handle blood. 6.3.4.1.5 Medical waste handlers who may be in contact with blood or bodily fluids.

6.3.4.1.6 Public Utility workers. 6.3.4.1.7 First Aid / CPR providers.

6.3.5 Handling of Sharps

6.3.5.1 Contaminated needles cannot be recapped or removed from disposable syringes by hand (i.e., using a two-handed technique). Needles shall be recapped or removed with a mechanical device that protects the hand or by a safe, one-handed recapping technique. ` Bending, shearing, or breaking of contaminated needles is prohibited. 6.3.5.1 Employees using disposable syringes as part of a prescribed medical treatment plan by their personal physician are to safely contain their syringes and needles (e.g. coffee can with lid) and take them home to dispose of as part of their household trash. Never put sharps in the standard trash. 6.3.6 Sharps Injury Log. 6.3.6.1 Report all sharps injury’s to the Human Resources Department as an incident on an incident report form. The information in the sharps injury shall be recorded and maintained in such manner as to protect the confidentiality of the injured employee.

Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 8

6.3.6.2 The sharps injury log shall contain, at a minimum:

6.3.6.2.1 The department or work area where the exposure incident occurred, 6.3.6.2.2 The device causing the injury, and 6.3.6.2.3 An explanation of how the incident occurred.

6.3.6.3 The sharps injury log shall be maintained for five years following the end of the calendar year that the record covers.

6.3.7 Spill Clean-Up

6.3.7.1 All equipment and environmental and working surfaces shall be cleaned and decontaminated after contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials. 6.3.7.2 All spills shall be immediately contained and cleaned up by appropriate professional staff or others properly trained and equipped to work with potentially concentrated infectious materials. 6.3.7.3 Contaminated work surfaces shall be decontaminated with an appropriate disinfectant after completion of procedures; immediately or as soon as feasible when surfaces are overtly contaminated or after any spill of blood or other potentially infectious materials; and at the end of the work shift if the surface may have become contaminated since the last cleaning. 6.3.7.4 All waste shall be handled as medical waste and disposed of in accordance with local, state, and federal medical waste regulations. Contact Safety/Risk Management for further information.

6.3.8 Signs and Labels

6.3.8.1 Labels and signs shall be affixed to containers of regulated waste or other potentially infectious materials, and other containers used to store, transport, or ship blood or other potentially infectious materials and contaminated equipment.

Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 9

6.3.8.2 Biohazard labels shall be predominantly fluorescent orange or orange-red with lettering or symbols in a contrasting color. 6.3.8.3 Labels shall be affixed as close as feasible to the container by string, wire, adhesive, or other methods that prevent loss or unintentional removal. 6.3.8.4 Red bags or red containers may be substituted for labels.

7.0 Immunization Post-Exposure and Follow-up Programs

7.1 Immunization 7.1.1 Workers who are identified in Section 6.3.4.1 as being at risk for exposure to blood or bloodborne pathogens shall be offered participation in the Hepatitis B Immunization Program administered by a Health Care facility. 7.1.2 Communicate to the supervisor any concerns about the potential exposure to bloodborne pathogens. 7.1.3 The supervisor shall notify Safety / Risk Management or Human Resources so that at-risk workers can be screened for eligibility to enroll in these programs. 7.1.4 It is the responsibility of the supervisor to ensure that enrollment by eligible workers is completed. 7.1.5 All information obtained by a Department, Safety / Risk Management, and HR, including a written declination statement, is confidential and is kept in the workers medical records. 7.1.6 HR will communicate to the supervisor whether or not the requirements of the law have been met.

7.1.7 Should an affected employee or an employee acting as a "Good

Samaritan" be occupationally exposed to HIV/HAV/HBV the affected employee will report the exposure to their supervisor.

7.1.8 The supervisor will provide for the Employee to be tested for HIV/HAV/HBV by the County’s health care provider or a worker’s compensation panel physician at County expense.

Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 10

7.2 Follow-up

7.2.1 Following the initial blood test at time of exposure, sero-negative

employees will be re-tested at 6 weeks, 12 weeks and 6 months to determine if transmission has occurred. During this period, the employee will follow the recommendations provided by the Physician or the Public Health Service.

7.2.2 An "occupational exposure" is defined as blood or body fluid

contact from an injured or ill person to the affected employee or injury by a contaminated sharp object.

7.2.3 Following the report of exposure, the health care facility will contact the employee or source and request that person be tested for HIV/HAV/HBV at County expense. The request is not mandatory and if refused will not effect that Employee's future employment.

7.2.4 The source individual's blood will be tested as soon as possible

after consent is obtained to determine HBV and HIV infectivity. (Hepatitis B surface Antigen, Hepatitis C Antibody and HIV Screen) 7.2.5 The exposed employee's blood shall be collected as soon as feasible and tested for HBV (Hepatitis Bs Antibody, Hepatitis C Antibody) and HIV serological status after written consent is obtained.

7.2.6 During all phases of Post Exposure, the confidentiality of the affected employee and exposure source will be maintained on a "need to know basis".

7.2.7 The results of any HIV/HAV/HBV tests conducted will be provided to the exposed and source Employees within 5 business days of receipt.

8.0 Training

8.1 Workers who may handle blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be trained at the time of initial assignment and annually thereafter. The training shall include:

8.1.1 Explanation of the contents of 29 CFR 1910.1030 8.1.2 Epidemiology, symptoms, and the mode of transmission of bloodborne diseases. 8.1.3 Exposure control plans. 8.1.4 Tasks where exposure is possible. 8.1.5 Uses and limitations of various controls.

Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 11

8.1.6 Selection and use of personal protective equipment. 8.1.7 Hepatitis B Immunization Program. 8.1.8 Emergency procedures. 8.1.9 Post-exposure procedures. 8.1.10 Warning signs and labels and record keeping.

8.2 A record of courses completed by workers is to be maintained by Safety / Risk Management and the affected Department. As a requirement of 29 CFR 1910.1030, all training records shall be maintained for at least three years from the date of training.


9.1 General

9.1.1 If a hazard still exists after implementing engineered controls, personal protective equipment shall be used as supplemental protection. 9.1.2 It is the supervisor’s responsibility to make sure that a worker uses the appropriate PPE whenever there is a potential for exposure to blood, bloodborne pathogens, or other potentially infectious materials. 9.1.3 TASK TABLE (See below) The type of protection selected shall be based on the degree of anticipated exposure.

TASK GLOVES APRON MASK EYEWEAR

Control of Bleeding w/ spurting blood X X X X

Bleeding control with minimal bleeding X

Emergency Child Birth X X X X

Blood Drawing X

Handling & Cleaning Instruments X

Cleaning Bio Spills X X X X

Taking Temperature X

Giving Injection X

Measuring Blood Pressure

The examples provided in the above table are based on application of universal precautions. Universal precautions are intended to supplement rather than replace recommendations for routine infection control, such as hand washing and using gloves to prevent gross microbial contamination of hands.

Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 12

9.1.4 When gross contamination of the head, body, or feet is anticipated, the use of surgical caps, laboratory coats, hoods, and shoe covers is required. 9.1.5 Sandal-type shoes and other open-type shoes are prohibited. Socks alone do not provide adequate protection from gross contamination; therefore, close-toed shoes shall be worn at all times. 9.1.6 Respiratory protection shall be worn where there is a potential of exposure to airborne materials. See Hanover County’s Respiratory Protection Policy for details for usage. 9.1.7 For more information, see section 7 "Personal Protective Equipment Program" in the Safety & Health Manual.

9.2 Gloves

9.2.1 Gloves are required when there is a reasonable likelihood of hand contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials or when workers have cuts, scratches, or other breaks in their skin. Hypoallergenic gloves, glove liners, and powderless gloves must be made available if needed. 9.2.2 Disposable (i.e., single use) gloves that become contaminated, torn, or punctured shall be replaced; and hands shall be washed upon removing the gloves. 9.2.3 "Double gloving" (i.e., the use of two pairs of gloves) may be required for additional protection or to reduce the frequency of required hand washing. Disposable gloves shall not be washed or decontaminated for reuse. 9.2.4 Utility gloves that are designed for more than one use may be decontaminated for reuse if the integrity of the gloves is not compromised. Utility gloves that are cracked, peeling, torn or punctured, or exhibit signs of deterioration, shall be discarded. 9.3 Face and Eye Protection

9.3.1 Face and eye protection is required when there is a potential for the splashing, spraying, or splattering of blood or other potentially infectious materials. A mask and eye protection (i.e., goggles or glasses with side shields or chin-length face shield) shall be worn when there is reasonably anticipated exposure to the eyes, nose, or mouth. 9.3.2 Prescription glasses may not be used as protective eye wear unless they are stamped with ANSI Z87.

Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 13

9.3.3 Protective eye wear chosen instead of a face shield shall be worn with a mask to protect the nose and mouth from splashes.

Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 14

Appendix A

Universal Precautions and Safe Work Practices

Federal OSHA requires that universal precautions be followed to prevent contact with blood and other potentially infectious materials. The concept of the universal precautions approach is to treat all human blood and certain human bodily fluids as if known to be infectious for HIV, HBV, HCV, and other bloodborne pathogens. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Centers for Disease Control has recommended that the system of universal precautions and safe work practices be applied to work activities where there is a moderate to high hazard of occupational exposure to infectious materials. B.1 Universal Precautions for all Healthcare Providers The following universal precautions apply to work activities where there is a risk of occupational exposure to infectious materials by healthcare professionals who may have contact with human patients.

B.1.1 Use appropriate barriers to prevent skin and mucous membrane exposure when contact with blood or bodily fluids are anticipated. B.1.2 Use gloves if you anticipate touching blood, bodily fluids, mucous membranes, or non- intact skin; when handling items or surfaces contaminated with blood and bodily fluids. B.1.3 Change gloves after contact with each patient. B.1.4 Immediately wash your hands upon removing gloves. B.1.5 Use masks, protective eye wear, or face shields during procedures that are likely to generate droplets of blood or other bodily fluids to prevent exposures of the mucous membranes of the mouth, nose, and eyes. B.1.6 Use gowns or aprons during procedures that is likely to generate splashes of blood or other bodily fluids. B.1.7 Immediately and thoroughly wash hands and other skin surfaces with water and an antiseptic cleanser if contaminated with blood or other bodily fluids. B.1.8 Take the necessary precautions to prevent injuries caused by needles, scalpels, and other sharp instruments or devices during or after medical procedures, when cleaning instruments, and during disposal of used needles. B.1.9 To prevent needle-stick injuries, do not recap, bend, break, remove, or otherwise manipulate needles or disposable syringes by hand. B.1.10 After use, place disposable syringes, needles, scalpels, blades, and other sharp items in labeled puncture-resistant containers for disposal. Make sure that these containers are as close as practical to the area where disposable sharps are used. B.1.11 Ensure that mouthpieces, resuscitation bags, or other ventilation devices are available for use where the need for resuscitation procedures is reasonably anticipated. B.1.12 If you have lesions or weeping dermatitis, refrain from handling patients and patient-care equipment until the condition is resolved.

Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 15

B.2 Emergency Medical Providers

B.2.1 Follow the universal precautions in Section B.1, as applicable. B.2.2 Use protective eye wear, a mask, or a face shield during emergency medical procedures during which the generation of droplets or the splashing of blood or other bodily fluids is known to occur or can be reasonably anticipated. B.2.3 Use protective, waterproof clothing when handling patients who have experienced extensive trauma or if contact with large quantities of blood is anticipated. B.2.4 Use gloves when handling patients. Promptly remove and replace torn gloves. B.2.5 If a needle stick or other instrument-related injury occurs, remove the needle or instrument involved and immediately clean the affected area with an anti-bacterial or alcohol followed by soap and water. B.2.6 Immediately clean all contaminated equipment with a mild solution (1:10 dilution) of household bleach or an appropriate germicide to provide 5,250 ppm of chlorine. B.2.7 In emergency medical situations involving multiple victims, equipment may become contaminated or potentially contaminated with blood or other bodily fluids of different patients. Do not use contaminated equipment on patients.

Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 16

Appendix B

Hepatitis B Vaccine

The hepatitis B vaccine (HBV) is a safe and effective vaccine that has been available since 1982. The two different licensed vaccines currently available for use have shown little side effects in clinical trials. The HBV provides over 95% protection against infection nine years or more after vaccination of healthy individuals. The recommended series of three intramuscular doses of vaccine at 0, 1, and 6 months are to be given to induce an adequate antibody response in more than 90% of healthy individuals and in more than 95% of infants, children, and adolescents who are less than 19 years old. Alternatively, the vaccine can be given over a longer period of time (0, 1, 2, and, 12 months) to induce a stronger antibody response. The HBV vaccine is also 70-88% effective when given within 1 week of an HBV exposure. The HBV vaccine, when given with Hepatitis B immune globulin (HBIG), has been found to be over 90% effective in preventing HBV infection following documented exposure.

Hanover County


Sec. 15 010101 17

Office Safety Program

1.0 Purpose 1.1 To provide a safe work environment for the employees of Hanover County that work in an office. 1.2 To prevent the types of injuries and illness that occur in an office environment such as: 1.2.1 Falls 1.2.2 Sprains and strains 1.2.3 Chemical exposures 1.2.3 Respiratory problems

2.0 Applicability 2.1 This program applies to all employees of Hanover County, employees of the Community Services Board and Constitutional Officers. 2.2 This program shall not apply to the Hanover Public Schools.

3.0 Responsibilities 3.1 Supervisors 3.2.2 Manage all aspects of the Office Safety Program for their assigned personnel 3.2.3 Maintain records of required safety training. 3.2.4 Conduct and record periodic inspections of assigned employees work areas to insure compliance with this

program. Inspection records should remain on file for three years. 3.2 Employees 3.2.1 Attend required training 3.2.2 Report any recognized hazards to their immediate Supervisor or the Safety / Risk Manager. 3.3 Safety / Risk Management 3.3.1 Write and maintain the Office Safety Program. 3.3.2 Perform periodic inspections of County facilities to ensure compliance. 3.3.3 Make training and / or training material available to County departments.

4.0 Program Requirements 4.1 Hazard Communication Program 4.1.1 Each office employee must be made aware of all hazardous materials they may contact in their work area. The Hazard Communication Program is located in section 19 of the Hanover County Safety Manual and includes instruction on: 4.1.1.1 Written Program 4.1.1.2 Material Safety Data Sheets for each hazardous substance used. 4.1.1.3 Specific chemical safe handling, use and disposal instructions. 4.1.1.4 Employee Training Requirements 4.2 Emergency Action Plans 4.2.1 Emergency Action Plans are designed to control events and minimize the affects. Through careful pre-planning, establishment of emergency action key personnel, training and drills, employees can be safeguarded and potential for

damage to County assets minimized. Each Hanover County Location is required to have an Emergency Action Plan on file. A base plan is located in section 12 of the Hanover County Safety Manual. 4.2.2 Emergency Action Plans include: 4.2.2.1 Exits routes, meeting areas and employee head count. 4.2.2.2 Emergency evacuation, incident command and notification of emergency services instruction. 4.2.2.3 Personal injury and property damage prevention instruction. 4.2.2.4 Protection of County information, both hard copy and electronic media instruction. 4.2.2.5 Bomb threats and facility security instruction. 4.2.2.6 Direction for First Aid Response. 4.2.3 Training 4.2.3.1 Key personnel (for example, Supervisors, Receptionist/Telephone Operators) should be trained with reviews and drills at least annually. 4.2.3.2 Annual drills with all employees should be conducted to assure effectiveness. 4.2.3.3 First Aid Kits or First Aid supplies should be available for self aid or administered by a trained first aid provider. 4.3 Housekeeping and Material Storage 4.3.1 Housekeeping includes: 4.3.1.1 Trash removal, recycling.

4.3.1.1.1 Trash should be removed daily. 4.3.1.1.2 Items such as office paper and / or aluminum that can be recycled should be disposed of in separate containers and coordination for pickup made through Hanover Recycling. 4.3.1.2 Destruction of discarded sensitive County information. 4.3.1.2.1 Sensitive material should be shredded or coordination made with an approved contractor to have the material destroyed. 4.3.1.3 Office maintenance. 4.3.1.3.1 Electrical, plumbing, HVAC and structural repairs will be coordinated through Hanover County Facilities and should not be attempted by untrained or unauthorized individuals. 4.3.1.5 Removal of ice/snow from parking lots and walkways during inclement weather. 4.3.1.5.1 Parks and Recreation maintains the parking lots and sidewalks of Hanover County owned facilities. Facilities that are leased are the responsibility of the landlord. 4.3.2 Material storage procedures are established to maintain office materials for the convenience of the users, purchasing efficiency and fire prevention. The following general procedures are to be followed: 4.3.2.1 Shelf storage should be used for office supplies. 4.3.2.2 Paper products and flammable materials should not be stored in HVAC closets or electrical rooms.

4.3.2.3 Materials should not be stored within three feet of exits/emergency equipment or within 18 inches of ceilings/sprinkler heads. 4.3.2.4 Heavy items such as cartons of office supplies and boxes of paper should be broken-down to individual reams and stored at waist level. 4.3.2.5 Commonly used items, like pens, paper clips and staples should to be stored at chest to eye level. 4.3.2.6 Proper step-stools or ladders should be provided to reach items stored overhead or out of reach. Chairs or boxes should never be used in place of a ladder or step stool. 4.3.2.7 For convenience and safe handling, material should be stored near areas of use. 4.3.2.8 Employee training and periodic inspections will ensure that safe material handling and storage is maintained. 4.4 Back Safety / Proper Lifting 4.4.1 Each office employee must be made aware of the hazards of material handling and the importance of back safety. Back safety includes: 4.4.1.1 Not lifting more than you can safety manage. 4.4.1.2 The proper way to lift something is to bend your knees keeping your back straight. Hold the object as close as possible and lift with your legs, not your back. 4.4.4 When reaching up don’t overextend. 4.4.5 Do not sit for long periods of time. Get up and stretch at least once an hour.

4.4.6 When moving a cart or hand truck it’s best to push instead of pull. 4.4.7 When picking an object up from the floor it’s best to squat down rather than bend at the waist. 4.5 Common causes of back injuries are: 5.2.1 Falls due to electrical cords across walkways or items left in the walkway. 5.2.2 Falls due to wet floors. 5.2.3 Sitting or standing too long. 5.2.4 Working in awkward or uncomfortable positions. 5.2.5 Lifting or carrying items that are too heavy or awkwardly shaped. 5.2.6 Trying to catch dropped items. 4.6 Electrical Safety and Related Work Practices 4.6.1 Office equipment; i.e., lamps, personal computers, printers, typewriters, space heaters, etc. can cause hazards in office environments such as fire, electric shocks, trips and falls. Solutions include: 4.6.1.1 Efficient work station design 4.6.1.2 Adding convenient outlets to prevent the use of extension cords or limiting the use of personal items such as lamps, radios or space heaters. If space heaters are used they must have a tip over safety that turns the heater off if it is knocked over. 4.6.1.3 Use fixed power strips with ground fault circuit and circuit overload interrupters in place of extension cords. 4.6.1.4 Replacing worn or broken power cords

4.6.1.5 Never running power cords under carpet or chair pads 4.6.1.6 Office employees should be trained to never operate or repair electrical equipment unless they have read and understood the directions and to always un-plug the equipment before attempting any adjustments or repairs. 4.7 Environmental Control and Quality 4.7.1 When the office environment becomes too cold or too hot and the air is fouled by smoke, dusts, odors or stagnation, it places physical and psychological stress on the employees which reduces efficiency. Other problems associated with poor climate and air quality control include illness, increased turnover and employee complaints. Symptoms of poor Environmental Control and Quality are: 4.7.1.1 Stuffiness 4.7.1.2 Dizziness 4.7.1.3 Headaches 4.7.1.4 Hot flashes/chills 4.7.15 Upper respiratory irritation 4.7.1.6 Fatigue 4.7.2 Maintaining an environment near 75 degrees Fahrenheit year-round is comfortable for most employees. Employees should be instructed to add or remove outer layers of clothing for their personal comfort. Air quality can be controlled with good ventilation. 4.7.3 Some sources of indoor air pollution include: 4.7.3.1 Cigarette smoke 4.7.3.2 Carbon monoxide from: furnaces, fueled heaters, parking lots 4.7.3.3 Fibers from fire retardant and insulation

4.7.3.4 Formaldehyde from: carpet adhesives, furniture bindings, construction material 4.7.3.5 Radon gas through bricks and cement 4.7.3.6 Organic chemicals from: copier fluids, paints, inks, paper. 4.7.3.7 Microorganisms from: people, plants, condensed water in air conditioners 4.7.3.8 Pollens, allergens and dusts 4.7.4 If indoor air quality becomes a concern, the first priority is to gather as much information as possible and notify Facilities and Safety / Risk Management. 4.8 Ergonomics 4.8.1 Ergonomic design is used to remove some of the stress that is placed on the body. Use of computers may place stress on the eyes, head, neck, shoulders, arms, hands, and back. The root of the problem is that the work causes the body to move in uncommon motions. 4.8.2 Computer use strains the eyes when glare from artificial and natural light is reflected off of the screen. High and low color contrasts of print versus background also cause the eyes to work "overtime". 4.8.2.1 Color monitors or amber print over a brown background reduces eye strain. 4.8.2.2 Monitors should be positioned away from windows and direct lighting to remove glare. 4.8.2.3 Employees complaining of headaches should see their physician for an eye examination and may be required to wear special glasses designed for VDT/PC use. 4.8.3 The neck, back, shoulders, arms and hands are affected by the position of the work station and office machines relative to the body.

4.8.3.1 The key board should be at waist level, the monitor at eye level or lower and the chair adjusted so that the employee's feet rest flat on the ground and back support is maintained. 4.8.3.2 Use of under-desk foot rests may be used to allow the employee to shift their posture during a work cycle. 4.8.3.3 Chairs should be so designed that the knees are not below the hip joint. This prevents stress to the lower back and also eliminates excessive pressure on the lower thigh behind the knee which can reduce blood flow to the lower leg. 4.8.3.4 Old office equipment should be replaced with adjustable computer desks, chairs and monitor stands when possible and ergonomic training should be provided for employees. 4.8.3.5 To relieve mental and physical fatigue, periodic breaks should be encouraged. 4.8.3.6 Bringing the work closer to the employee and reducing the amount of reaching, bending, and routine hand/wrist movements will remove problems with fatigue strains. 4.8.3.7 Desk wrist pads are commercially available for Employees that rest their wrists on the desk while typing. The hard surface restricts the movement of tendons in the hand and can lead to carpel tunnel syndrome, a painful inflammation of the wrist. 4.9 Stress Management 4.9.1 Employees may also suffer emotional stresses. Emotional stresses may be caused by undefined work goals and ambiguity about what is required on the job. Emotional stress will affect employee performance and efficiency. Stress management elements are:

4.9.1.1 Clearly communicated policies and procedures. 4.9.1.2 Thorough initial and follow-up training in work assignments. 4.9.1.3 Employee participation in decisions that will affect them. 4.9.1.4 Fair and objective written performance appraisals. 4.9.1.5 Established career paths that define opportunity for advancement. 4.9.1.6 Encourage participation in time management workshops. 4.9.1.7 Encourage participation in stress management workshops. 4.9.1.8 Creating open lines of communication is an important first step to solve emotional stress and provide a healthier work environment.

1

1

Trenching & Excavation Program

1.0 Purpose 1.1 Hanover County implemented this Excavation Program to assure the safety of employees who work in or around excavations as part of their job duties. 1.2 This program is also designed to protect employees, contractors, and the general public who work or travel in the vicinity of excavations. 1.3 This program is designed to assist departments with establishing procedures to achieve workplace Safety Standards as established in the OSHA Excavation standard at 29 CFR 1926 Subpart P.

2.0 Application 2.1 This program applies to: 2.1.1 All employees of Hanover County Government. 2.1.2 This program does not apply to Hanover County Schools. 3.0 Forms Appendix A Trenching Safety Checklist Page 12 Appendix B Protection Systems Decision Tree Page 14 Appendix C1 Sloping and Benching Page 15 Appendix C2 Sloping and Benching Page 17 Appendix C3 Soil Classification Page 23 Appendix D Support Systems Page 27

4.0 Responsibilities 4.1 Safety / Risk Management (S&RM)

2

2

4.1.1 S&RM will monitor the overall effectiveness of the program through audits and annual reviews. 4.1.2 S&RM can also assist with atmospheric testing, other technical assistance, or equipment selection as needed. 4.1.3 S&RM will provide or assist with arranging site worker training and competent person training. 4.1.4 S&RM will conduct an annual audit of the program and will maintain records relating to training and audits. 4.2 Department Head 4.2.1 Each department that conducts work involving excavations must designate a department person as a Competent Person and assure that these persons receive training as such. The department must assure that a Competent Person performs the responsibilities as described in this program. 4.3 Competent Person 4.3.1 Each competent person is responsible for ensuring that procedures described in this program are followed including employee training, personal protective equipment, site inspections, tests, and recordkeeping. 4.4 Employees 4.4.1 Each employee has the responsibility to follow established procedures, enter an excavation only after receiving training, and must demonstrate a complete understanding of the safe work practices to be followed while working in an excavation. 4.4.2 Employees must wear required personal protective equipment in accordance with the Hanover County Personal Protective Equipment Program. 4.5 Fire / EMS Special Operations Response Team (SORT) 4.5.1 The SORT Standard Operating Procedures will be followed in addition to this policy.

3

3

4.6 Contractors 4.6.1 Contractors performing excavation work on County property must coordinate their work with the County and Miss Utilities to assure that related activities such as utility shutdown are addressed.

5.0 General Program Requirements 5.1 Employees who work in or around excavations must be provided training according to their work. 5.2 Immediately affected Departments are:

5.2.1 Public Utilities

5.2.2 Fire Department

5.2.3 EMS Department

5.2.4 Public Works 5.3 The excavation or trench must either be sloped or supported as required by OSHA standards. 5.4 Traffic around the site must be controlled, and barricades, signs, and/or flag persons used as needed to control both vehicular and pedestrian traffic. 5.5 Flaggers must be trained in work zone safety and must be in the appropriate high visibility vest (Class I, II, or III as traffic dictates.) 5.6 Utilities on the site must be protected and suitable precautions taken if any utility will be disturbed by the work. 5.7 Employees must use required personal protective equipment (PPE). 5.8 Each department covered by this program must appoint at least one competent person to ensure compliance with this program. 5.9 Excavation work may involve safety hazards not addressed by this program including:

4

4

5.9.1 Work conducted on or around electrical utilization systems addressed using procedures from the Electrical Safety Program; 5.9.2 Work that may impact existing utilities that may need to be locked and tagged out using procedures from the Lockout/Tagout Program; 5.9.3 Work conducted in areas where hazardous atmospheres or gases could accumulate (e.g. landfills, manure pits, gas distribution lines, or hazardous materials storage locations) covered under the Confined Space Program; 5.9.4 Work associated with electric power generation, transmission and distribution systems; 5.9.5 Fall hazards covered under the Fall Protection Program.

6 Training 6.1 Personnel involved in excavation work must be trained in accordance with the requirements of this program. Training must be provided before the employee is assigned duties. 6.2 Retraining will be provided the lesser of every three years or as necessary to maintain knowledge or skills to safely work within or in the vicinity of excavations. 6.3 Site Workers who conduct work within or in the vicinity of excavations and must receive training prior to beginning work at the site. The training must include: 6.3.1 Requirements of the OSHA Excavations standard; 6.3.2 Requirements of Hanover County's Excavation Safety Program; 6.3.3 Work practices; 6.3.4 Hazards relating to excavation work; 6.3.5 Methods of protection for excavation hazards; 6.3.6 Use of Personal Protective Equipment; 6.3.7 Procedures regarding hazardous atmospheres; 6.3.8 Emergency and non-entry rescue procedures.

5

5

6.4 In addition to site worker training, a departmental Competent Person must also receive training to include: 6.4.1 Methods of evaluating the site and conducting inspections according to this program; 6.4.2 Evaluation and selection of protection methods; 6.4.3 Compliance with this program; 6.4.4 Requirements under additional applicable programs such as Confined Space and Fall Protection.

7.0 Hazards 7.1 Surface Encumbrances 7.1.1 All equipment, materials, supplies, permanent installations (e.g. buildings, roadways), trees, brush, boulders, and other objects at the surface that could present a hazard to employees working in the excavation must be removed or supported, as necessary, to protect employees. 7.2 Underground Installations 7.2.1 The location of sewer, telephone, fuel, electric, and water lines as well as any other underground installations that may be encountered during excavation work must be located and marked prior to opening the excavation. 7.2.2 Arrangements must be made as necessary by the Competent Person with the appropriate utility agency for the protection, removal, shutdown, or relocation of underground installations. 7.2.3 If it is not possible to establish the exact location of underground installations, the work may proceed with caution provided detection equipment or other safe and acceptable means (e.g. using hand tools) are used to locate the utility as the excavation is opened and each underground installation is approached. 7.2.4 Excavation work will be conducted in a manner that does not endanger underground installations or employees engaged in the work. 7.2.5 Utilities left in place must be protected by barricades, shoring, suspension, or other means as necessary to protect employees.

6

6

7.3 Access and Egress 7.3.1 Stairs, ladders, or ramps must be provided where employees are required to enter trench excavations four feet or more in depth. Stairs, ladders, and ramps, where used, will be in accordance with OSHA Walking and Working Surfaces Program. The maximum distance of travel in an excavation to a means of egress shall not exceed 25 feet. 7.4 Vehicular Traffic 7.4.1 Employees exposed to vehicular traffic must be provided with, and will wear, high visibility warning vests or other suitable garments marked with or made of reflecting and high-visibility background material. 7.4.2 Warning vests worn by flagmen must be Class I Class II, or Class III depending on vehicular traffic conditions. 7.5 Falling Loads 7.5.1 No employee will be permitted underneath loads handled by lifting or digging equipment. 7.5.2 Employees will be required to stand away from any vehicle being loaded or unloaded. 7.5.3 Vehicle operators may remain in the cabs of vehicles being loaded or unloaded when the vehicle provides adequate protection for the operator during loading and unloading operations. 7.6 Mobile Equipment 7.6.1 When mobile equipment is operated adjacent to the edge of an excavation, a warning system will be used when the operator does not have a clear and direct view of the edge of the excavation. The warning system must consist of barricades, hand or mechanical signals, or stop logs. If possible, the surface grade will slope away from the excavation. 7.7 Hazardous Atmospheres 7.7.1 Atmospheric testing must be conducted in excavations over four feet deep where hazardous atmospheres could reasonably be expected to exist (e.g. landfill areas, near hazardous substance storage, gas pipelines).

7

7

7.7.2 Adequate precautions will be taken to prevent employee exposure to atmospheres containing less than 19.5 percent oxygen or other hazardous atmospheres. These precautions include providing appropriate respiratory protection or forced ventilation. 7.7.3 Forced ventilation or other effective means will be used to prevent exposure to an atmosphere containing a flammable gas in excess of 10 percent of the lower flammable limit. 7.7.4 Where needed, respiratory protection will be used in accordance with the Hanover County Respiratory Protection Program. 7.7.5 Atmospheric monitoring will be performed using a properly calibrated direct reading instrument with audible and visual alarms. 7.7.6 Monitoring will be continuous where controls are used to reduce the level of atmospheric contaminants. Monitors will be maintained and calibrated in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. 7.8 Water Accumulation 7.8.1 Employees will not work in excavations that contain or are accumulating water unless precautions have been taken to protect employees from hazards posed by water accumulation. 7.8.2 The precautions taken could include, for example, special support or shield systems to protect from cave-ins, water removal to control the level of accumulating water, or use of safety harnesses and lifelines. 7.8.3 If water is controlled or prevented from accumulating by the use of water removal equipment, the water removal equipment and operation must be monitored by a person trained in the use of the equipment. 7.8.4 If excavation work interrupts the natural drainage of surface water (such as streams), diversion ditches, dikes, or other suitable means will be used to prevent surface water from entering the excavation. 7.8.5 Precautions will also be taken to provide adequate drainage of the areas adjacent to the excavation. 7.8.6 Excavations subject to runoff from heavy rains must be re- inspected by the Site Manager to determine if additional precautions should be taken. 7.9 Adjacent Structures

8

8

7.9.1 Support systems (such as shoring, bracing, or underpinning) will be used to assure the stability of structures and the protection of employees where excavation operations could affect the stability of adjoining buildings, walls, or other structures. 7.9.2 Excavation below the level of the base or footing of any foundation or retaining wall that could be reasonably expected to pose a hazard to employees will not be permitted except when: 7.9.2.1 A support system, such as underpinning, is provided to ensure the safety of employees and the stability of the structure; or 7.9.2.2 The excavation is in stable rock; or 7.9.2.3 A registered professional engineer has approved the determination that the structure is sufficiently removed from the excavation so as to be unaffected by the excavation activity; or 7.9.2.4 A registered professional engineer has approved the determination that such excavation work will not pose a hazard to employees. 7.9.3 Sidewalks, pavements and appurtenant structures will not be undermined unless a support system or other method of protection is provided to protect employees from the possible collapse of such structures. 7.9.4 Where review or approval of a support system by a registered professional engineer is required, the Department will secure this review and approval in writing before the work is begun. A copy of this approval must be provided to S&RM. 7.10 Loose Rock or Soil 7.10.1 Adequate protection must be provided to protect employees from loose rock or soil that could pose a hazard by falling or rolling from an excavation face. Such protection will consist of: 7.10.1.1 Scaling to remove loose material; 7.10.1.2 Installation of protective barricades, such as wire mesh or timber, at appropriate intervals on the face of the slope to stop and contain falling material; or 7.10.1.3 Benching sufficient to contain falling material.

9

9

7.10.1.4 Excavation personnel will not be permitted to work above one another where the danger of falling rock or earth exists.

8.0 Material and Equipment 8.1 Employees must be protected from excavated materials, equipment or other materials that could pose a hazard by falling or rolling into excavations. 8.2 Protection will be provided by keeping such materials or equipment at least 2 feet from the edge of excavations, by the use of restraining devices that are sufficient to prevent materials or equipment from falling or rolling into excavations, or by a combination of both if necessary. 8.3 Materials and equipment may, as determined by the Site Manager, need to be stored further than 2 feet from the edge of the excavation if a hazardous loading condition is created on the face of the excavation. 8.4 Materials piled, grouped or stacked near the edge of an excavation must be stable and self-supporting.

9.0 Fall Protection 9.1 Barricades, walkways, lighting and posting must be provided as necessary prior to the start of excavation operations. 9.2 Guardrails, fences, or barricades must be provided on excavations adjacent to walkways, driveways, and other pedestrian or vehicle thoroughfares. 9.3 Warning lights or other illumination must be maintained as necessary for the safety of the public and employees from sunset to sunrise. 9.4 Wells, holes, pits, shafts, and all similar excavations must be effectively barricaded or covered and posted as necessary to prevent unauthorized access. 9.5 All temporary excavations of this type will be backfilled as soon as possible. 9.6 Walkways or bridges protected by standard guardrails must be provided where employees and the general public are permitted to cross over excavations.

10

10

9.7 Where workers in the excavation may pass under these walkways or bridges, a standard guardrail and toe-board must be used. Information on the requirements for guardrails and toe-boards may be obtained by contacting Safety / Risk Management or by reviewing CFR1910 Subpart D.

10 Inspections 10.1 The department Competent Person will conduct daily inspections of excavations, adjacent areas, and protective systems for evidence of a situation that could result in possible cave-ins, failure of protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous conditions. 10.2 An inspection will be conducted by the competent person prior to the start of work and as needed throughout the shift. 10.3 Inspections shall also be made after each hazard-changing event (e.g. rainstorm). These inspections are required when the excavation will be occupied by employees. 10.4 A sample inspection checklist is included in Appendix A. 10.5 Where the competent person finds evidence of a situation that could result in a possible cave-in, failure of protective systems, hazardous atmosphere, or other hazardous conditions, exposed employees shall be removed from the hazardous area until precautions have been taken to assure their safety. 10.6 The competent person shall maintain a written log of all inspections conducted. This log shall include the date, work site location, results of the inspection, and a summary of any action taken to correct existing hazards.

11.0 Protection 11.1 Each employee in an excavation shall be protected from cave-ins by using either an adequate sloping and benching system or an adequate support or protective system. Exceptions to this are limited to: 11.1.1 Excavations made in stable rock; or 11.1.2 Excavations less than four feet in depth where examination of the ground by a Competent Person provides no indication of a potential cave-in.

11

11

11.1.3 Protective systems shall be capable of resisting all loads that could reasonably be expected to be applied to the system. 11.1.4 Appendix B provides a flowchart to assist with the selection of protection systems. 11.2 Sloping and Benching 11.2.1 The slope and configuration of sloping and benching systems shall be selected and constructed by the Competent Person in accordance with Appendix C1. 11.2.2 Employees shall not be permitted to work above other employees on the faces of sloped or benched systems except when employees at the lower levels are protected from the hazard of falling, rolling, or sliding material or equipment. 11.3 Support Systems 11.3.1 The design of support systems, shield systems, and other protective systems shall be selected and constructed by the Competent Person in accordance with the requirements of Appendix D1.

12

12

Appendix A – Inspection Checklist (To be completed by the Competent Person. If the answer to any of the following is no, entry into the excavation is prohibited until the issue is corrected)

1. Have the sides of the trench been sloped, shored or braced to prevent collapse? Yes No 2. Is there a means of escape form the trench at least every 25 feet? Yes No 3. Is there any evidence of a possible cave in or slide? Yes No 4. Is there evidence of water accumulation in the trench? Yes No 5. Is excavation material located at least two feet from the edge of the trench? Yes No 6. If heavy equipment is operating near the trench have extra precautions been taken to prevent cave in? Yes No 7. Are all personnel wearing the appropriate Personal Protective Equipment? Yes No 8. If needed have barriers been erected to prevent falls into the open trench by pedestrians? Yes No 9. Have underground utilities been marked? Yes No

- 13 -

10. If vehicle traffic is moving in the vicinity of the trench has an appropriate work zone with trained flaggers been established? Yes No 11. Is atmospheric testing being conducted in excavations greater than four feet deep? Yes No 12. Have equipment operators been made aware of any overhead power lines? Yes No 13. Are excavations being backfilled as soon as possible and any holes or pits covered to prevent falls? Yes No 14. Are appropriate barricades, covers and lighting used overnight to prevent accidental falls into the excavation? Yes No

- 14 -

Appendix B – Protection Systems Decision Tree

Use the following guideline to determine whether protection systems are needed. 1. If the excavation is less than 4 feet deep, a protection system is needed that meets the requirements under Appendix C1 – Sloping and Benching or Appendix D – Support Systems, unless the site excavation competent person determines that there is no risk for cave-in. 2. If the excavation is between 4 and 20 feet deep, a protection system that meets the requirements under Appendix C1 – Sloping and Benching or Appendix D – Support Systems must be installed and utilized in all occupied areas of the excavation. 3. If the excavation is greater than 20 feet, a protection system designed by a registered engineer must be installed and utilized in all occupied areas of the excavation.

- 15 -

Appendix C1 – Sloping and Benching Systems

The slope and configuration of sloping and benching systems must be selected and constructed by the Competent Person in accordance with one of the following: 1. Option 1 - Allowable configurations and slopes. 1.1 Excavations must be sloped at an angle not steeper than one and one-half horizontal to one vertical (34 degrees measured from the horizontal), unless the Competent Person uses one of the other options listed below. 1.2 The slopes used must be excavated in accordance with the slopes shown for Type C soil in Appendix C2 - Sloping and Benching. 2. Option 2 - Determination of slopes and configurations. 2.1 Maximum allowable slopes, and allowable configurations for sloping and benching systems, must meet the requirements of Appendix C2 - Sloping and Benching and Appendix C3 - Soil Classification. 3. Option 3 - Designs using other tabulated data. 3.1 The design of sloping or benching systems may be selected from, and must be constructed in accordance with, other tabulated data, such as tables and charts. The tabulated data used must be in written form and include all of the following: 3.1.1 Identification of the factors that affect the selection of a sloping or benching system; 3.1.2 Identification of the limits of use of the data, including the maximum height and the angle of the slopes determined to be safe; 3.1.3 Other information needed by the user to make correct selection of a protective system. 3.2 One copy of the tabulated data that identifies the registered professional engineer who approved the data must be maintained at the jobsite during construction of the protective system. After that time the data may be stored off the jobsite, but a copy of the data must be made available to S&RM upon request. 4. Option 4 - Design by a registered professional engineer: 4.1 Sloping and benching systems not utilizing Option (1), Option (2) or Option (3) above must be approved by a registered professional engineer.

- 16 -

4.2 Designs must be in written form and must include at least the following: 4.2.1 The maximum height and angle of the slopes that were determined to be safe for the particular project; 4.2.2 The identity of the registered professional engineer approving the design. 4.3 At least one copy of the design must be maintained at the jobsite while the slope is being constructed. After that time the design need not be at the jobsite, but a copy must be made available to S&RM upon request.

- 17 -

Appendix C2 – Sloping and Benching

1. Scope and Application 1.1 This appendix contains specifications for sloping and benching when used as methods of protecting employees working in excavations from cave-ins. 1.2 The requirements of this appendix apply when the design of sloping and benching protective systems is to be performed in accordance with the requirements set forth in Appendix C1 – Sloping and Benching Systems Option 2. 2. Definitions 2.1 Actual slope means the slope to which an excavation face is excavated. 2.2 Distress means that the soil is in a condition where a cave-in is imminent or is likely to occur. Distress is evidenced by such phenomena as: 2.2.1 The development of fissures in the face of or adjacent to an open excavation; 2.2.2 The subsidence of the edge of an excavation; 2.2.3 The slumping of material from the face or the bulging or heaving of material from the bottom of an excavation; 2.2.4 The spilling of material from the face of an excavation; or 2.2.5 Raveling, i.e., small amounts of material such as pebbles or little clumps of material suddenly separating from the face of an excavation and trickling or rolling down into the excavation. 2.3 Maximum allowable slope means the steepest incline of an excavation face that is acceptable for the most favorable site conditions as protection against cave-ins, and is expressed as the ratio of horizontal distance to vertical rise (H:V). 2.4 Short term exposure means a period of time less than or equal to 24 hours that an excavation is open.

- 18 -

3. Requirements 3.1 Soil classification 3.1.1 Soil and rock deposits must be classified in accordance with the Appendix C3 - Soil Classification Procedures. 3.2 Maximum allowable slope 3.2.1 The maximum allowable slope for a soil or rock deposit must be determined from Table C2-1. Table C2-1: Maximum Allowable Slopes for Excavations Less Than 20 Feet Soil or Rock Type Maximum Slope (H:V) Maximum Slope (Degrees)

Stable Rock Vertical 90

Type A .75:1 53

Type B 1:1 45

Type C 1.5:1 34

Footnote (1) Numbers shown in Max Slope (degrees) are angles expressed in degrees from the horizontal. Angles have been rounded off.

Footnote (2) A short-term maximum allowable slope of 1/2H:1V (63 degrees) is allowed in excavations in Type A soil that are 12 feet (3.67 m) or less in depth. Short-term maximum allowable slopes for excavations greater than 12 feet (3.67 m) in depth shall be 3/4H:1V (53 degrees).

Footnote (3) Sloping or benching for excavations greater than 20 feet deep shall be designed by a registered professional engineer.

3.3 Actual slope 3.3.1 The actual slope must not be steeper than the maximum allowable slope. 3.3.2 The actual slope must be less steep than the maximum allowable slope, when there are signs of distress. If that situation occurs, the slope must be cut back to an actual slope which is at least 1/2 horizontal to one vertical (1/2H:1V) less steep than the maximum allowable slope. 3.3.3 When surcharge loads from stored material or equipment, operating equipment, or traffic are present, a competent person must: 3.3.3.1 determine the degree to which the actual slope must be reduced below the maximum allowable slope, and assure that such reduction is achieved.

- 19 -

3.3.3.2 Surcharge loads from adjacent structures must be evaluated in accordance with this program. 3.4 Configurations 3.4.1 Configurations of sloping and benching systems must be in accordance with the table and figures below.

Figures: Slope Configurations All slopes stated below are in the horizontal to vertical ratio. Excavations made in Type A soil

All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth will have a maximum allowable slope of 3/4:1.

All benched excavations 20 feet or less in depth will have a maximum allowable slope of 3/4 to 1 and maximum bench dimensions as indicated.

All excavations 8 feet or less in depth which have unsupported vertically sided lower portions will have a maximum vertical side of 3 1/2 feet.

All excavations more than 8 feet but not more than 12 feet in depth with unsupported vertically sided lower portions will have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1 and a maximum vertical side of 3 1/2 feet.

- 20 -

All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions that are supported or shielded will have a maximum allowable slope of 3/4:1. The support or shield system must extend at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side.

All other simple slope, compound slope, and vertically sided lower portion excavations will be in accordance with the other options described in Appendix C1 – Sloping and Benching Systems. Excavations Made in Type B Soil

All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth will have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1.

All benched excavations 20 feet or less in depth will have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1 and maximum bench dimensions as indicated.

All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions will be shielded or supported to a height at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. All such excavations will have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1.

All other sloped excavations must be in accordance with the other options permitted in Appendix C1 – Sloping and Benching Systems.

- 21 -

Excavations Made in Type C Soil

All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth will have a maximum allowable slope of 1 1/2:1.

All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions will be shielded or supported to a height at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. All such excavations will have a maximum allowable slope of 1 1/2:1.

All other sloped excavations must be in accordance with the other options described in Appendix C1 – Sloping and Benching Systems. Excavations Made in Layered Soils All excavations 20 feet or less in depth made in layered soils will have a maximum allowable slope for each layer as set forth below.

Type B over Type A

Type C over Type A

Type C over Type B

Type A over Type B

- 22 -

Type A over Type C

Type B over Type C

All other sloped excavations must be in accordance with the other options described in Appendix C1 – Sloping and Benching Systems.

- 23 -

Appendix C3 – Soil Classification

1. Scope and Application 1.1 Scope 1.1.1 This appendix describes a method of classifying soil and rock deposits based on site and environmental conditions, and on the structure and composition of the earth deposits. This appendix contains definitions, sets forth requirements, and describes acceptable visual and manual tests for use in classifying soils. 1.2 Application 1.1.2 This appendix applies when a sloping or benching system is designed in accordance with the requirements set forth in 1926.652(b)(2) as a method of protection for employees from cave- ins. 1.1.3 This appendix also applies when timber shoring for excavations is designed as a method of protection from cave-ins in accordance with appendix C to subpart P of part 1926, and when aluminum hydraulic shoring is designed in accordance with appendix D. 1.1.4 This Appendix also applies if other protective systems are designed and selected for use from data prepared in accordance with the requirements set forth in 1926.652(c), and the use of the data is predicated on the use of the soil classification system set forth in this appendix. 2. Requirements 2.1 Classification of soil and rock deposits 2.1.1 Each soil and rock deposit shall be classified by a competent person as Stable Rock, Type A, Type B, or Type C in accordance with the definitions set forth in this appendix. 2.1.2 The classification of the deposits shall be made based on the results of at least one visual and at least one manual analysis. 2.1.3 Such analyses shall be conducted by a competent person using tests described below, or in other recognized methods of soil classification and testing such as those adopted by the American Society for Testing Materials, or the U.S. Department of Agriculture textural classification system.

- 24 -

2.1.4 The visual and manual analyses, such as those noted as being acceptable in this appendix, shall be designed and conducted to provide sufficient quantitative and qualitative information as may be necessary to identify properly the properties, factors, and conditions affecting the classification of the deposits. 2.1.5 In a layered system, the system shall be classified in accordance with its weakest layer. However, each layer may be classified individually where a more stable layer lies under a less stable layer. 2.2 Reclassification 2.2.1 If, after classifying a deposit, the properties, factors, or conditions affecting its classification change in any way, the changes shall be evaluated by a competent person. The deposit shall be reclassified as necessary to reflect the changed circumstances. 2.3 Acceptable visual tests 2.3.1 Visual analysis is conducted to determine qualitative information regarding the excavation site in general, the soil adjacent to the excavation, the soil forming the sides of the open excavation, and the soil taken as samples from excavated material. 2.3.1 Observe samples of soil that are excavated and soil in the sides of the excavation. Estimate the range of particle sizes and the relative amounts of the particle sizes. Soil that is primarily composed of fine-grained material is cohesive material. Soil composed primarily of coarse-grained sand or gravel is granular material. 2.3.2 Observe soil as it is excavated. Soil that remains in clumps when excavated is cohesive. Soil that breaks up easily and does not stay in clumps is granular. 2.3.3 Observe the side of the opened excavation and the surface area adjacent to the excavation. Crack-like openings such as tension cracks could indicate fissured material. 2.2.4 If chunks of soil spall off a vertical side, the soil could be fissured. Small spalls are evidence of moving ground and are indications of potentially hazardous situations. 2.2.5 Observe the area adjacent to the excavation and the excavation itself for evidence of existing utility and other underground structures, and to identify previously disturbed soil.

- 25 -

2.2.6 Observed the opened side of the excavation to identify layered systems. Examine layered systems to identify if the layers slope toward the excavation. Estimate the degree of slope of the layers. 2.2.7 Observe the area adjacent to the excavation and the sides of the opened excavation for evidence of surface water, water seeping from the sides of the excavation, or the location of the level of the water table. 2.2.8 Observe the area adjacent to the excavation and the area within the excavation for sources of vibration that may affect the stability of the excavation face. 2.4 Acceptable manual tests 2.4.1 Manual analysis of soil samples is conducted to determine quantitative as well as qualitative properties of soil and to provide more information in order to classify soil properly. 2.4.2 Plasticity. Mold a moist or wet sample of soil into a ball and attempt to roll it into threads as thin as 1/8-inch in diameter. Cohesive material can be successfully rolled into threads without crumbling. For example, if at least a two inch (50 mm) length of 1/8-inch thread can be held on one end without tearing, the soil is cohesive. 2.4.3 Dry strength. If the soil is dry and crumbles on its own or with moderate pressure into individual grains or fine powder, it is granular (any combination of gravel, sand, or silt). If the soil is dry and falls into clumps which break up into smaller clumps, but the smaller clumps can only be broken up with difficulty, it may be clay in any combination with gravel, sand or silt. If the dry soil breaks into clumps which do not break up into small clumps and which can only be broken with difficulty, and there is no visual indication the soil is fissured, the soil may be considered un-fissured. 2.4.4 Thumb penetration. The thumb penetration test can be used to estimate the unconfined compressive strength of cohesive soils. (Based on the thumb penetration test described in American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard designation D2488 - "Standard Recommended Practice for Description of Soils (Visual - Manual Procedure).") Type A soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 tsf can be readily indented by the thumb; however, they can be penetrated by the thumb only with very great effort. Type C soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 0.5 tsf can be easily penetrated several inches by the thumb, and can be molded by light finger pressure. This test

- 26 -

should be conducted on an undisturbed soil sample, such as a large clump of spoil, as soon as practicable after excavation to keep to a minimum the effects of exposure to drying influences. If the excavation is later exposed to wetting influences (rain, flooding), the classification of the soil must be changed accordingly. 2.5 Other strength tests. 2.5.1 Estimates of unconfined compressive strength of soils can also be obtained by use of a pocket penetrometer or by using a hand- operated shear vane. 2.5.2 Drying test. The basic purpose of the drying test is to differentiate between cohesive material with fissures, un-fissured cohesive material, and granular material. The procedure for the drying test involves drying a sample of soil that is approximately one inch thick (2.54 cm) and six inches (15.24 cm) in diameter until it is thoroughly dry. If the sample develops cracks as it dries, significant fissures are indicated. Samples that dry without cracking are to be broken by hand. If considerable force is necessary to break a sample, the soil has significant cohesive material content. The soil can be classified as an un-fissured cohesive material and the unconfined compressive strength should be determined. If a sample breaks easily by hand, it is either a fissured cohesive material or a granular material. To distinguish between the two, pulverize the dried clumps of the sample by hand or by stepping on them. If the clumps do not pulverize easily, the material is cohesive with fissures. If they pulverize easily into very small fragments, the material is granular.

- 27 -

Appendix D – Support Systems

The design of support systems, shield systems, and other protective systems shall be selected and constructed by the Competent Person in accordance with one of the following options. 1. Option 1 - Designs using OSHA Criteria 1.1 Timber shoring and aluminum hydraulic shoring must be utilized in accordance with OSHA criteria. 2. Option 2 - Designs using manufacturer's tabulated data 2.1 Support systems, shield systems, or other protective systems (e.g. trench boxes) drawn from manufacturer's tabulated data shall be constructed and used in accordance with all specifications, recommendations, and limitations issued or made by the manufacturer. 2.2 Deviation from the specifications, recommendations, and limitations issued or made by the manufacturer shall only be allowed after the manufacturer issues specific written approval. 2.3 Manufacturer's specifications, recommendations, and limitations, and manufacturer's approval to deviate from the specifications, recommendations, and limitations shall be kept in written form at the jobsite during construction of the protective system. After that time this data may be stored off the jobsite, but a copy shall be made available to Safety / Risk Management upon request. 3. Option 3 - Designs using other tabulated data 3.1 Designs of support systems, shield systems, or other protective systems shall be selected from and be constructed in accordance with tabulated data, such as tables and charts. 3.2 The tabulated data shall be in written form and include all of the following: Identification of the factors that affect the selection of a protective system drawn from such data; 3.2.1 Identification of the limits of use of the data; 3.2.2 Information needed by the user to make a correct selection of a protective system from the data.

- 28 -

3.2.3 At least one copy of the tabulated data, identifying the registered professional engineer who approved the data, shall be maintained at the jobsite during construction of the system. After that time the data may be stored off the jobsite, but a copy of the data shall be made available to Safety / Risk Management upon request. 4. Option 4 - Design by a registered professional engineer 4.1 Support systems, shield systems, and other protective systems not using the options detailed in options 1, 2, or 3 above shall be approved by a registered professional engineer. 4.2 Designs shall be in written form and shall include the following: 4.2.1 A plan indicating the sizes, types, and configurations of the materials to be used in the protective system; and 4.2.2 The identity of the registered professional engineer approving the design. 4.2.3 At least one copy of the design shall be maintained at the jobsite during construction of the protective system. After that time, the design may be stored off the jobsite, but a copy of the design shall be made available to Safety / Risk Management upon request. 5. Materials and Equipment 5.1 Materials and equipment used for protective systems shall be free from damage or defects that might affect their proper function. 5.2 Manufactured materials and equipment used for protective systems shall be used and maintained in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer, and in a manner that will prevent employee exposure to hazards. 5.3 When material or equipment used for protective systems is damaged, the Competent Person shall ensure that these systems are evaluated for its suitability for continued use. If the competent person can not assure the material or equipment is able to support the intended loads or is otherwise suitable for safe use, then it shall be removed from service. 5.4 Damaged materials or equipment shall be evaluated and approved by a registered professional engineer before being returned to service.

- 29 -

6. Installation and Removal of Support 6.1 Members of support systems shall be securely connected together to prevent sliding, falling, kick-outs, or other potential hazards. 6.2 Support systems shall be installed and removed in a manner that protects employees from cave-ins, structural collapses, or from being struck by members of the support system. 6.3 Individual members of support systems shall not be subjected to loads exceeding those which those members were designed to support. 6.4 Before temporary removal of individual support members begins, additional precautions shall be taken as directed by the Competent Person to ensure the safety of employees. These precautions could include, for example, the installation other structural members to carry the loads imposed on the support system. 6.5 Removal of support systems shall begin at, and progress from, the bottom of the excavation. Members shall be released slowly. If there is any indication of possible failure of the remaining members of the structure or possible cave-in of the sides of the excavation the work shall be halted until it can be examined by the Project Manager. 6.6 Backfilling shall progress together with the removal of support systems from excavations. 7. Additional requirements for support systems for trench excavations: 7.1 Excavation of material to a level no greater than 2 feet below the bottom of the members of a support system is allowed, but only if the system is designed to resist the forces calculated for the full depth of the trench. 7.2 There shall be no indications while the trench is open of a possible loss of soil from behind or below the bottom of the support system. 7.3 Installation of a support system shall be closely coordinated with the excavation of trenches. 8. Shield systems 8.1 Shield systems shall not be subjected to loads that are greater than those they were designed to withstand.

- 30 -

8.2 Shields shall be installed in a manner that will restrict lateral or other hazardous movement of the shield that could occur during cave-in or unexpected soil movement. 8.3 Employees shall be protected from the hazard of cave-ins when entering or exiting the areas protected by shields. 8.4 Employees shall not be allowed in shields when shields are being installed, removed, or moved vertically. 8.5 In trench excavations, excavation of material to a level no greater than 2 feet below the bottom of the shield system is allowed, but only if the system is designed to resist the forces calculated for the full depth of the trench. There shall be no indications while the trench is open of a possible loss of soil from behind or below the bottom of the shield system.

HANOVER COUNTY


1

Tool Safety Program

1.0 Purpose

1.1 To protect employees engaged in the use of Hand and Power

Tools.

1.2 To meet or exceed OSHA Regulation 29 CFR 1926.300

2.0 Applicability

2.1 This program applies to all employees of Hanover County

Government

2.2 This program shall apply to all contractors performing work for the county as set out in the County Contractors safety program.

2.3 This program shall not apply to the Hanover County Public Schools.

3.0 Forms

3.1 Hand Tools Inspection Report Pages 11 - 15


4.1 Employee

4.1.1 Follow proper tool safety guidelines

4.1.2 Report tool deficiencies and malfunctions

4.1.3 Properly store tools when work is completed

4.2 Supervisors

4.2.1 Provide correct tools for assigned tasks

4.2.2 Ensure tools are maintained and stored safely

HANOVER COUNTY


2

4.2.3 Provide employee training

4.2.4 Provide for equipment repair


4.3.1 Develop tool safety program

5.0 Hazard Control

5.1 Engineering

5.1.1 Properly designed tools

5.1.2 Guards & Safety devices

5.2 Administrative

5.2.1 Use of PPE

5.2.2 Control of tool issue

5.2.3 Employee training

5.2.4 Controlled access to equipment and tool areas

6.0 General Safety Precautions

6.1 Employees exposed to the hazards of operating power tools must

be provided with the personal protective equipment necessary to protect them from the hazard.

6.2 Hazards involved in the use of tools can be prevented by following

five basic safety rules:

6.2.1 Keep all tools in good condition with regular maintenance.

6.2.2 Use the right tool for the job.

6.2.3 Examine each tool for damage before use.

6.2.4 Operate according to the manufactures instructions.

6.2.5 Provide and use the proper protective equipment.

HANOVER COUNTY


3

7.0 Hand Tools

7.1 Hand tools are non-powered. The greatest hazards posed by hand tools result from misuse and improper maintenance.

7.2 Appropriate personal protective equipment, e.g., safety goggles,

gloves, etc., should be worn due to hazards that may be encountered while using portable power tools and hand tools.

7.3 Floors shall be kept as clean and dry as possible to prevent

accidental slips with or around dangerous hand tools.

7.4 Where a fire hazard exists, spark-resistant tools made from brass, plastic, aluminum, or wood should be used.

8.0 Power Tool Precautions

8.1 Power tool hazards are often based on the power source they use: Electric, Pneumatic, Liquid Fuel, Hydraulic, and Power-Actuated.

8.2 General precautions should be observed by power tool users:

8.2.1 Never carry a tool by the cord or hose.

8.2.2 Never yank the cord or the hose to disconnect it from the

receptacle.

8.2.3 Keep cords and hoses away from heat, oil, and sharp edges.

8.2.4 Disconnect tools when not in use, before servicing, and when changing accessories such as blades, bits and cutters.

8.2.5 All observers should be kept at a safe distance away from

the work area.

8.2.6 Secure work with clamps or a vise, freeing both hands to operate the tool.

8.2.7 Avoid accidental starting. The worker should not hold a

finger on the switch button while carrying a plugged-in tool.

8.2.8 Tools should be maintained with care. They should be kept sharp and clean for the best performance. Follow instructions in the user’s manual for lubricating and changing accessories.

HANOVER COUNTY


4

8.2.9 Be sure to keep a good footing and maintain good balance.

8.2.10 The proper apparel should be worn. Loose clothing, ties, or

jewelry can become caught in moving parts.

9.0 Guards

9.1 Hazardous moving parts of a power tool need to be safeguarded.

Guards, as necessary, should be provided to protect the operator and others from the following:

9.1.1 Point of operation

9.1.2 In-running nip points

9.1.3 Rotating parts

9.1.4 Flying chips and sparks

9.2 Safety guards must never be removed when a tool is being used,

9.2.1 Portable circular saws must be equipped with guards.

9.2.2 Upper guards must cover the entire blade of the saw.

9.2.3 Retractable lower guard must cover the teeth of the saw

except when it makes contact with the work material.

9.2.4 Lower guards must automatically return to the covering position when the tool is withdrawn from the work.

10.0 Safety Switches

10.1 The following hand-held powered tools are to be equipped with a momentary contact “on-off” control switch.

10.1.1 Drills, tappers, fastener drivers, horizontal, vertical and angle

grinders with wheels larger than 2 inches in diameter, disc and belt sanders, reciprocating saws, saber saws, and other similar tools.

10.2 These tools also may be equipped with a lock-on control provided that turnoff can be accomplished by a single motion of the same finger or fingers that turn it on.

HANOVER COUNTY


5

10.3 The following hand-held powered tools may be equipped with only

a positive “on-off” control switch.

10.3.1 Platen sanders, disc sanders with discs 2 inches or less in diameter: grinders with wheels 2 inches or less in diameter: routers, planers, laminate trimmers, nibblers, shears, scroll saws and jigsaws with blade shanks 1/4 –inch wide or less.

10.4 Other hand-held powered tools such as circular saws having a

blade diameter greater than 2 inches,

10.4.1 Chain saws, and percussion tools without positive accessory holding means must be equipped with a constant pressure switch that will shut off the power when the pressure is released.

11.0 Electrical Safety

11.1 The chief hazards of electric-powered tools are burns and slight shocks which can lead to injuries or even heart failure.

11.1.1 Under certain conditions, even a small amount of current can

result in severe injury and eventual death.

11.1.2 A shock also can cause the user to fall off a ladder or other elevated work surface.

11.2 To protect the user from shock, tools must either have a three-wire

cord with ground or be grounded, be double insulated, or be powered by a low-voltage isolation transformer.

11.2.1 Three-wire cords contain two current-carrying conductors

and a grounding conductor. One end of the grounding conductor connects to the tool’s metal housing; the other end is grounded through a prong on the plug.

11.2.2 Anytime an adapter is used to accommodate a two-hole receptacle, the adapter wire must be attached to a known ground. The third prong should never be removed from the plug.

11.3 Double insulation is more convenient, the user and the tools are

protected in two ways.

11.3.1 By normal insulation on the wires inside.

HANOVER COUNTY


6

11.3.2 By a housing that cannot conduct electricity to the operator

in the event of a malfunction.

11.4 Electric power tool general safety practices

11.4.1 Electric tools should be operated within their design limitations.

11.4.2 Gloves and safety footwear are recommended during use of

electric tools.

11.4.3 When not in operation, tools should be stored in a dry place.

11.4.4 Electric tools should not be used in damp or wet locations.

11.4.5 Work areas should be well lighted.

12.0 Powered Abrasive Wheel Tools

12.1 Powered abrasive grinding, cutting, polishing, and wire buffing

wheels create special safety problems because they may throw off flying fragments.

12.1.1 Before an abrasive wheel is mounted, it should be inspected

closely and sound or ring tested to be sure that it is free from cracks or defects.

12.1.1.1 To test, wheels should be tapped gently with a

light non-metallic instrument. If they sound cracked or dead, they could fly apart in operation and so must not be used.

12.1.1.2 A sound and undamaged wheel will give a clear metallic tone or “ring.”

12.2 To prevent the wheel from cracking, the user should be sure it fits

freely on the spindle.

12.2.1 The spindle nut must be tightened enough to hold the wheel in place without distorting the flange.

12.2.2 Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations.

12.2.3 Care must be taken to assure that the spindle wheel will not

exceed the abrasive wheel specifications.

HANOVER COUNTY


7

12.3 Due to the possibility of a wheel disintegrating (exploding) during

start-up, the employee should never stand directly in front of the wheel as it accelerates to full operating speed.

12.4 Portable grinding tools need to be equipped with safety guards to

protect workers not only from the moving wheel surface, but also from flying fragments in case of breakage.

12.5 Powered grinder safety precautions

12.5.1 Always use eye protection.

12.5.2 Turn off the power when not in use.

12.5.3 Never clamp a hand held grinder in a vise.

13.0 Pneumatic Tools

13.0 Pneumatic tools are powered by compressed air and include chippers, drills, hammers, and sanders.

13.1 Dangers encountered in the use of pneumatic tools.Getting struck

by one of the tool’s attachment or by some kind of fastener the worker is using with the tool.

13.2 Eye protection is required and face protection is recommended for

employees working with pneumatic tools.

13.3 Working with noisy tools such as jackhammers requires proper, effective use of hearing protection.

13.4 When using pneumatic tools, employees are to check to see that

they are fastened securely to the hose by one of the following in order to prevent them from becoming disconnected.

13.4.1 A short wire or positive locking device attaching the air

hose to the tool will serve as an added safeguard.

13.4.2 A safety clip or retainer must be installed to prevent attachments, such as chisels on a chipping hammer, from being unintentionally shot from the barrel.

13.4.3 Screens must be set up to protect nearby workers from being struck by flying fragments around chippers, riveting guns, staplers, or air drills.

HANOVER COUNTY


8

13.5 Compressed air guns should never be pointed toward anyone.

Users should never “dead end” it against themselves or anyone else.

14.0 Powder-Actuated Tools

14.1 Powder-actuated tools operate like a loaded gun and should be treated with the same respect and they must be operated only by specially trained employees.

14.2 Powder-Actuated tool safety.

14.2.1 These tools should not be used in an explosive or flammable atmosphere.

14.2.2 Before using the tool, the employee should inspect it to

determine that it is clean, all moving parts operate freely and the barrel is free from obstructions..

14.2.3 The tool should never be pointed at anybody.

14.2.4 The tool should not be loaded unless it is to be used

immediately. A loaded tool should not be left unattended, especially where it would be available to unauthorized persons.

14.2.5 Hands should be kept clear of the barrel end. To prevent the tool from firing accidentally, two separate motions are required for firing: one to bring the tool into position, and another to pull the trigger. The tools must not be able to operate until they are pressed against the work surface with a force of at least 5 pounds greater than the total weight of the tool.

14.2.5.1 If a powder-actuated tool misfires, the employee should wait at least 30 seconds, and then try firing it again. If it still will not fire, the user should wait another 30 seconds so that the faulty cartridge is less likely to explode, then carefully remove the load. The bad cartridge should be put in water.

14.2.6 Suitable eye and face protection are essential when using a powder-actuated tool.

14.2.7 The muzzle end of the tool must have a protective shield or guard centered perpendicularly on the barrel to confine any

HANOVER COUNTY


9

flying fragments or particles that might otherwise create a hazard when the tool is fired. The tool must be designed so that it will not fire unless it has this kind of safety device.

14.2.8 All powder-actuated tools must be designed for varying

powder charges so that the user can select a powder level necessary to do the work without excessive force.

14.2.9 If the tool develops a defect during use it should be tagged

and taken out of service immediately until it is properly repaired.

14.3 Powder-Actuated Tool Fasteners

14.3.1 When using powder-actuated tools to apply fasteners, some

precautions to consider.

14.3.1.1 Fasteners must not be fired into material that would let them pass through the other side.

14.3.1.2 Fasteners must not be driven into materials like

brick or concrete any closer than 3 inches to an edge or corner.

14.3.1.3 In steel, the fastener must not come any closer than one-half inch from a corner or edge.

14.3.1.4 Fasteners must not be driven into very hard or

brittle material which might chip or splatter, or make the fastener ricochet.

14.3.1.5 An alignment guide must be used when shooting a

fastener into an existing hole. A fastener must not be driven into a spalled area caused by an unsatisfactory fastening.

15.0 Hydraulic Power Tools

15.1 The fluid used in hydraulic power tools must be an approved fire-resistant fluid and must retain its operating characteristics at the most extreme temperatures to which it will be exposed.

15.2 The manufacturer’s recommended safe operating pressure for hoses, valves, pipes, filters, and other fittings must not be exceeded.

HANOVER COUNTY


10

15.3 All Jacks, lever and ratchet jacks, screw jacks, and hydraulic jacks

must have a device that stops them from jacking too high.

15.4 The manufacturer’s load limit must be permanently marked in a prominent place on the jack and should not be exceeded.

15.5 Jacks should never be used to support a lifted load. Once the load

has been lifted, it must immediately be blocked up.

15.6 Use wooden blocking under the base if necessary to make the jack level and secure. If the lift surface is metal, place a 1 – inch thick hardwood block or equivalent between it and the metal jack head to reduce the danger of slippage.

15.7 When setting up a jack, make certain the following apply:

15.7.1 The base rests on a firm level surface.

15.7.2 The jack is correctly centered.

15.7.3 The jack head bears against a level surface.

15.7.4 The lift force is applied evenly.

15.8 Proper maintenance of jacks is essential for safety.

15.9 All jacks must be inspected before each use and lubricated

regularly.

15.10 If a jack is subjected to an abnormal load or shock, it should be

thoroughly examined to make sure it has not been damaged.

15.11 Hydraulic jacks exposed to freezing temperatures must be filled with adequate antifreeze liquid.

HANOVER COUNTY


11

Hand Tools Inspection Report

Hanover County Department Name: ______________________

Facility: ______________

Manager/Supervisor: __________________ Date: _________

Vehicle#:_______________

Inspector(s): _______________________________________________________

Area Inspected Yes No Corrected

Date

1. All tools and equipment maintained in good condition

2. Hand tools such as chisels, punches, etc, which develop

mushroomed heads during use, reconditioned or replaced

3. Broken or fractured handles on hammers, axes and similar

equipment replaced promptly

4. Worn or bent wrenches replaced regularly

5. Appropriate handles used on files and similar tools

6. Employees made aware of the hazards caused by faulty

or improperly used hand tools

7. Appropriate safety glasses, face shields, etc. used while

using hand tools or equipment which might produce flying

materials or be subject to breakage

8. Jacks checked periodically to assure they are in good

operational condition

9. Tool handles wedged tightly in the head of all tools

10. Tool cutting edges kept sharp so the tool will move without

Binding

Portable Power Tools and Equipment

1. Grinders, saws and similar equipment provided with

appropriate safety guards

2. Power tools used with the correct shield, guard or attachment,

recommended by the manufacturer

3. Portable circular saws equipped with guards above and below

the base shoe

HANOVER COUNTY


12

4. Circular saw guards checked to assure they are not wedged

up, thus leaving the lower portion of the blade unguarded

5. Rotating or moving parts of equipment guarded to prevent

physical contact

6. all cord-connected, electrically-operated tools and equipment

effectively grounded or of the approved double insulated type

7. Effective guards in place over belts, pulleys, chains,

and sprockets

8. Portable fans provided with full guards or screens having

opening 1/2 inch or less

9. Hoisting equipment available and used for lifting heavy objects

and are hoist ratings and characteristics appropriate for the

task

10. Ground-fault circuit interrupters provided on all temporary

electrical 15 and 20 amp circuits, used during periods of

construction

11. Pneumatic and hydraulic hoses on power-operated tools

checked regularly for deterioration or damage

Abrasive Wheel Equipment-Grinders

1. Work rest used and kept adjusted to within 1/8 inch of

the wheel

2. Adjustable tongue on the top side of the grinder used and kept

adjusted to within 1/4 inch of the wheel

3. Side guards cover the spindle, nut, and flange and 75 percent

of the wheel diameter

4. Bench and pedestal grinders permanently mounted

5. Goggles or face shields always worn when grinding

6. Maximum RPM rating of each abrasive wheel compatible

with the RPM rating of the grinder motor

7. Fixed or permanently mounted grinders connected to their

electrical supply system with metallic conduit or other

permanent wiring method

HANOVER COUNTY


13

8. Each grinder have an individual on/off control switch

9. Each electrically operated grinder effectively grounded

10. Before new abrasive wheels are mounted, are they visually

inspected and ring tested

11. Dust collectors and powered exhausts provided on grinders

used in operations that produce large amounts of dust

12. Splash guards mounted on grinders that use coolant to

prevent the coolant from reaching employees

13. Cleanliness maintained around grinders

Powder-Actuated Tools

1. Employees who operate powder-actuated tools trained in their

use and carry a valid operators card

2. Each powder-actuated tool stored in its own locked container

when not being used

3. Sign at least 7 inches by 10 inches with bold face type reading

"POWDER-ACTUATED TOOL IN USE" conspicuously posted

when the tools are being used

4. Powder-actuated tools left unloaded until they are actually

ready to be used

5. Powder-actuated tools inspected for obstructions or defects

each day before use

6. Powder-actuated tool operators have and use appropriate

personal protective equipment such as hard hats,

safety goggles, safety shoes and hearing protection

Machine Guarding

1. Training program to instruct employees on safe methods of

machine operation

2. Adequate supervision to ensure that employees are following

safe machine operating procedures

3. Regular program of safety inspection of machinery and

equipment

4. Machinery and equipment kept clean and properly maintained

5. Sufficient clearance provided around and between machines to

HANOVER COUNTY


14

allow for safe operations, servicing, material handling and

waste removal

6. Equipment and machinery securely placed and anchored,

when necessary to prevent tipping or other movement that

could result in personal injury

7. Power shut-off switch within reach of the operator's position at

each machine

8. Electric power to each machine be locked out for maintenance

repair, or security

9. Noncurrent-carrying metal parts of electrically operated

machines bonded and grounded

10. Foot-operated switches guarded or arranged to prevent

accidental actuation by personnel or falling objects

11. Manually operated valves and switches controlling the

operation of equipment and machines clearly identified

readily accessible

12. All emergency stop buttons colored

13. Pulleys and belts that are within 7 feet of the floor or working

level properly guarded

14. All moving chains and gears properly guarded

15. Splash guards mounted on machines that use coolant to

prevent the coolant from reaching employees

16. Methods provided to protect the operator and other employees

in the machine areas from hazards created at the point of

operation, nip points, rotating parts, flying chips and sparks

17. Machinery guards secure and arranged that they don not offer

a hazard when in their use

18. If special hand tools are used for placing and removing material

do they protect the operator's hands

19. Revolving drums, barrels, and containers guarded by an

enclosure that is interlocked with the drive mechanism, so

that revolution cannot occur unless the guard enclosures are

in place

20. Arbors and mandrel as have firm and secure bearings and are

they are free from play

HANOVER COUNTY


15

21. Provisions made to prevent machines from automatically

starting when power is restored after a power failure or

shutdown

22. Machines constructed so as to be free from excessive

vibration when the largest size tool is mounted and run at

full speed

23. If machinery is cleaned with compressed air, is air pressure

controlled and personal protective equipment or other

safeguards utilized to protect operators and other workers

from eye and body injury

24. Fan blades protected with a guard having openings no larger

than 1/2 inch, when operating within 7 feet of the floor

25. Saws used for ripping, equipped with anti-kick back devices

and spreaders

26. Radial arm saws so arranged that the cutting head will gently

return back to the back of the table when released

1

Hanover County Lab Safety / Chemical

Hygiene Program

1.0 Purpose 1.1 To establish a program that will protect employees from health hazards presented by the use of lab chemicals, equipment and/or procedures.

2.0 Application 2.1 This program applies to all Hanover County employees working in or around Hanover County Laboratories. 2.2 This program applies to all contractors and their subcontractors performing work in or around Hanover County Laboratories. 2.3 This program does not apply to Hanover County Public Schools.

3.0 Responsibilities 3.1 Lab Safety Coordinator 3.1.1 Optimize safety training, conduct inspections, safety equipment acquisition and update safety information. 3.1.2 Ensure that PPE is available and used appropriately. 3.1.3 Ensure that inspections of emergency equipment are conducted and documented. 3.1.4 Perform inspections of the laboratory to uncover overlooked hazards, ensure lab personnel are following safety rules, and remind workers to use safe work practices. 3.1.5 Work with Safety / Risk Management to develop and implement appropriate chemical hygiene policies and safe work practices.

2

3.1.6 Monitor procurement, use, and disposal of chemicals used in the lab. 3.1.7 Develop safe work practices for new projects in the lab and ensure that they are followed. 3.1.8 Know current legal requirements concerning regulated substances. 3.1.9 Seeks ways to improve the lab’s Chemical Hygiene Plan. 3.1.10 Schedule / conduct monthly safety meetings which may be applicable to any area of facility safety. 3.2 Lab Supervisor 3.2.1 Work with Safety / Risk Management to develop and implement appropriate chemical hygiene policies and safe work practices. 3.2.2 Assist the Safety Coordinator in his or her duties. 3.2.3 Coordinate and oversee the Chemical hygiene Policies; including the quarterly meetings with employees. 3.2.4 Review MSDS inventory records at least once per quarter. 3.2.5 Ensure that this program is trained, implemented and adhered to. 3.3 Employees 3.3.1 Become familiar with and adhere to the Lab Safety / Chemical Hygiene Program. 3.3.2 Attend required training. 3.3.3 Make suggestions to the lab Safety Coordinator or to your Supervisor to improve the Lab Safety / Chemical Hygiene program.

4.0 PROGRAM 4.1 General

3

4.1.1 The Lab Safety / Chemical Hygiene program will be available to all employees for review and a copy will be located in the laboratory. 4.1.2 All personnel are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the Lab Safety / Chemical Hygiene Plan and adhering to it. 4.1.3 Emphasis in this plan is placed first and foremost on protecting employees. Failure to comply with this program is considered cause for disciplinary action.

4.1.3 This plan will be reviewed at least annually by the Lab Safety Coordinator and updated as necessary.

4.2 Chemical Inventory 4.2.1 The chemical inventory sheet in the laboratory’s Right-to- Know (MSDS) binder lists all the chemicals and products currently stored or in use. All chemicals must be handled with CAUTION. 4.2.2 Information regarding the potential hazard of a chemical can be found in the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for the chemical. Consult the Chemical Hygiene Officer, Safety Coordinator, or the Plant Superintendent if information concerning a chemical cannot be found. 4.2.3 No new chemical or product will be introduced for use without an accompanying MSDS. 4.3 Lab Safety 4.3.1 Personal Apparel 4.3.1.1 Safety shoes must be worn at all times in the laboratory; no exceptions. 4.3.1.2 County-issued uniforms must be worn at all times. Use of a full-length long sleeve lab coat may be substituted if a uniform is not available. Shorts will not be allowed in the laboratory. 4.3.2 Housekeeping

4

4.3.2.1 All work areas must be kept clean and uncluttered. 4.3.2.2 Chemicals must be properly labeled and stored. 4.3.2.3 The work area must be cleaned upon completion of a test and at the end of each work day. 4.3.3 Horse play 4.3.3.1 Avoid practical jokes or other behavior that might confuse, startle, or distract others. 4.3.4 Eating/Drinking/Smoking 4.3.4.1 Eating in areas where chemicals and samples are present is a potentially hazardous situation due to the possibility of contamination with unknown substances. Eating at lab bench-tops is prohibited. 4.3.4.2 Drinking will be allowed on a limited basis within the laboratory. Employees may drink if hazardous chemicals are not present and/or not being handled. Drinks should also be in a closed container. Drinks containing alcohol are prohibited. 4.3.4.3 Smoking in any part of the laboratory is prohibited. 4.3.5 Glassware 4.3.5.1 Dispose of all broken, chipped, or cracked glassware in the designated disposal receptacle. 4.3.5.2 Use caution when making rubber- to-glass connections. Support lengths of glass tubing while they are being inserted into rubber. Use a lubricant such as water-NEVER USE GREASE OR OIL. Use gloves when

5

making such connections. Never try to force rubber tubing or stoppers from glassware. 4.3.6 Disposal of Chemicals 4.3.6.1 No chemical substance (except water/wastewater between pH 2 and 12.5) should ever be disposed of down the sink/drain or into the trash receptacle without first consulting the Safety Officer and reading the MSDS. 4.4 Laboratory Standard Operating Procedures (SOP’s) 4.4.1 SOP’s for each laboratory procedure performed in the lab are kept in one separate binder. 4.4.2 Operators must read and understand procedures thoroughly before proceeding. Any questions regarding the safe execution of a procedure must be addressed before proceeding. Adherence to all safety work practices required to assure safety in the laboratory. 4.5 Use of Personal Protective Equipment 4.5.1 All personnel in the lab must wear County- approved protective eyewear whenever they are involved in the following: 4.5.1.1 any aspect of analyses except data manipulations. 4.5.1.2 lab-ware preparation. 4.5.1.3 solution and sample preparation. 4.5.1.4 sample and chemical/reagent handling. 4.5.1.5 any close observation of an analytical process that requires protective eyewear.

6

4.5.1.6 Any personnel wearing contact lenses must notify their supervisor of this vision correction method prior to analytical activity. 4.6 Body Protection 4.6.1 Body protection protects the body from chemical spills such as acids and bases. 4.6.2 Body protecting garments must be worn at all times when performing any type of analytical procedure. 4.6.3 County-issued uniforms and/or lab coats are considered appropriate attire. 4.6.4 Lab aprons are available and can be worn over uniforms or lab coats for added protection, if desired. 4.7 Hand Protection (Latex, Nitrile Gloves) 4.7.1 The danger of contact with wastewater/biological samples and toxic chemicals must be minimized by the use of protective gloves. 4.7.2 Latex or nitrile gloves must be worn at all times when handling these materials. 4.7.3 Since most of the in-house analyses at Hanover laboratories do not involve the use of highly caustic or acidic reagents and chemicals, nitrile or latex gloves are suitable for most applications. 4.7.4 Nitrile or latex gloves do not protect the hand or arm against broken glass or chemical spills. Heavy-duty nitrile based gloves are available in the supply cabinet for special applications. When in doubt, consult the Safety Coordinator or Safety / Risk Management. 4.8 Chemical Storage and Handling 4.8.1 Many chemical substances used in the lab are toxic to humans when ingested or inhaled. Precautions must be taken with these substances to keep them out of the mouth, nose, eyes, and skin. It is important to wear protective clothing, gloves, and safety glasses when handling samples, chemicals, and reagents.

7

4.8.2 The following are specific lab rules and precautions that must be followed; 4.8.2.1 Never place beakers or unstopped / uncapped vessels containing chemicals or samples in a refrigerator or incubator. 4.8.2.2 Label all containers correctly and clearly. The following information must be included on the chemical label: 4.8.2.2.1 Date the chemical was prepared. 4.8.2.2.2 Date the chemical was received. 4.8.2.2.3 Date the chemical was opened. 4.8.2.2.4 Expiration date. 4.8.2.2.5 Appropriate NFPA hazard warning (where applicable). 4.8.2.3 Store acids and bases separately in well ventilated areas and away from volatile organics and oxidizing materials. Do not store these materials on high shelves. 4.8.2.4 Make sure that all containers used in the preparation of reagents or containers used to hold small amounts of reagents for short periods of time are clearly labeled. 4.8.2.5 Never add anything to a concentrated acid, base, or strong oxidant; instead, add the acid, base, or oxidant slowly and cautiously to the other ingredients, preferably no faster than it is consumed by reaction (NEVER ADD WATER TO ACID; ALWAYS ADD ACID TO WATER). 4.8.2.6 Never pipette anything by mouth. Use an automatic pipette or a conventional pipette with a rubber bulb. 4.8.2.7 Never pour anything back into a reagent bottle. Consult the MSDS, Safety Coordinator, or

8

Chemical Hygiene officer for the proper disposal of unused or contaminated chemicals. 4.8.2.8 Wipe up small spills and bottle rings immediately. A large spill should be handled as indicated in the section 4.9 Chemical Spills. 4.9 Chemical Spills 4.9.1 Small chemical spills and leaks must be cleaned up immediately to prevent a potential hazardous situation. 4.9.2 Spill clean-up kits for acids, caustics, and solvents are mounted near the “right-to-know” station. 4.9.3 Directions for cleaning up various chemical spills are located with the spill kits. 4.9.4 Always wear gloves and goggles; cover the affected areas with the appropriate neutralizer repeatedly until all liquid is absorbed. 4.9.5 Sweep or shovel the neutralized waste into a trash container. 4.9.6 Wash down the cleaned area with copious amounts of water and neutralize further if necessary. 4.9.7 Spills adjacent to the sink which can be washed into the sink safely should be handled in this manner. The area can be neutralized using cold water and the appropriate neutralizer (acid, caustic, solvent) or pH solution 7.0. 4.10 First Aid 4.10.1 A first aid kit for minor injuries and burns is located in the lab. 4.10.2 Emergency eyewash stations are located in each lab. 4.10.3 The shower stall in the lab bathroom is to be used as a “quick-drench” emergency shower if one is not located in the lab.

9

4.10.4 Emergency numbers are posted by each telephone in the lab and lab offices. 4.10.5 Procedures to follow for chemical burns on the skin are to flush the affected area with copious amounts of water for at least fifteen minutes. Seek medical treatment immediately. 4.10.6 If first aid directions for burns caused by specific chemicals are available, follow these directions after the initial flushing with water. First aid directions can usually be found by referring to the MSDS. 4.10.7 Do not use oils, fats, salves, or ointments on skin affected by chemical burns. 4.11 Chemical poisoning can result from inhalation, ingestion, or absorptions through the skin of a toxic chemical. If you suspect that you or one of your fellow employees have been exposed to any type of chemical poisoning, get help immediately. 4.12 Proceed as follows for suspected chemical poisonings: 4.12.1 Get help immediately 4.12.2 Determine the source of the poison. 4.12.3 If it is determined that the whole area is contaminated, notify all personnel and have the area evacuated. 4.12.4 Secure the contaminated area. 4.12.5 Call the poison control center and describe the situation. 4.12.6 Do not attempt to enter the area until emergency response personnel notify you it is safe to return. 4.13 Ingestion of Chemical Solutions or Poisons 4.13.1 Immediately notify supervisor of the accident and the type of material ingested.

10

4.13.2 Obtain medical attention immediately. 4.13.3 Do not induce vomiting if the solution swallowed was a strong base (alkali), strong acid, cyanide, gasoline, kerosene, any hydrocarbon, or if the victim is having convulsions. 4.13.4 Do not give liquids to an unconscious person. 4.13.5 For strong acids or bases, give the victim a glass of milk or large amounts of water. 4.13.6 Do not give oils, fats, or alcohol unless advised by a physician. 4.13.7 Prevent shock by keeping the victim warm. 4.14 Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) 4.14.1 The Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS’s) are a set of individual data sheets providing related safety information for each hazardous chemical utilized at the work site. 4.14.2 The MSDS’s are filed in binders and stored at the “Right-to- Know” Station in the lab. 4.14.3 The lab’s Safety Coordinator is responsible for ensuring that MSDS’s are current and available at all times for chemicals used at the plant and that chemicals are not used unless this information is available. 4.14.4 Whenever a MSDS is added or deleted, the index of chemicals must be updated. 4.14.5 Whenever a new chemical is introduced at the plant, it is the Safety Officer’s responsibility to notify all plant personnel by reviewing the MSDS for the chemical with them before they can use the chemical. 4.14.6 The Material Safety Data Sheets should contain the following information: 4.14.6.1 Identity of the chemical.

11

4.14.6.2 Identity of hazardous ingredients in a hazardous chemical mixture. 4.14.6.3 Chemical and physical characteristics of the chemical. 4.14.6.4 Chemical and physical hazards of the chemical. 4.14.6.5 Acute and chronic health hazards including signs and symptoms of exposure and medical conditions which are generally aggravated by exposure to the chemical. 4.14.6.6 Primary route of entry. 4.14.6.7 Permissible exposure limits in terms of maximum duration and concentration. 4.14.6.8 Protective measures and special precautions 4.14.6.9 Emergency procedures and first aid procedures 4.16.7 The MSDS’s should not contain any blank spaces. Not applicable or unknown information should be indicated as such. 4.16.8 All chemicals used in the lab are purchased chemicals. All MSDS are supplied by the manufacturer. Information on the MSDS must be complete and accurate. If the information on the MSDS is not complete or additional information is required, the Safety Coordinator must be notified before any further use of the chemical is permitted. 4.15 Container Labeling 4.15.1 Chemical container labeling is the primary initial source of warning employees. This requirement is considered one of the most important sections of this program in ensuring the overall effectiveness of the Lab Safety / Chemical Hygiene Program. 4.15.2 As discussed previously, chemicals used in the AWWTP lab are purchased chemicals. Thus, proper labeling of all these

12

chemicals is the responsibility of the chemical manufacturer. Any chemical delivered to a Hanover County Government lab will be inspected upon receipt for proper labeling and completeness of information (MSDS included). If any chemical is not properly labeled and not accompanied by MSDS, the delivery will be rejected or sent back to the source of delivery. 4.15.3 The lab Safety Coordinator will oversee the chemical delivery process. 4.15.4 All small containers or bottles stored in the lab’s work area or countertop must be clearly labeled with the chemical name and appropriate hazard warnings. 4.16 Hazardous Material Awareness and Handling 4.16.1 Each employee must be familiar with the variety of hazardous materials which they might come into contact with in the lab. 4.16.2 Any chemical even if it poses minimum threat or harm, when not handled safely or correctly can cause severe health damage and/or death. 4.16.3 When performing any analytical test, the following procedures must be observed: 4.16.1 Familiarize yourself with all the chemicals involved. 4.16.2 If information is needed concerning the nature of the chemicals, the employee must consult the MSDS. 4.16.3 Follow the proper use of protective equipment. 4.16.4 If the chemical requires special disposal procedures, consult the Safety Officer. 4.16.5 Maintain familiarity with the chemicals as the test may be repeated, or for future reference. 4.17 Hazardous Material Handling 4.17.1 Care must be taken by the employee to use common laboratory safety procedures when handling hazardous

13

materials. Always be prepared for spills or splattering. Wear appropriate protective equipment.

5.0 Employee Training and Information 5.1 General Information 5.1.1 It will be the responsibility of the Lab Safety Coordinator to inform employees of the hazards that they may be exposed to in the workplace. 5.1.2 The primary goal of the Lab Safety / Chemical Hygiene Plan is to protect employees from hazards through an extensive training program which will provide the employee the necessary tools required to minimize the risk of exposure in the laboratory. 5.2 Training and Information Program 5.2.1 In order for employees to be properly informed about hazardous materials in the laboratory, Lab Safety Meeting will be conducted at a minimum on a quarterly basis. 5.2.2 Discussion will include the requirements of the Chemical Hygiene Plan and specific problem areas (if any) as well as suggestions from all employees to improve the safety program of the lab. 5.2.3 The Lab Safety Coordinator will coordinate the safety training meetings for the laboratory. 5.3 Key Provisions of Training 5.3.1 The requirements of the Lab Safety / Chemical Hygiene Plan, its importance and primary goals shall be transmitted to all employees. 5.3.2 Information on operations of all work areas in the lab where an employee may be exposed to hazardous materials will be discussed in detail. 5.3.3 Proper handling and precautionary measures that must be taken to abate hazards shall be emphasized.

14

5.3.4 The employees shall be informed of the location of the hazard communication materials such as MSDS’s, Safe Work Practices, and other safety materials, programs, and supplies. 5.3.5 Methods and observations to detect the presence of a hazardous material. 5.3.6 Use of the proper personal protective equipment. 5.3.7 In the event a new material is introduced to the lab, information about the material shall be immediately transmitted to all employees. 5.3.8 Ensure that all employees are given training on emergency and evacuation procedures. 5.4 New Employee Training 5.4.1 All new lab employees shall attend a general safety orientation training given by the Safety Coordinator. 5.4.2 The new employee will be trained on OSHA’s Hazard Communication and its Laboratory Standards. 5.4.3 The employee will be informed of his or her role and responsibilities within the program. 5.5 General Safety Training 5.5.1 All lab employees will be trained on the following lab safety procedures on a continuing basis. All safety training shall be documented. 5.5.1.1 Emergency evacuations 5.5.1.2 Use of PPE 5.5.1.3 Use of safety eyewash stations / shower 5.5.1.4 Use of respirators 5.5.1.5 Emergency response procedures for chemical spills, inhalation/ingestion of poison, medical emergencies, and fire or explosion

15

5.5.1.6 Use of fire extinguishers 5.5.1.7 Use and location of MSDS and other safety programs, materials, and supplies. 5.6 Safety Training Videos 5.6.1 Applicable safety films are available through Safety / Risk Management to be shown to employees to increase their knowledge of chemical hazards. 5.7 Safety Supplies/Equipment 5.7.1 Lab safety supplies and equipment such as gloves, goggles, safety glasses, fire extinguishers, emergency eyewash/shower stations, spill kits, and first aid kits shall be inspected monthly by the Lab Safety Coordinator for completeness and proper operation. 5.7.2 The Safety Coordinator will also ensure needed safety supplies and equipment is in stock and functioning properly. 5.8 Training Records/Documentation 5.8.1 Employee safety training shall be documented and include the following information: 5.8.1.1 List of employees who attend the training. 5.8.1.2 List of absentees to ensure they receive the required training at a later date. 5.8.1.3 Type of training received or list of topics discussed. 5.8.1.4 Date. 5.8.1.5 Employee acknowledgment. 5.8.1.6 All employee safety training records shall be kept in the Safety Training binder.

6.0 Employee Exposure Evaluation and Medical Consultation

16

6.1 This section of the program addresses the need for performing a formal evaluation of a suspected employee exposure to a hazardous chemical in the lab. 6.2 Contributing factors for exposure to hazardous chemicals such as failure to use the proper PPE or failure to follow outlined safe work practices will be evaluated. Any deficiency found shall be corrected immediately to avoid the same problem in the future. 6.3 Criteria for Reasonable Suspicion of Exposure 6.3.1 The employee had direct skin or eye contact with the chemical. 6.3.2 Manifestation of health hazard symptoms such as headache, rash, nausea, irritation of nose or throat, coughing, dizziness, tearing, irritation or redness of the eyes, etc. 6.3.3 Some or all of the symptoms disappear when the employee is away from the work area and into fresh air. 6.3.4 Symptoms reappear as soon as the employee returns to the work area. 6.3.5 Complaints are received from more than one employee. 6.3.6 An unusual odor or smell is noticed in the work area. 6.4 Exposure Evaluation 6.4.1 The following steps shall be taken to determine the employee’s exposure and necessary medical attention needed. (NOTE: If it is necessary for the employee to receive immediate medical attention, appropriate action shall be taken before the following steps are taken.) 6.4.1.1 Interview the employee or victim initiating the complaint utilizing the “Incident Report Form”. 6.4.1.2 Gather essential information regarding the complaint such as suspected chemical, chemicals present in the area, symptoms, were control measures such as PPE used, duration of exposure, route of exposure, concentration

17

of the substance, area of the lab where the exposure occurred, severity and type of symptoms experienced are all important factors to record. 6.4.1.3 Determine if the employee needs to seek medical attention. 6.4.1.4 Regardless of the severity of the exposure, all incidents must be reported to the lab Supervisor and Safety / Risk management. 6.4.1.5. Employees known to have been overexposed to hazardous chemicals shall receive prompt medical attention. 6.4.1.6 Records of employee exposure to hazardous chemicals, the investigation conducted and outcome, medical attention required and results shall be kept on file by Human Resources and made available to affected employees upon their request.

HANOVER COUNTY


1

HAZARD COMMUNICATION

1.0 Purpose

1.1 The Hazard Communication program is designed to ensure that the hazards of all chemicals are evaluated and that hazard information is transmitted to employee and contractor. 1.2 To meet or exceed OSHA Regulation 29 CFR 1910.1200

2.0 Applicability

2.1 This program applies to all employees of Hanover County Government. 2.2 This program shall not apply to the Hanover County Public Schools. 2.3 The purpose of the Hazard Communication Standard is to ensure that the hazards

of all chemicals are evaluated and information concerning these hazards is provided to employers and employees.

3.0 Responsibility

3.1 Employee

3.1.1 Learn and understand your rights and responsibilities under the program. 3.1.2 Become familiar with the hazards and control measures for the chemicals to

which you are exposed.

3.2 Supervisors

3.2.1 Ensure that a hazard communication program is developed and implemented by trained and competent personnel.

3.2.2 Ensure that the hazard communication program is effective.

3.2.3 Ensure that methods and materials are available for employees to handle

hazardous chemicals properly.

HANOVER COUNTY


2

3.2.4 Each department and site location is required to perform and maintain the following basic program components.

3.2.4.1 The written program 3.2.4.2 A list of chemicals present in the workplace 3.2.4.3 Labeling 3.2.4.4 Safety Data Sheets 3.2.4.5 Employee orientation 3.2.4.6 Site specific education 3.2.4.7 Program review


3.3.1 Provide Information on the hazards and proper use of chemicals. 3.3.2 Audit department programs for completeness and compliance.

4.0 Safety Data Sheets

4.1 Hazard Determination 4.1.1 Chemical manufactures and importers must assess the hazards of chemicals and materials they produce or import.

4.1.2 Distributors of these chemicals must provide the required information to Hanover County.

4.1.3 Hanover County will rely upon the hazard determination made by the

chemical manufacturer as indicated in Safety Data Sheets.

4.2 Safety data sheets are written and printed material containing the following information on the chemical:

4.2.1 Physical and chemical characteristics of the material

4.2.2 Physical hazards of the material

4.2.3 Health hazards of the material

4.2.4 Routes of entry

4.2.5 Toxicity

4.2.6 Generally applicable control measures

HANOVER COUNTY


3

4.2.7 Emergency and first aid procedures

4.2.8 A Preparation date of the date sheet

4.2.9 The name, address and telephone number of the chemical manufacture,

importer, employer, or other responsible party preparing or distributing the sheet.

4.3 Safety Data Sheet Requirements

4.3.1 Must have a data sheet for each hazardous chemical

4.3.1.1 That is used or stored 4.3.1.2 Must be kept in accessible labeled binders or folders at the work

site where the chemical is kept.

4.3.2 Supervisors must conduct a chemical inventory and log results.

4.3.3 Safety Data Sheets must be kept so individual data sheets can be found quickly.

4.3.3.1 The hazardous chemical inventory serves as the index and must

be posted in the front of the binder or folder containing the Safety Data Sheets.

4.3.3.2 A system of organizing sheets so that they can be located quickly

must be implemented and obvious, or instructions included for users.

4.3.3.3 The supervisor or designee must maintain the updated inventory

listing in the site S.D.S. book along with the Hanover County Hazard Communication program.

4.3.3.4 Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the accuracy of the listing

and assuring the Safety Data Sheet book is updated whenever the site no longer uses a chemical, or when new chemicals are added.

4.3.4 Data sheets must be readily accessible during the work shift to employees.

4.3.4.1 Where employees work in more than one geographical location the data sheets should be kept in a central location at the primary workplace facility.

4.3.4.2 You may duplicate sets of Safety Data Sheets if desired.

4.3.5 Applicable emergency numbers (poison control, etc.) should be included and can be logged on the chemical inventory sheet.

HANOVER COUNTY


4

4.4 Ordering or Obtaining Chemicals

4.4.1 The site employee ordering new chemicals or substances must request a safety data sheet for the products.

4.4.2 When safety data sheets arrive, the employee must review them for

completeness and post the data sheet properly in the site material safety data sheet book.

4.4.3 Chemical manufactures and importers must develop a safety data sheet for

each chemical they import or produce. 4.4.4 Manufacturers and importers must send data sheets with their initial shipment and the first shipment after they have revised a data sheet.

4.5 Acquiring Safety Data Sheets

4.5.1 A material safety data sheet must be present in the department/site for all chemicals.

4.5.1.1 If manufacturers or distributors do not send data sheets; the

supervisor or designee must obtain the safety data sheet by contacting the manufacturer or distributor.

4.5.1.2 The telephone number is often located on the product label.

4.5.1.3 Internet sites are available to provide safety data sheets. If this

method is used, the safety data sheets must provide complete information.

4.5.1.4 Other county departments may have a current safety data sheet

for this product. They can provide you the contact information to request a safety data sheet or provide you with a copy of theirs.

4.5.1.5 Safety Data Sheets must be reviewed for completeness and added

to the safety data sheets binder.

5.0 Labels and Other Forms of Warning

5.1 Container Labels

5.1.1 Labels and other forms of warning are the primary source of warning, the requirements of this section are vitally important to the effectiveness of the overall program.

HANOVER COUNTY


5

5.1.2 Manufacturers are required to label hazard chemicals. The manufacturer’s

label must contain the following:

5.1.2.1 Chemical Identity 5.1.2.2 Appropriate hazard warnings

5.1.2.3 Name and address of the manufacturer, or responsible party.

5.1.3 Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that when a chemical is received,

it is properly labeled. 5.1.4 Do not use a chemical that is not labeled, and the identity is not positively

known, whether it is a new chemical received, or an existing container missing the label.

5.2 Secondary Container Labeling

5.2.1 When chemicals are transferred from the manufacturer’s containers to secondary containers, the containers must be properly, legibly and completely labeled as specified previously.

5.2.2 Employees must not remove labels from incoming containers unless they immediately label or mark them with an appropriate label for secondary containers.

6.0 Employee Information And Education

6.1 General Hazard Communication Orientation 6.1.1 All employees (full-time, part-time, and seasonal employees) will be given education on the Hazard Communication Standard and hazardous chemicals in their work area upon initial assignment and before starting any work that requires use of or potential exposure to chemicals.

6.1.2 Supervisors are responsible for employees receiving education and training. 6.1.3 Education must be completed before assigning a hazardous task to the

employee.

6.1.4 The County provided hazard communication education session is considered an orientation.

6.1.5 Site specific information must be provided to employees such as the location

of Safety Data Sheet’s and specific chemicals that are used or stored at the site.

6.2 Hazard Communication Site Specific Education

HANOVER COUNTY


6

6.2.1 Supervisors shall provide specific information on the hazards in the workplace where each individual employee will be working.

6.2.2 Education must be provided at the time of initial assignment at the

workplace, whenever a new hazard is introduced into the workplace, and annually thereafter if there are no changes in assignments or hazards.

6.2.3 All employees transferred from other sites must receive education equal to

the required initial assignment education for that particular job.

6.2.4 Before any new employee can begin work that requires the use of or potential exposure to hazardous chemicals, education as indicated below must be completed.

6.2.4.1 An overview of the requirements of the Hazard Communication

Standard. 6.2.4.2 The labeling system and how to use it.

6.2.4.3 How to review the Safety Data Sheet and identify the location of

the list of hazardous chemicals used and stored at the workplace, safety data sheets, and the Hanover County Government Hazard Communication Program.

6.2.4.4 The nature and location of hazardous substance in the workplace. 6.2.4.5 Specific information about physical and health hazards of the

chemicals in the work area.

6.2.4.6 Methods and observation techniques used to determine the presence or release of hazardous chemicals in the area, i.e., use of monitoring devices, appearance, odors, etc.

6.2.4.7 Work practices (e.g.- don’t mix chemicals unless specified for that

purpose), personal protective clothing and equipment, emergency procedures, etc. that the employee can take to prevent or lessen exposure to chemicals.

6.2.4.8 Safety and emergency procedures to follow if exposure occurs.

6.3 Education Documentation

6.3.1 Documentation of education provides evidence of compliance with the Virginia Hazard Communication Standard’s education requirements.

6.3.2 Following education sessions, employees are required to sign the

education record verifying attendance. A record of each employee’s education will be maintained departmentally and according to County education program policy.

7.0 Non-Routine Task

HANOVER COUNTY


7

7.1 Hanover County employees may be required to perform hazardous non-routine

tasks.

7.2 Prior to any employee beginning a hazardous non-routine task, he or she must report to his or her supervisor and/or refer the material safety data sheet to receive information about:

7.2.1 Chemical hazards 7.2.2 Personal protective clothing and equipment

7.2.3 Measures taken to lessen hazards, such as ventilation, respirators use and

emergency procedures.

8.0 Contents of Pipes

8.1 Work activities are often performed in areas where chemicals are transferred through pipes.

8.2 Employees need to be aware of potential hazards of chemicals transferred in pipes. 8.3 Hanover County Hazard Communication program requires labeling of any pipes

transferring chemicals, high temperature or high pressure material in any area where work may create exposure.

8.4 If work is to be performed in areas where pipes are not labeled, prior to starting

work the employee must contact the site manager or supervisor to determine:

8.4.1 The identity of the chemical in the pipes. 8.4.2 Potential hazards

8.4.3 Safety procedures

9.0 Multi-Employer Workplaces & Contractor Requirements

9.1 Some situations require more than one Hanover County Government agency to be

located at the same site. 9.2 Employees of private businesses and employees of contractors doing business with

or for Hanover County may work at a Hanover location.

9.2.1 When employees of other employers or agencies are exposed to hazardous chemicals used or stored by Hanover County, the supervisor at the site will make available:

HANOVER COUNTY


8

9.2.1.1 A copy of the Safety Data Sheet(s) 9.2.1.2 Information on any precautionary measures that need to be

taken by employees.

9.2.1.3 The chemical labeling system used

9.2.1.4 Contractors performing work for Hanover County must comply with the hazard communication program as specified in the regulation and this document.

10.0 Program Review

10.1 This program will be reviewed and updated periodically, as needed by Safety/Risk Management.

10.2 Departments need to review site specific program requirements such as the chemical inventory to ensure completeness and accuracy.

11

Fork Truck Operation Program 1.0 Purpose:

1.1 This program is designed to prevent injuries and property damage through procedures,

education and training to recognize, eliminate and control hazards that accompany use of

powered industrial trucks (P.I.T.).

1.2 This program is also designed to enhance job performance and meet or exceed OSHA

regulation 29 CFR 1910.178.

2.0 Scope:

2.1 This program applies to any Hanover County department, employee and contractor who

may use powered industrial trucks in the course of County business.


3.1 Supervisors

3.1.1 Identify and maintain a list of authorized operators that are properly and currently

trained.

3.1.2 Ensure incident analysis is performed for PIT near misses or actual incidents and

follow through on prevention actions.

3.1.3 Ensure procedures are followed and periodically observe procedures to provide

training through feedback.

3.2 Authorized Operators

3.2.1 Must be educated of these procedures and complete “hands on” training on the specific PIT used to be considered “Authorized”.

3.2.2 Authorized operators must follow all safety procedures that apply during operation of PITs and be alert to surrounding facility and pedestrian conditions.

22

3.3 Affected Employees

3.1.1 Must not interfere with PIT operation or the operator's ability to adhere to safety

procedures.

3.1.2 Must be alert when in areas of PIT operation to provide for safety of themselves

and others.


3.4.1 S&RM will monitor the overall effectiveness of the program through audits and annual reviews.

3.4.2 S&RM can also assist with atmospheric testing, other technical assistance, or equipment selection as needed. 3.4.3 S&RM will provide or assist with arranging site worker training. 3.4.4 S&RM will conduct an annual audit of the program and will maintain records relating to training and audits.

4.0 General Requirements:

4.1 No unauthorized person will be allowed to operate a Hanover County PIT.

4.2 Authorization requires competency to operate a PIT as demonstrated by successful

completion of the training required.

4.3 All safety procedures will be followed as outlined in this program and CFR 1910.178.

5.0 Design Requirements

5.1 All new PITs must meet design and construction requirements for powered

industrial trucks established in the "American National Standard for Powered

Industrial Trucks, Part II, ANSI B56.1-1969".

5.2 Approved trucks shall bear a label or some other identifying mark indicating

approval by a nationally recognized testing laboratory.

5.3 Modifications and additions, which affect capacity and safe operation, shall not

be performed without the manufacturer’s prior written approval. Then, capacity,

operation and maintenance instruction plates, tags, or decals shall be changed

accordingly.

5.4 If the truck is equipped with front-end attachments other than factory installed

attachments, the truck must be marked to identify the attachments and show the

approximate weight of the truck and attachment combination at maximum

elevation with load laterally centered.

5.5 All nameplates and markings must be in place and maintained in a legible

condition.

33

6.0 Designated Locations

6.1 The atmosphere or location where a truck will be used will have to be classified

as to whether it is hazardous or not prior to the consideration of the type of truck

to be obtained.

6.2 CFR 1910.178 and the manufacturer should be consulted to determine the most

suitable designation of truck. Consult 29 CFR 1910.178 (b) for information on

types of trucks and (c) for designated locations where specific types of trucks can

be used safely.

7.0 Safety Guards

7.1 High Lift Rider trucks shall be fitted with an overhead guard manufactured in

accordance with ANSI B56.1-1969 unless operating conditions do not permit.

7.2 If the type of load presents a hazard, the user shall equip fork trucks with a

vertical load backrest extension manufactured in accordance with ANSI B56.1-

1969. A load backrest extension shall be used whenever necessary to minimize

the possibility of the load or part of it from falling rearward.

7.3 Operators on seated trucks will wear seat belts when provided.

7.4 An overhead guard shall be used as protection against falling objects. It should

be noted that an overhead guard is intended to offer protection from the impact of

small packages, boxes, bagged material, etc., representative of the job

application, but not to withstand the impact of a falling capacity load.

8.0 Lighting Requirements

8.1 Sufficient lighting must be available for safe operation.

8.2 Where general lighting is less than 2 lumens per square foot, auxiliary directional

lighting shall be provided on the truck.

9.0 Truck Operations

9.1 Trucks shall not be driven up to anyone standing in front of a bench or other fixed

object.

9.2 No person is allowed to stand or pass under the elevated portion of a truck,

whether loaded or empty.

9.3 Unauthorized personnel shall not be permitted to ride on or operate PITs.

9.4 Arms or legs are prohibited from being placed between the uprights of the mast

or outside the running lines of the truck.

44

9.5 When a powered industrial truck is left unattended, load engaging means shall be fully lowered, controls shall be neutralized, power shall be shut off, and brakes

set. Wheels shall be blocked if the truck is parked on an incline.

9.6 A powered industrial truck is unattended when the operator is 25 ft. or more away

from the vehicle which remains in his view or whenever the operator leaves the

vehicle and it is not in his view.

9.7 When an operator is dismounted and within 25 ft. of the truck still in his view, the load

engaging means shall be fully lowered, controls neutralized, and the brakes set to

prevent movement.

9.8 A safe distance shall be maintained from the edge of ramps or platforms while on any elevated dock, or platform or freight car. Trucks shall not be used for opening or closing freight doors. 9.9 Brakes shall be set and wheel blocks shall be in place to prevent movement of trucks, trailers, or railroad cars while loading or unloading. Fixed jacks may be necessary to support a semi trailer during loading or unloading when the trailer is not coupled to a tractor. The flooring of trucks, trailers, and railroad cars shall be checked for breaks and weakness before they are driven onto. 9.10 There shall be sufficient headroom under overhead installations, lights, pipes, sprinkler system, etc. 9.11 Only approved industrial trucks shall be used in hazardous locations. 9.12 Whenever a truck is equipped with vertical only or vertical and horizontal controls with the lifting carriage or forks for lifting personnel, the following additional precautions shall be taken for the protection of personnel being elevated: 9.12.1 Use of a safety platform firmly secured to the lifting carriage and/or forks. 9.12.2 Means shall be provided whereby personnel on the platform can shut off truck power. 9.12.3 Protection from falling objects as indicated necessary by the operating conditions shall be provided. 9.12.4 Fire aisles, access to stairways, and fire equipment shall be kept clear. 9.12.5 Operators will use the 3-point stance when entering or exiting PIT's and will not jump from the unit.

55

10.0 Travel Requirements 10.1 All traffic regulations shall be observed, including authorized speed limits. A safe distance shall be maintained approximately three truck lengths from the truck ahead, and the truck shall be kept under control at all times. 10.2 The right of way shall be yielded to ambulances, fire trucks, or other vehicles in emergency situations. 10.3 Other trucks traveling in the same direction at intersections, blind spots, or other dangerous locations shall not be passed. 10.4 The driver shall be required to slow down and sound the horn at cross aisles and other locations where vision is obstructed. This includes entering bay doors, etc. 10.5 If the load being carried obstructs forward view, the driver shall be required to travel with the load trailing (in reverse). 10.6 Railroad tracks shall be crossed diagonally wherever possible. Parking closer than 8 feet from the center of railroad tracks is prohibited. 10.8 The driver shall be required to look in the direction of, and keep a clear view of the path of travel. 10.9 Grades shall be ascended or descended slowly. 10.10 When ascending or descending grades in excess of 10 %, loaded trucks are driven with the load upgrade. 10.11 On all grades the load and load engaging means shall be tilted back if applicable, and raised only as far as necessary to clear the road surface. 10.12 Trucks shall always be operated at a speed that will permit it to be brought to a stop in a safe manner. The driver shall be required to slow down for wet and slippery floors. 10.13 Stunt driving and horseplay are not permitted. 10.14 Dock board or bridge plates, shall be properly secured before they are driven over. Dock board or bridge plates shall be driven over carefully and slowly and their rated capacity never exceeded. 10.15 Elevators shall be approached slowly, and then entered squarely after the elevator car is properly leveled. Once on the elevator, the controls shall be neutralized, power shut off, and the brakes set. 10.16 Motorized hand trucks must enter elevator or other confined areas with load end forward. 10.17 Running over loose objects on the roadway surface shall be avoided.

66

10.18 While negotiating turns, speed shall be reduced to a safe level by means of turning the hand steering wheel in a smooth, sweeping motion. Except when maneuvering at a very low speed, the hand steering wheel shall be turned at a moderate, even rate.

11.0 Loading 11.1 Only stable or safely arranged loads shall be handled. Caution shall be exercised when handling off-center loads, which cannot be centered. 11.2 Only loads within the rated capacity of the truck shall be handled. 11.4 The long or high (including multiple-tiered) loads which may affect capacity shall be adjusted. 11.5 Trucks equipped with attachments shall be operated as partially loaded trucks when not handling a load. 11.6 A load engaging means shall be placed under the load as far as possible; the mast shall be carefully tilted backward to stabilize the load. 11.7 Extreme care shall be used when tilting the load forward or backward, particularly when high tiering. Tilting forward with load engaging means elevated shall be prohibited except to pick up a load. An elevated load shall not be tilted forward except when the load is in a deposit position over a rack or stack. When stacking or tiering, only enough backward tilt to stabilize the load shall be used. 11.8 If at any time a powered industrial truck is found to be in need of repair, defective, or in any way unsafe, the truck shall be taken out of service until it has been restored to safe operating condition. 11.9 No truck shall be operated with a leak in the fuel system until the leak has been corrected. 11.10 Open flames shall not be used for checking electrolyte level in storage batteries or gasoline level in fuel tanks.

11.11 The brakes of highway trucks shall be set and wheel chocks placed under the rear

wheels to prevent the trucks from rolling while they are boarded with powered industrial

trucks.

11.12 Floors of trucks will be evaluated for integrity before boarding with a PIT, to avoid falling

through.

11.13 Wheel stops or other recognized positive protection shall be provided to prevent railroad

cars from moving during loading or unloading operations.

11.14 Fixed jacks may be necessary to support a semi-trailer and prevent upending during the

loading or unloading when the trailer is not coupled to a tractor.

11.15 Positive protection shall be provided to prevent railroad cars from being moved while

dock boards or bridge plates are in position.

77

12.0 Fuel Handling and Storage

12.1 The storage and handling of liquid fuels such as gasoline and diesel fuel shall be in

accordance with NFPA Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code (NFPA No. 30-1969).

12.2 The storage and handling of liquefied petroleum gas fuel shall be in accordance with

NFPA Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases (NFPA No. 58-1969).

12.3 Fuel tanks shall not be filled while the engine is running.

12.4 Spillage shall be avoided. Spillage of oil or fuel shall be carefully washed away or

completely evaporated and the fuel tank cap replaced before restarting engine.

13.0 Battery Changing and Charging

13.1 Battery charging installations shall be located in areas designated for that purpose.

13.2 Facilities shall be provided for:

13.2.1 flushing eyes and neutralizing spilled electrolyte,

13.2.2 for fire protection,

13.2.3 for protecting charging apparatus from damage by trucks, and

13.2.4 for adequate ventilation for dispersal of fumes from gassing batteries.

13.3 A conveyor, overhead hoist, or equivalent handling equipment shall be provided for

handling batteries.

13.4 Reinstalled batteries shall be properly positioned and secured in the truck.

13.5 A carboy tilter or siphon shall be provided for handling electrolyte.

13.6 When charging batteries, acid shall be poured into water; water shall not be poured into

acid.

13.7 Trucks shall be properly positioned and brake applied before attempting to change or

charge batteries.

13.8 Care shall be taken to assure that vent caps are functioning. The battery (or

compartment) cover(s) shall be open to dissipate heat.

13.9 Smoking is prohibited in the charging area.

13.10 Precautions shall be taken to prevent open flames, sparks, or electric arcs in battery

charging areas.

13.11 Tools and other metallic objects shall be kept away from the top of uncovered batteries.

88

14.0 Prevention of Noxious Atmosphere

14.1 Concentration levels of carbon monoxide gas created by powered industrial truck

operations shall not exceed a time weighted average of 35 ppm (per NIOSH - consult

reference material periodically to ensure accuracy).

14.2 Adequate ventilation should be maintained while operating indoors. Ensure that any

powered vents are on or that doors are open for a sufficient amount of time to move in

fresh air.

15.0 Maintenance

15.1 Any power-operated industrial truck not in safe operating condition shall be removed

from service. Authorized personnel, a qualified professional or the manufacturer shall

make any repairs needed.

15.2 No repairs shall be made in Class I, II, and III locations (1910.178, table N-1).

15.3 Those repairs to the fuel and ignition systems of industrial trucks, which involve fire

hazards, shall be conducted only in locations designated for such repairs.

15.4 Trucks in need of repairs to the electrical system shall have the battery disconnected

prior to such repairs.

15.5 Only parts equivalent as to safety with those used in the original design shall replace all

parts of any such industrial truck requiring replacement.

15.6 Industrial trucks shall not be altered so that the relative positions of the various parts are

different from what they were when originally received from the manufacturer, nor shall

they be altered either by the addition of extra parts not provided by the manufacturer or

by the elimination of any parts, except as provided in paragraph (q)(12) of 1910.178 (or

the last point in this plan section). Additional counterweighting of fork trucks shall not be

done unless approved by the truck manufacturer.

15.7 When the temperature of any part of any truck is found to be in excess of its normal

operating temperature, thus creating a hazardous condition, the vehicle shall be

removed from service and not returned to service until the cause for such overheating

has been eliminated.

15.8 Industrial trucks shall be kept in a clean condition, free of lint, excess oil, and grease.

Noncombustible agents should be used for cleaning trucks. Low flash point (below 100

deg. F.) solvents shall not be used. High flash point (at or above 100 deg. F.) solvents

may be used. Precautions regarding toxicity, ventilation, and fire hazard shall be

consonant with the agent or solvent used.

15.9 Industrial trucks originally approved for the use of gasoline for fuel may be converted to

liquefied petroleum gas fuel provided the complete conversion results in a truck that

embodies the features specified for LP or LPS designated trucks. Such conversion

equipment shall be approved by the manufacturer.

99

16.0 Inspection

16.1 Inspections will be daily - or before use, if not used daily. (Refer to the Hanover County

inspection form on page 14.) Industrial trucks shall be examined before being placed in

service, and shall not be placed in service if the examination shows any condition

adversely affecting the safety of the vehicle.

17.0 TRAINING 17.1 Only “authorized” employees are allowed to operate Hanover County powered electrical

trucks. Authorization means that the operator has been trained and evaluated as

required. The authorization shall include the name of the operator, the date of the

training, the date of the evaluation, and the identity of the person(s) performing the

training or evaluation.

17.2 Trainees may operate a powered industrial truck only:

17.2.1 Under the direct supervision of persons who have knowledge, training, and

experience to train and evaluate; and

17.2.2 Where such operation does not endanger the trainee or other employees.

17.3 Training shall consist of a combination of formal instruction (e.g., lecture, discussion,

interactive computer learning, video tape, written material), practical training

(demonstrations performed by the trainer and practical exercises performed by the

trainee), and evaluation of the operator's performance in the workplace.

17.4 All operator training and evaluations shall be conducted by those with knowledge,

training and experience to do so.

17.5 Training program will include:

17.5.1 Operating instructions, warnings, and precautions for the types of truck the

operator will be authorized to operate;

17.5.2 Differences between the truck and the automobile;

17.5.3 Truck controls and instrumentation: where they are located, what they do, and

how they work;

17.5.4 Engine or motor operation;

17.5.5 Steering, maneuvering and visibility (including restrictions due to loading);

17.5.6 Fork and attachment adaptation, operation, and use limitations;

17.5.7 Vehicle capacity & Vehicle stability;

1100

17.5.8 Any vehicle inspection and maintenance that the operator will be required to

perform;

17.5.9 Refueling and/or charging and recharging of batteries;

17.5.10 Operating limitations;

17.5.11 Any other operating instructions, warnings, or precautions listed in the

operator's manual for the specific type of vehicle.

17.5.12 Workplace-related topics;

17.5.13 Surface conditions where the vehicle will be operated & composition of loads to

be carried and load stability;

17.5.14 Ramps and other sloped surfaces that could affect the vehicle's stability;

17.5.15 Load manipulation, stacking, and un-stacking;

17.5.16 Pedestrian traffic in areas where the vehicle will be operated;

17.5.17 Narrow aisles and other restricted places where the vehicle will be operated, as

well as hazardous (classified) locations where the vehicle will be operated;

17.5.18 Closed environments and other areas where insufficient ventilation or poor

vehicle maintenance could cause a buildup of carbon monoxide or diesel

exhaust;

17.5.19 Other unique or potentially hazardous environmental conditions in the

workplace that could affect safe operation.

17.6 Refresher training and evaluation:

17.6.1 Refresher training, including an evaluation of the effectiveness of that training

shall be conducted as required ensuring that the operator has the knowledge and

skills needed to operate the powered industrial truck safely.

17.6.2 Each powered industrial truck operator's performance will be evaluated at least

once every 3-years and documented by using the evaluation form on page 12.

17.6.3 Refresher training shall be provided when:

17.6.3.1 The operator has been observed to operate the vehicle in an

unsafe manner;

17.6.3.2 The operator has been involved in an incident or near-miss

incident;

1111

17.6.3.3 The operator has received an evaluation that reveals that the

operator is not operating the truck safely;

17.6.3.4 The operator is assigned to drive a different type of truck; or

17.6.3.5 A condition in the workplace changes in a manner that could affect

safe operation of the truck.

1122

Forklift Operator Evaluation Form

Instructions: Use this checklist during the field session to evaluate operator proficiency. It can also be used for period evaluation to

ensure that operators are continuing to operate forklifts properly.

OPERATOR BEHAVIORS RATING COMMENTS

Pre-use Inspection

1. Follow Operator’s Daily Checklist. GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

2. Look for Damage.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

3. Document all findings on the checklist

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

Picking Up The Load 1. Square up on the center of the load.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

2. Stop with the fork tips about 1 foot from the load.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

3. Clear personnel from the area near the load.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

4. Level the forks; then slowly drive forward until the

load contacts the carriage.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

5. Lift the load carefully and smoothly until it is clear.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

6. Tilt the mast back slightly to stabilize the load.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

7. Look over both shoulders.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

8. After out and stopped, lower the load to travel height. GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

Traveling

1. Do not raise or lower the load and forks while

traveling.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

2. Maintain a safe speed.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

3. Observe all traffic rules, warning signs, floor load

limits and overhead clearances.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

4. Keep arms and legs inside the forklift.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

5. Follow other vehicles at safe distance.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

6. Slow down when cornering.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

7. Use the horn to alert others.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

8. Travel with the load facing uphill while on a ramp or

incline.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

9. Stop smoothly.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

Operator Name Evaluator Name

Date of Evaluation Equipment Operated

1133

Putting Down A Load COMMENTS

1. Make sure there is sufficient clearance for the load.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

2. Clear personnel from the area near the load.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

3. Square up to the location; then stop about 1 foot away. GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

4. Raise the load to placement level.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

5. Move slowly forward.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

6. If the load is on a pallet, lower it into position and

lower the forks further.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

7. Look over both shoulders before backing out.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

8. Back straight out until the forks have cleared.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

9. Lower the forks to traveling position.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

Parking

1. Fully lower the forks.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

2. Neutralize the controls.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

3. Set the brakes.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

4. Turn off the power.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

5. If parked on an incline, block the wheels.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

6. Park only in authorized areas.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

Fueling And Battery Recharging

1. Engine off.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

2. Fire extinguisher nearby.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

3. Proper personal protective equipment worn.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

4. Safe fueling and battery recharging procedures

followed.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

5. Spills cleaned up immediately.

GOOD FAIR POOR N/A

Evaluator Signature: __________________________ Operator Signature: _________________________

Based on my evaluation, the operator has successfully completed the evaluation and is qualified to

operate the following equipment:

Based on my evaluation, the operator has not demonstrated competence in operating the following

equipment:

1144

FORKLIFT DAILY SHIFT CHECKLIST

Forklift Manufacturer ________________________ Date _______________________________

Forklift Identifying Number ___________________ Inspected by _________________________

Industrial trucks shall be examined at least daily before being placed in service for that day. If the truck is used

daily on more than one shift, it shall be inspected after each shift.

OK NOT ITEMS TO BE CHECKED

OK

____ ____ Tires

____ ____ Horn

____ ____ Lights ____ ____ Battery

____ ____ Controller

____ ____ Lift System to include load limit switches, load engagement means, chains, cables, forks, etc.

____ ____ Brakes (normal and emergency) ____ ____ Steering Mechanism, Free play in steering

____ ____ Leaks in hydraulic system. Check hydraulic fuel level

____ ____ Leaks in fuel system, smell for leaks in propane system ____ ____ Is truck clean, free of lint, excess oil and grease?

____ ____ Overhead guards broken or damaged

____ ____ Gauges working properly ____ ____ Seat belts work properly

____ ____ Is propane tank locked down in propane trucks?

____ ____ Engine oil ok

____ ____ Transmission fluid ok ____ ____ Windshield wipers in good condition, if equipped

____ ____ Label or identifying mark indicating approval by a testing laboratory present

____ ____ All name plates and markings are in place and maintained in legible condition ____ ____ Does truck emit hazardous sparks or flames from the exhaust system?

List any other problems found with the truck. __________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________

Note: Any items found to be defective will require immediate notification of your supervisor and the lift will be taken out

of service until repaired.

1

Crane & Hoist Safety Program

1.0 Purpose

1.1 To establish a safety program governing the use of cranes and hoists used in County facilities.

2.0 Applicability

2.1 The safety rules and guidance in this program apply to all operations at the County that involve the

use of cranes and hoists and to all County employees, supplemental labor, and subcontractor

personnel who use such devices.

3.0 Forms

Appendix A Crane & Hoist Operator Certificate page 11

Appendix B Crane & Hoist Inspection Report page 12

Appendix C Inspection, Maintenance, and Test Schedule page 13

Appendix D Safety Checklist for Crane and Hoist

Operator Qualification page 14


4.1 Supervisors

4.1.1 Ensure that employees under their supervision receive the required training and are qualified to operate the cranes and hoists used in their work.

4.1.2 Evaluate crane and hoist trainees using the Safety Checklist for Crane Operator

Qualification (Appendix D) 4.1.3 Ensure cranes and hoists are inspected and tested monthly by a certified operator

and rigging equipment is inspected annually. 4.1.4 Maintain written records of inspections for three years, and provide copies of all

inspections to the Safety Risk Manager when requested. 4.1.5 Make sure cranes and hoists are inspected before use, after the installation of new

replacement hooks, if hooks are suspected of having been overloaded and following

2

modification or extensive repairs. The evaluation, inspection, and testing should include, but is not limited to visual, dye penetrant, and magnetic particle techniques referenced in ASME B30.10 (Hooks, Inspection and Testing.)

4.1.6 Maintain all manuals for cranes and hoists on file for reference.

4.2 Crane and Hoist Operators

4.2.1 Operate equipment safely.

4.2.2 Conduct functional tests prior to using the equipment.

4.2.3 Select and use rigging equipment appropriately.

4.3 Safety & Risk Manager 4.3.1 Conduct/coordinate training for all Crane & Hoist Operators. 4.3.2 Periodically verify monthly inspection reports. 4.3.3 Interpret crane and hoist safety rules and standards.

5.0 Certification and Training

5.1 Crane and Hoist Operator Certification

5.1.1 To be qualified as a crane and hoist operator, the individual shall have received hands-on training from a trained operator. Upon successful completion of training, the certified crane and hoist operator and the individuals supervisor will fill out and sign the Crane and Hoist Operator Certificate (Appendix A) and the Safety Checklist for Crane and Hoist Operator Qualification (Appendix D) and send them to HR for inclusion in the employee’s training records.

5.2 Initial Training.

5.2.1 Training shall include, as a minimum, the following:

5.2.1.1 Preoperational inspection requirements of the crane to be used. 5.2.1.2 Specific operational requirements of the crane to be used. 5.2.1.3 Principals of crane operations.

3

5.2.1.4 Recognition of applicable hazards associated with the work to be completed.

5.2.1.5 Load determination and balancing requirements. 5.2.1.6 Procedures for removal of a crane from service. 5.2.1.7 All other persons whose work operations are or may be in an area

where cranes may be utilized shall be instructed to an awareness level concerning hazards associated with cranes.

5.2.1.8 Crane and Hoist Operators must renew their certificate every three

years by satisfying the requirements described in section 5.1 of this program.

6.0 Crane and Hoist Safety Design Requirements 6.1 The following are the design requirements for cranes and hoists and their components:

6.1.1 The design of commercial cranes and hoists shall comply with the requirements of

ASME/ANSI B30 standards and Crane Manufacturer's Association of America standards (CMAA-70 and CMAA-74). County-fabricated lifting equipment shall comply with the requirements in Chapter 2.2 (Lifting Equipment) of Mechanical Engineering Design Safety Standards (latest edition).

6.1.2 All crane and hoist hooks shall have safety latches. 6.1.3 Hooks shall not be painted (or re-painted) even if the paint previously applied by the

manufacturer is worn. Painting the hooks may hide defects. 6.1.4 Crane pendants shall have an electrical disconnect switch or button to open the

main-line control circuit. 6.1.5 Cranes and hoists shall have a main electrical disconnect switch. This switch shall

be in a separate box that is labeled and the box must have lockout capability. 6.1.6 Crane bridges and hoist monorails shall be labeled on both sides with the maximum

capacity. 6.1.7 Each hoist-hook block shall be labeled with the maximum hook capacity. 6.1.8 A device such as an upper-limit switch or slip clutch shall be installed on all building

cranes and hoists. A lower-limit switch is required when there is insufficient hoist rope on the drum to reach the lowest point and maintain two wraps on the drum.

6.1.9 All cab and remotely operated bridge cranes shall have a motion alarm to signal

bridge movement.

4

6.1.10 Personnel baskets and platforms suspended from any crane shall be designed and

used in accordance with the specifications in 29 CFR 1926.550(g).

7.0 General Safety Rules

7.1 Operators shall comply with the following rules while operating cranes and hoists:

7.1.1 Do not engage in any activity that will divert your attention while operating the crane. 7.1.2 Respond to signals only from the appointed signal person, except for stop signals,

which must be obeyed no matter who gives it. 7.1.3 Do not move a load over people. People shall not be placed in jeopardy by being

under a suspended load. Also, do not work under a suspended load unless the load is supported by blocks, jacks, or a solid footing that will safely support the entire weight. Have a crane or hoist operator remain at the controls or lock open and tag the main electrical disconnect switch.

7.1.4 Ensure that the rated load capacity of a crane's bridge, individual hoist, or any sling

or fitting is not exceeded. Know the weight of the object being lifted or use a dynamometer or load cell to determine the weight.

7.1.5 Make sure all controls are in the OFF position before closing the main line

disconnect switch. 7.1.6 If spring-loaded reels are provided to lift pendants clear off the work area, ease the

pendant up into the stop to prevent damaging the wire.

7.1.7 Avoid side pulls. These can cause the hoist rope to slip out of the drum groove, damaging the rope or destabilizing the crane or hoist.

7.1.8 To prevent shock loading, avoid sudden stops or starts. Shock loading can occur

when a suspended load is accelerated or decelerated, and can overload the crane or hoist. When completing an upward or downward motion, ease the load slowly to a stop.

8.0 Operation Rules

8.1 Pre-operational Test

8.1.1 Operators shall perform the following steps before making lifts with any crane or hoist:

5

8.1.1.1 Test the upper-limit switch. Slowly raise the unloaded hook block until the limit switch trips.

8.1.1.2 Visually inspect the hook, load lines, trolley, and bridge as much as

possible from the operator's station. In most instances, this will be the floor of the building.

8.1.1.3 If provided, test the lower-limit switch. 8.1.1.4 Test all direction and speed controls for both bridge and trolley travel. 8.1.1.5 Test all bridge and trolley limit switches, where provided, if operation

will bring the equipment in close proximity to the limit switches. 8.1.1.6 Test the pendant emergency stop. 8.1.1.7 Test the hoist brake to verify there is no drift without a load. 8.1.1.8 If provided, test the bridge movement alarm.

8.1.1.9 Lock out and tag for repair any crane or hoist that fails any of the above.

8.2 Moving a Load

8.2.1 Center the hook over the load to keep the cables from slipping out of the drum grooves and overlapping, and to prevent the load from swinging when it is lifted.

8.2.2 Inspect the drum to verify that the cable is in the grooves. 8.2.3 Use a tag line when loads must traverse long distances or must otherwise be

controlled. Manila rope may be used for tag lines. 8.2.4 Plan and check the travel path to avoid personnel and obstructions. 8.2.5 Lift the load only high enough to clear the tallest obstruction in the travel path. 8.2.6 Start and stop slowly. 8.2.7 Land the load when the move is finished. Choose a safe landing. 8.2.8 Never leave suspended loads unattended. In an emergency where the crane or

hoist has become inoperative, if a load must be left suspended, barricade and post signs in the surrounding area, under the load, and on all four sides. Lock open and tag the crane or hoist's main electrical disconnect switch.

8.3 Parking a Crane or Hoist

6

8.3.1 Remove all slings and accessories from the hook. Return the rigging device to the designated storage rack.

8.3.2 Raise the hook at least 2.1 m (7-ft) above the floor. 8.3.3 Store the pendant away from aisles and work areas, or raise it at least 2.1 m (7 ft)

above the floor. 8.3.4 Place the emergency stop switch (or push button) in the OFF position.

9.0 Rigging

9.1 General Rigging Safety Requirements

9.1.1 Select rigging equipment that is in good condition. All rigging equipment shall be inspected annually; defective equipment shall to be removed from service and destroyed to prevent inadvertent reuse. The load capacity limits shall be stamped or affixed to all rigging components.

9.1.2 The County Safety Risk Manager recommends a minimum safety factor of 5 be maintained for all slings. The following types of slings shall be rejected or destroyed: 9.1.2.1 Nylon slings with:

9.1.2.1.1 Abnormal wear. 9.1.2.1.2 Torn stitching. 9.1.2.1.3 Broken or cut fibers. 9.1.2.1.4 Discoloration or deterioration.

9.1.2.2 Wire rope slings with:

9.1.2.2.1 Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or other distortions. 9.1.2.2.2 Evidence of heat damage. 9.1.2.2.3 Cracks, deformation, or worn end attachments. 9.1.2.2.4 Six randomly broken wires in a single rope lay. 9.1.2.2.5 Three broken wires in one strand of rope. 9.1.2.2.6 Hooks opened more than 15% at the throat.

7

9.1.2.2.7 Hooks twisted sideways more than 10deg. from the plane of the unbent hook.

9.1.2.3 Alloy steel chain slings with

9.1.2.3.1 Cracked, bent, or elongated links or components. 9.1.2.3.2 Cracked hooks. 9.1.2.3.3 Rusted and/or pitted links. 9.1.2.3.4 Shackles, eyebolts, turnbuckles, or other components

that are damaged or deformed.

9.2 Rigging a Load

9.2.1 Do the following when rigging a load: 9.2.1.1 Determine the weight of the load. Do not guess. 9.2.1.2 Determine the proper size for slings and components. 9.2.1.3 Do not use manila rope for rigging. 9.2.1.4 Make sure that shackle pins and shouldered eyebolts are installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 9.2.1.5 Make sure that ordinary (shoulder-less) eyebolts are threaded in at least 1.5 times the bolt diameter. 9.2.1.6 Use safety hoist rings (swivel eyes) as a preferred substitute for eye bolts wherever possible. 9.2.1.7 Pad sharp edges to protect slings. Remember that machinery foundations or angle-iron edges may not feel sharp to the touch but could cut into rigging when under load. Wood, tire rubber, or other pliable materials may be suitable for padding. 9.2.1.8 Do not use slings, eyebolts, shackles, or hooks that have been cut, welded, or brazed. 9.2.1.9 Install wire-rope clips with the base only on the live end and the U-bolt only on the dead end. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for the spacing for each specific wire size. 9.2.1.10 Determine the center of gravity and balance the load before moving it.

8

9.2.1.11 Initially lift the load only a few inches to test the rigging and balance.

10.0 Crane Overloading

10.1 Cranes or hoists shall not be loaded beyond their rated capacity for normal operations. Any crane or hoist suspected of having been overloaded shall be removed from service by locking open and tagging the main disconnect switch. 10.2 Cranes that have been, or are suspected to have been, overloaded shall be inspected, repaired, load tested, and approved for use before being returned to service.

11.0 Working at Heights on Cranes or Hoists

11.1 Anyone conducting maintenance or repair on cranes or hoists at heights greater than 6 ft shall use fall protection. Fall protection should also be considered for heights less than 6 feet. Fall protection includes safety harnesses that are fitted with a lifeline and securely attached to a structural member of the crane or building, or properly secured safety nets.

11.2 Use of a crane as a work platform should only be considered when conventional means of

reaching an elevated worksite are hazardous or not possible. Workers shall not ride a moving bridge crane without approval from the Safety & Risk Manager, which shall specify the following as a minimum:

11.2.1 Personnel shall not board any bridge crane unless the main disconnect switch is locked and tagged open.

11.2.2 Personnel shall not use bridge cranes without a permanent platform (catwalk) as work platforms. Bridge catwalks shall have a permanent ladder access.

11.2.3 Personnel shall ride seated on the floor of a permanent platform with approved

safety handrails, wear safety harnesses attached to designated anchors, and be in clear view of the crane operator at all times.

11.2.4 Operators shall lock and tag open the main (or power) disconnect switch on the

bridge catwalk when the crane is parked.

12.0 Hand Signals

12.1 Signals to the operator shall be set up between the crane / hoist operator and the appointed individual in charge of crane / hoist operations before any lifts are conducted. Voice communications equipment (telephone, radio, or equivalent) may be used.

9

12.2 Signals shall be discernible or audible at all times. Some special operations may require addition to or modification of the basic signals. For all such cases, these special signals shall be agreed upon and thoroughly understood by both the person giving the signals and the operator.

13.0 Inspection, Maintenance, and Testing

13.1 All tests and inspections shall be conducted in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

13.2 Monthly Tests and Inspections 13.2.1 All in-service cranes and hoists shall be inspected monthly and the results documented on the form in Appendix B.

13.2.2 Defective cranes and hoists shall be locked and tagged "out of service" until all defects are corrected. The inspector shall initiate corrective action by notifying the facility manager.

13.2.3 Rigging shall be inspected monthly and documented on the inspection form

located in Appendix B.

13.3 Annual Inspections / Preventive Maintenance

13.3.1 The Department shall schedule (or perform) annual preventive maintenance (PM) and annual inspections of all cranes and hoists. The annual PM and inspection shall include: 13.3.1.1 Hoisting and lowering mechanisms 13.3.1.2 Trolley travel or monorail travel 13.3.1.3 Bridge travel 13.3.1.4 Limit switches and locking and safety devices 13.3.1.5 Structural members 13.3.1.6 Bolts or rivets 13.3.1.7 Sheaves and drums

13.3.1.8 Parts such as pins, bearings, shafts, gears, rollers, locking devices, and clamping devices

13.3.1.9 Brake system parts, linings, pawls, and ratchets

10

13.3.1.10 Load, wind, and other indicators over their full range 13.3.1.11 Gasoline, diesel, electric, or other power plants 13.3.1.12 Chain-drive sprockets 13.3.1.13 Crane and hoist hooks 13.3.1.14 Electrical apparatus such as controller contractors, limit switches, and push button stations 13.3.1.15 Wire rope 13.3.1.16 Hoist chains

13.4 Load Testing

13.4.1 Newly installed cranes and hoists shall be load tested at 125% of the rated capacity by properly trained personnel.

13.4.2 Slings shall have appropriate test data when purchased. It is the responsibility of the

department supervision to ensure that the appropriate test data are obtained and maintained.

13.4.3 Re-rated cranes and hoists shall be load tested to 125% of the new capacity if the

new rating is greater than the previous rated capacity. 13.4.4 Fixed cranes or hoists that have had major modifications or repair shall be load

tested to 125% of the rated capacity.

13.4.5 Cranes and hoists that have been overloaded shall be inspected prior to being returned to service.

13.4.6 Personnel platforms, baskets, and rigging suspended from a crane or hoist hook shall be load tested initially, then re-tested annually thereafter or at each new job site.

13.4.7 All cranes and hoists with a capacity greater than 2722 kg (3 tons) should be load

tested every four years to 125% of the rated capacity. Cranes and hoists with a lesser capacity should be load tested every eight years to 125% of the rated capacity.

13.4.8 All mobile hoists shall be load tested at intervals stated in Appendix C.

14.0 Records

Each department shall maintain training, inspection, PM and repair records for all cranes, hoist and

rigging equipment maintained by that department.

11

Appendix A

Crane & Hoist Operator Certificate

Operator's name: ___________________ Dept./Div.: _______________

Job Title___________________________ SUPERVISORS: By completing and signing this form, you are certifying that the operator:

1. Is required to operate a crane or hoist as part of his/her job assignment.

2. Completed Crane Operation & Safety Training on _____________

3. Has had on-the-job training operating a crane or hoist under direct supervision of a certified operator.

4. Has been evaluated using the Safety Checklist and is capable of operating a crane or hoist and making

lifts safely.

Supervisor: ________________________ Forward the completed form to HR for training files.

Attach Safety Checklist for Crane / Hoist Operator Qualification (Appendix D).

12

APPENDIX B

CRANE AND HOIST INSPECTION REPORT INSTRUCTIONS

1. ENTIRE LENGTH AND ATTACHMENTS ARE TO BE CHECKED FOR EXCESSIVE WEAR AND DAMAGE.

2. THE FOLLOWING SYMBOLS SHALL BE USED TO DENOTE INSPECTION FINDINGS:

S SATISFACTORY X DEFECTIVE N/A NOT APPLICABLE

TYPE OF EQUIPMENT Serial or equipment #

DATE INSPECTED

CAPACITY LABELED AND VISABLE

BROKEN WIRES

REDUCTION IN DIAMETER DUE TO WEAR

KINKING, CRUSHING OR

BIRDCAGING

HEAT, MECHANICAL, CHEMICAL

DAMAGE

END ATTACH, CRACKED, DEFORMED OR

WORN

HOOK SPREAD OR TWIST

BROKEN OR WORN STITCHES

WEAR OR ELONGATION OF LINKS

BRAKES, CLUTCH OR

LOCKING DEVICE

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

REMARKS ON CORRECTIVE ACTION, DEFECT or LOAD TEST (Indicate by serial / equipment number from above):

INSPECTION BY:

13

Appendix C

Inspection, maintenance, and test schedule for cranes and hoists.

The activities specified in this appendix are to be performed as indicated.

ACTIVITY to be

performed WHEN BY THEN complete

Inspection

Cranes, hoists, and

rigging equipment

Monthly Certified

Operator

Crane and Hoist Inspection Report

Mechanical,

electrical, and safety

devices

Annually Certified

Operator


Mobile cranes Annually Certified

Operator


Preventative Maintenance

Lubrication of wire

rope and all moving

parts

Annually or

periodically, as

necessary

Facilities or

Department

Maintenance


Adjustments and

repairs

Annually or

periodically, as

necessary

Facilities or

Department

Maintenance

Periodic Load Tests

Building cranes and

hoists with a

capacity greater than

2722 kg (23 tons)

Every 4 years Maintenance

or Facilities


Building cranes and

hoists with a

capacity of less than

2272 kg

Every 8 years Maintenance

or Facilities

Mobile hoists Follow

manufacturers

recommendation

Certified

inspector


14

Appendix D

Safety Checklist for Crane and Hoist Operator Qualification

An operator certified to operate the type of equipment for which the new operator is being evaluated, shall

complete this checklist by initialing each item in the space provided to indicate that the new operator has

demonstrated knowledge in the particular area or by marking "NA" for items that do not apply. Both the certified

operator and new operator's supervisor shall sign the completed checklist.

Operator's Name: ___________________________

Date completed: __________

_____ 1. Which hoists are required to have upper-limit switches, and how often these switches should be tested?

(All motor-driven bridge cranes and hoists are required to have upper-limit switches, and they must be tested each

day the crane is used.)

_____ 2. When are lower-limit switches required? (In any area that has lower working levels (e.g., pits). Hoists that

do not have enough wire on the drum to lower the hook to the lowest level and maintain at least two full wraps of

wire on the drum must be fitted with lower- limit switches.)

_____ 3. Should limit switches be depended upon to stop the hoist movement? (Never. Limit switches are installed

for safety only, and no operator should depend upon them for normal stopping.)

_____ 4. What are the proper procedures for cranes found to be defective (e.g., the upper-limit switch does not

operate, a pendant control fails, the hoist does not hold the load)? (Report the defect to the supervisor immediately

and lock out / tag the crane's main electrical disconnect switch.

_____ 5. Is a written, signed inspection report required for all cranes and hoists, and who should complete that

report? (The inspection is completed monthly by a responsible individual assigned by the supervisor and

documented on the Crane / Hoist Inspection Report. (Appendix B)

_____ 6. Why is the hook always centered over the load? (To prevent stress on the hoist and lifting fixtures.)

_____ 7. At what height should a load be lifted when it is being moved? (Only lift a load high enough to clear all

obstructions in its path. Never move a load over personnel.)

_____ 8. When is it permissible to leave a load suspended on a crane hook, and who should be notified if

mechanical problems prevent landing the load? (It is never permissible to leave a load suspended. The load must be

landed and the slings removed from the hook. If there are mechanical problems, supervision must be notified.)

_____ 9. Describe the procedures for parking a crane. (Remove all accessories from the hook, raise the hook 2.l m

(7 ft) above the floor level, store the pendant clear of work areas or aisles or 2.1 m above the floor level if the crane

is fitted with a pendant-retracting reel, and place the stop switch in the OFF position.)

_____ 10. Should a person work under a suspended load? (Never)

15

_____ 11. When is it permissible for operators to exceed the maximum capacity of a crane or hoist? (An operator

shall never exceed the maximum capacity marked on both sides of the crane’s bridge or monorail.)

_____12. What is the recommended minimum safety factor for slings? (The safety factor for slings is 5 to 1.)

_____13. What precautions should be taken when using wire-rope slings or synthetic-webbing slings? (Protect the

slings from sharp edges by using padding. This is especially important when using synthetic-webbing slings.

_____ 14. Explain the proper procedure to follow if a synthetic sling is too short. (Use a shackle to join the two

slings together. Never tie a knot a sling, as this will weaken it considerably.)

___ 15. What precautions should be taken when using eyebolts as lifting fixtures? (Ordinary eyebolts should only

be used for straight pulls and must have a minimum of 1-1/2 times the bolt diameter threaded into the load.

Shoulder-type eyebolts must have the shoulder tightly secured against a flat surface. The safe working load of an

eyebolt decreases rapidly as the angle of the pull increases. Safety hoist or swivel rings are preferred and

recommended.)

_____16. Describe the proper installation procedures for wire-rope clips. (The saddle of the clip must always rest

on the part of the wire that will hold the load and take the stress. The U-bolt part of the clip must rest against the

dead end of the rope. The nuts must be tightened with a torque wrench to the clip manufacturer's settings.)

_____17. What effect will a kink in a wire rope cause? (A kink weakens the wire considerably. Any wire rope with

a kink must be cut up and discarded to prevent reuse.)

Certified Crane and Hoist Operator: _______________________________ Date: ___________ (Signature)

Supervisor: ____________________________________________________ Date: ___________ (Signature)

HANOVER COUNTY


1

Ladder Safety

1.0 Purpose

1.1 To protect all employees engaged in the use of Ladder’s

1.2 To meet or exceed OSHA Regulation 29 CFR 1910.25 – 1910.27

2.0 Applicability

2.1 This program applies to all employees of Hanover County Government.

2.2 This program shall not apply to the Hanover County Public Schools.

2.3 The purpose of the Ladder Safety program is to ensure that the hazards associated with Ladders are evaluated and information concerning these hazards can be provided to employers and employees.

3.0 Responsibility

3.1 Employee

3.1.1 Learn and understand your rights and responsibilities under the Ladder Safety program.

3.1.2 Employees who use ladders must be trained in proper selection, inspection, use and storage of ladders.

3.2 Supervisors

3.2.1 Provide correct Ladders for assigned tasks

3.2.2 Ensure Ladders are maintained and stored safely.

3.2.3 Provide employee training.


3.3.1 Provide Information on the hazards and proper use of Ladders.

3.3.2 Audit department programs for completeness and compliance.

4.0 Ladder Hazards

4.1 Hazards Include:

4.1.1 Ladders with missing or broken parts.

4.1.2 Using a ladder with too low of a weight rating.

HANOVER COUNTY


2

4.1.3 Using metal ladders near electrical lines.

4.1.4 Using ladders as a working platform.

4.1.5 Objects falling from ladders.

5.0 Ladder Inspection

5.1 Inspect ladders before each use and ensure:

5.1.1 All rungs and steps are free of oil, grease, dirt, etc.

5.1.2 All fittings are tight.

5.1.3 Spreaders or other locking devices are in place.

5.1.4 Non-skid safety feet are in place.

5.1.5 Non structural defects, all support braces intact.

5.2 Do not use broken ladders

5.2.1 Most ladders cannot be repaired to manufacturer specifications.

6.0 Ladder Storage

6.1 Ladders should be stored to prevent warping and sagging, this

includes areas where they cannot be damaged.

6.2 Do not hang anything on ladders that are in a stored condition.

7.0 Ladder Ratings

7.1 Ladder weight ratings

7.1.1 I-A 300 pounds (heavy duty)

7.1.2 I-250 pounds (heavy duty)

7.1.3 II 225 pounds (medium duty)

7.1.4 III 200 pounds (light duty)

7.2 Limits on ladder length

7.2.1 A stepladder should be no more than 20 feet high.

7.2.2 A one-section ladder should be no more than 30 feet.

7.2.3 An extension ladder can go to 60 feet, but the sections must

overlap.

HANOVER COUNTY


3

8.0 Ladder Setup

8.1 Procedures to prevent ladder accidents:

8.1.1 Place ladder on a clean slip free level surface.

8.1.2 Extend the ladder to have about 3 feet above the top support or work area.

8.1.3 Anchor the top and bottom of the ladder.

8.1.4 Place the ladder base ¼ the height of the ladde from the wall when using an extension ladder.

8.1.5 Never allow more than one person on a ladder.

8.1.6 Use carriers and tool belts to carry objects up a ladder.

8.1.7 Do not lean out from the ladder in any direction.

8.1.8 If you have a fear of heights – don’t climb a ladder.

8.1.9 Do not allow other people to work under a ladder in use.

8.2 Ladder Maintenance

8.2.1 Keep ladders clean

8.2.2 Never replace broken parts unless provided by the original

manufacturer.

8.2.3 Do not attempt to repair broken side rails

8.2.4 Keep all threaded fasteners properly adjusted.

8.2.5 Replace worn steps with parts from manufacturer.

9.0 Training

9.1 All employees required to use ladders will be trained annually on sections 3.0

thru 8.0 of this program.

9.2 Documentation of ladder training will be maintained on file in the employees department.

HANOVER COUNTY


4

Hazards include:

• Ladders with missing or broken parts.

• Using a ladder with too low a weight rating

• Using a ladder that is too short for purpose.

• Using metal ladders near electrical wires.

• Using ladders as a working platform

• Objects falling from ladders

Ladder Inspection

Inspect ladders before each use.

• All rungs and steps are free of oil, grease, dirt, etc.

• All fittings are tight.

• Spreaders or other locking devices are in place.

• Non-skid safety feet are in place.

• No structural defects, all support braces intact.

Do not use broken ladders. Most ladders cannot be repaired to manufacturer specifications. Throw

away all broken ladders.

Ladder Storage

Store ladders on sturdy hooks in areas where they cannot be damaged. Store to prevent warping or

sagging. Do not hang anything on ladders that are in a stored condition.

Ladder Ratings

Ladder weight ratings

• I-A 300 pounds (heavy duty)

• I 250 pounds (heavy duty)

HANOVER COUNTY


5

• II 225 pounds (medium duty)

• III 200 pounds (light duty).

Limits on ladder length.

• A stepladder should be no more than 20 feet high.

• A one-section ladder should be no more than 30 feet.

• An extension ladder can go to 60 feet, but the sections must overlap.

Ladder Setup

The following procedure must be followed to prevent ladder accidents:

• Place ladder on a clean slip free level surface.

• Extend the ladder to have about 4 feet above the top support or work area.

• Anchor the top and bottom of the ladder

• Place the ladder base 1/4 the height, of the ladder, from the wall when using an extension

ladder.

• Never allow more than one person on a ladder

• Use carriers and tool belts to carry objects up a ladder

• Do not lean out from the ladder in any direction

• If you have a fear of heights - don't climb a ladder

• Do not allow other to work under a ladder in use.

Ladder Maintenance

• Keep ladders clean

• Never replace broken parts unless provided by the original manufacturer

• Do not attempt to repair broken side rails

• Keep all threaded fasteners properly adjusted

• Replace worn steps with parts from manufacturer

.

1

Hot Work Safety Procedures

1.0 Purpose

1.1 Reduce the opportunity for fire and injury.

1.2 Comply with 29 CFR 1926.352

2.0 Applicability

2.1 This program is designed to assist departments with establishing procedures to achieve workplace Safety Standards.

2.2 This program establishes guidelines and procedures for use while welding, cutting, brazing, and/or grinding on Hanover County work activities.

2.3 All precautions of this program must be applied prior to commencing

any welding or hot work by company employees or contractors.

3.0 Forms

Appendix A Health Risks Pg. 12

Appendix B Hotwork Permit Pg. 16

Appendix C Supervisor Safety Checklist Pg. 17

Appendix D Hotwork Safety Audit Pg. 18


4.1 Department Head

4.1.1 Develop and monitor effective hot work procedures

4.1.2 Provide safe equipment for hot work

4.1.3 Provide proper and effective PPE for all hot work

4.2 Supervisors

4.2.1 Monitor all hot work operations, See Appendix C.

2

4.2.2 Ensure all hot work equipment and PPE are in safe working order

4.2.3 Allow only trained and authorized employees to conduct hot work

4.2.4 Ensure permits are used for all hot work outside authorized

areas

4.3 Employees

4.3.1 Follow all hot work procedures

4.3.2 Properly use appropriate hot work PPE

4.3.3 Inspect all hot work equipment before use

4.3.4 Report any equipment problems

4.3.5 Not use damaged hot work equipment

4.4 Safety / Risk Management

4.4.1 Safety / Risk Management shall perform and annual audit of

these procedures and work. See Appendix D for Audit form.

4.4.2 Provide training for all employees whose task include heat, spark or flame producing operations such as welding, brazing, or grinding.

5.0 Definitions

5.1 Confined Space: Confined spaces include manholes, valve vaults, pretreatment wells/rooms, wet wells, vaults (meter, etc.), tanks, pits, channels, boilers, ventilation and exhaust ducts, tunnels, pipe lines, incinerators, and any space that involves vertical entry. Welding, cutting, brazing, or grinding in these spaces shall follow the requirements of this policy and the Confined Space Program. Forced ventilation shall be required in all instances.

5.2 Welding/Hot Works Procedures: any activity which results in sparks, fire, molten slag, or hot material which has the potential to cause fires or explosions.

5.3 Examples of Hot Works: Cutting, Brazing, Soldering, Thawing Pipes,

Torch Applied Roofing, Grinding and Welding.

5.4 Special Hazard Occupancies: Any area containing Flammable Liquids, Dust Accumulation, Gases, Plastics, Rubber and Paper Products.

6.0 Hazards

6.1 Direct Hazards

6.1.1 Fires & Explosions

3

6.1.2 Heat

6.1.3 Skin burns

6.1.4 Welding "blindness"

6.1.5 Noise

6.1.6 Electrical

6.1.7 Respiratory hazards from fumes & smoke. See Appendix A - health risks from welding fumes.

6.1.8 Hazards associated with compressed gas handling.

6.2 Indirect Hazards

6.2.1 Musculoskeletal injuries resulting from lifting or repetitive motion

6.2.2 Trips & falls


7.1 Protective clothing which may be worn during welding (by welders and nearby workers) if needed includes:

7.1.1 Fire-resistant gauntlet gloves, 7.1.2 Head cap, 7.1.3 High-top hard-toed shoes, 7.1.4 Leather apron, 7.1.5 NIOSH approved respirator (if applicable) 7.1.6 Face shield, 7.1.7 Flame-retardant coveralls, 7.1.8 Safety glasses, 7.1.9 Tinted filter lens 7.1.10 Helmets, 7.2 See the Personal Protective Equipment and Respiratory Protection Policies. 7.3 Protective clothing should be made of wool, which does not ignite easily, or specially-treated cotton fabrics. Sleeves and collars should be kept buttoned, and pants and shirts should be un-cuffed. Capes and hard hats may also be required. 7.4 Workers should use welding helmets (with appropriate filter lenses see Table 1 at the end of this section), not hand-held screens. When welding

4

overhead, extra protection should be used, such as fire-resistant shoulder covers, aprons, head covers, leggings, and suits. 7.5 Ear plugs should be worn when sparks or hot spatter may get in the ears and should be used during noisy operations such as air arcing and grinding.

7.6 Work clothes should be laundered by the employer. Showers and locker rooms should be provided so that workers can change into clean clothes at the end of the work shift. 7.7 Respirators must be specific to the hazard, and fitted, cleaned, stored, and maintained in accordance with OSHA's respirator standard (see AFSCME fact sheet on Respirators). In addition, workers must receive training on how to use respirators properly. NIOSH recommends that respirators be worn whenever a carcinogen (cancer-causing agent) is present at any detectable concentration, or if any other conditions are present that might be immediately dangerous to life or health. A self-contained breathing apparatus should be worn when welding in confined spaces because welding may reduce the oxygen concentration in the air. 7.8 Table 1

Filter Lens Shade Numbers for Protection Against Radiant Energy

Welding Operation Number

Shade

Shielded Metal-Arc Welding (SMAW) using 1/16-, 3/32-, 1/8-, and 5/32-inch diameter electrodes

10

Gas-Shielded Arc Welding (nonferrous) using 1/16-, 3/32-, 1/8-, and 5/32-inch D. electrodes

11

Gas-Shielded Arc Welding (ferrous) using 1/16-, 3/32-, 1/8-, and 5/32-inch D. electrodes

12

Shilded Metal-Arc Welding (SMAW) using 3/16-, 7/32-, and 1/4-inch D. electrodes

12

5/16-, and 3/8-inch diameter electrodes 14

Atomic Hydrogen Welding 10-14

Carbon-Arc Welding (CAW) 14

Soldering 2

Torch Brazing 3 or 4

Light cutting, upt to 1-inch 3 or 4

Medium cutting, 1-inch to 6-inches 4 or 5

Heavy cutting, over 6 inches 5 or 6

Gas welding (light), up to 1/8-inch 4 or 5

Gas welding (medium), 1/8-inch to 1/2-inch 5 or 6

Gas welding (heavy), over 1/2-inch 6 or 8

5

8.0 Hot Works Procedures

8.1 OSHA 29 CFR 1910.252 requires fire prevention actions for welding and hot works.

8.2 Where practicable all combustibles shall be relocated at least 35 feet from the work site. Where relocation is impractical, combustibles shall be protected with flame proof covers, shielded with metal, guards, curtains, or wet down material to help prevent ignition of material.

8.3 Ducts, conveyor systems, and augers that might carry sparks to distant combustibles shall be protected or shut down.

8.4 Where cutting or welding is done near walls, partitions, ceilings,

or a roof of combustible construction, fire-resistant shields or guards shall be provided to prevent ignition.

8.5 If welding is to be done on a metal wall, partition, ceiling, or roof, precautions shall be taken to prevent ignition of combustibles on the other side, due to conduction or radiation of heat. Where combustibles cannot be relocated on the opposite side of the work, a fire watch person shall be provided on the opposite side of the work and the material shall be covered with fire resistance blankets and shields as necessary.

8.6 Welding shall not be attempted on a metal partition, wall, ceiling or roof having a covering or on walls having combustible sandwich panel construction.

8.7 Cutting or welding on pipes or other metal in contact with combustible walls, partitions, ceilings, or roofs shall not be undertaken if the work is close enough to cause ignition by combustion.

8.8 Cutting or welding shall not be permitted in the following

situations:

8.9 In areas not authorized by management.

8.10 In sprinkled buildings while such protection is impaired.

8.11 In the presence of potentially explosive atmospheres, e.g.. a flammable

8.12 In areas near the storage of large quantities of exposed, readily ignitable materials.

8.13 In areas where there is dust accumulation of greater

than 1/16 inch within 35 feet of the area where welding/hot works will be conducted. All dust accumulation should be cleaned up following the housekeeping program of the facility before welding/hot works are permitted.

6

8.14 Suitable dedicated extinguishers shall be provided and maintained ready for instant use.

8.15 A fire watch person shall be provided during and for 1 hour past the completion of the welding project.

8.16 A cutting/welding permit will be issued on all welding or cutting

outside of the designated welding area.

9.0 Welding & Hot Work fire prevention measures

9.1 A designated welding area should be established to meet the following requirements:

9.1.1 Floors swept and clean of combustibles within 35 ft. of work

area.

9.1.3 Flammable and combustible liquids and material will be kept 35 ft. from work area.

9.1.4 Adequate ventilation providing 20 air changes per hour, such as a suction hood system should be provided to the work area.

9.1.5 At least one dedicated 10 lb. dry chemical fire extinguisher should be within access of the of work area.

9.1.6 Protective dividers such as welding curtains or non-

combustible walls will be provided to contain sparks and slag to the combustible free area.

9.1.7 Requirements for welding conducted outside the designated welding area.

9.1.8 Portable welding curtains or shields must be used to protect

other workers in the welding area.

9.1.9 A hot works permit must be completed and complied with prior to welding operation.

9.1.10 Respiratory protection is mandatory unless an adequate monitored air flow away from the welder and others present can be established and maintained.

9.1.11 Plastic materials be covered with welding tarps during welding procedures

9.1.12 Fire Watch must be provided for all hot work operations.

10.0 Welding Standard Operating Procedures

10.1 The following SOP’s are to be posted at each Designated Welding &

Hot Work Area for quick reference and review:

10.1.1 SOP - Electric Welding

7

10.1.1.1 Perform Safety Check on all equipment

10.1.1.2 Ensure fire extinguisher is charged and

available

10.1.1.3 Ensure electrical cord, electrode holder and cables are free from defects (no cable splices are allowed with in 10 feet of the electrode holder.

10.1.1.4 Ensure the welding unit is properly grounded.

10.1.1.5 All defective equipment must be repaired or

replaced before use.

10.1.1.6 No welding is permitted on or near containers of flammable material, combustible material or unprotected flammable structures.

10.1.1.7 If the object to be welded or cut cannot readily be moved, all movable fire hazards in the vicinity must be taken to a safe place or covered and the area immediate to the source shall be guarded.

10.1.1.8 No cutting, welding, grinding, or brazing shall be performed on an empty container without first triple rinsing and filling with water.

10.1.1.9 Cutting of oil, alcohol, anti-freeze, fuel, or

other drums for personal use is prohibited. Cutting on these drums for work purposes requires authorization from the S&RM. These drums shall be triple rinsed and filled with water prior to cutting, welding, brazing or grinding.

10.1.1.10 Remove paint or coated material if possible prior to welding to prevent excessive fume/smoke production.

10.1.1.11 Use shielding to protect other people in the work area from the light of the welding arc, heat, and hot spatter. Ultra-violet light can produce burns to the eyes up to and past 100 feet.

10.1.1.12 Assess the need for respiratory protection based on the materials being welded and the available point source ventilation. Any welding performed on galvanized material containing zinc, or on cadmium, chromium,

8

beryllium, cobalt, nickel, and copper shall require respiratory protection.

10.1.1.13 Ensure PPE (welding hood, gloves, rubber boots/soled shoes, aprons) are available and have no defects.

10.1.1.14 Position yourself while welding or cutting so that your head in not in the fumes and use mechanical ventilation when necessary.

10.1.1.15 Fill out the hot work permit.

10.1.1.16 Uncoil and spread out welding cable

10.1.1.17 To avoid overheating, ensure proper

contact of work leads and connections, remove any metal fragments from magnetic work clamps (to avoid electric shock do not wrap welding cables around a body part and avoid welding in wet conditions)

10.1.1.18 Extending welding cables with an additional separate cable will be connected in such a way that there are no exposed metal parts of the leads. Connections made with a tool such as a vice grip is prohibited. Cables should have the appropriate connectors or be electrically taped/wrapped.

10.1.1.19 Grounding shall be as close to the actual

work as possible. Building structures shall not be used as a grounding point unless it is within 10 feet of the work.

10.1.1.20 Fire watch for one hour after welding & until all welds have cooled

10.1.1.21 Perform final fire watch and terminate permit.

10.1.2 SOP: Gas Welding

10.1.2.1 Perform Safety Check on all equipment

10.1.2.2 Ensure tanks have gas, there are no leaks, and fittings are tight

10.1.2.3 Ensure that cylinders are secure and upright

10.1.2.4 Ensure that a dedicated fire extinguisher is

charged and available

10.1.2.5 Ensure hoses have no defects, gauges are in good repair, and handles are in place.

9

10.1.2.6 Ensure PPE (welding hood, gloves, rubber boots/soled shoes, aprons) are available and have no defects.

10.1.2.7 All defective equipment must be repaired or

replaced before use.

10.1.2.8 No welding is permitted on or near containers of flammable material, combustible material or unprotected flammable structures.

10.1.2.9 If the object to be welded or cut cannot readily be moved, all movable fire hazards in the vicinity must be taken to a safe place or covered and the area immediate to the source shall be guarded.

10.1.2.10 No cutting, welding, grinding, or brazing shall be performed on an empty container without first triple rinsing and filling with water.

10.1.2.11 Cutting of oil, alcohol, anti-freeze, fuel, or

other drums for personal use is prohibited. Cutting on these drums for work purposes requires authorization from the S&RM. These drums shall be triple rinsed and filled with water prior to cutting, welding, brazing or grinding.

10.1.2.12 Remove paint or coated material if possible prior to welding to prevent excessive fume/smoke production.

10.1.2.13 Ensure Adequate Ventilation and Lighting

10.1.2.14 Execute Hot Work Permit procedures and fill out the hot work permit.

10.1.2.15 Open Valves on Oxygen and Gas tanks to desired flow.

10.1.2.16 When welding is completed shut off tank valves & relieve hose pressure (mandatory).

10.1.2.17 Store hoses.

10.1.2.18 Fire watch for one hour after welding & until all welds have cooled

10.1.2.19 Perform final fire watch and terminate permit.

10

11.0 Labels and Other Information 11.1 Under OSHA's Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200, also known as the "Right to Know Law"), all containers of filler metal, electrodes, and flux materials should carry warning labels alerting the welder that welding produces hazardous fumes and gases. 11.2 Base metals that contain or are coated with toxic materials (such as paints, lead, or mercury) should also be clearly labeled. 11.3 Welding materials that contain carcinogens (cancer-causing agents) must carry a warning label stating that gases from the material may cause cancer. 11.4 The employer must also keep Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) for all hazardous materials, and make this information readily available to all exposed workers. 11.5 The MSDS must contain information on chemical ingredients, hazardous decomposition products from welding, safe handling procedures, protective measures, first aid procedures, and health effects of the welding material. 11.6 OSHA's standard for signs and tags (29 CFR 1910.145) requires that signs be used to warn workers of hazards that may lead to accidental injury. 11.7 Signs should be posted in welding areas to warn workers of exposure hazards, and serve as a reminder for the need for protective equipment. 11.8 Signs should also notify all workers in the area that eye injury may occur from looking at the welding arc.

12.0 Training

12.1 Training shall include:

12.1.1 Review of requirements listed in OSHA 1910.252.

12.1.2 Use of Hot Works Permit System (See appendix B).

12.1.3 Supervisor Responsibilities.

12.1.4 Fire Watch Responsibilities - specifically, the fire watch must

know:

12.1.4.1 That their ONLY duty is Fire Watch.

12.1.4.2 When they can terminate the watch.

12.1.4.3 How to use the provided fire

extinguisher.

11

12.1.4.4 How to activate fire alarm if fire is beyond the incipient stage.

12.1.5 Operator / Contractor Responsibilities.

12.1.6 Health hazards (See Appendix A).

12.1.7 Documentation requirements.

12.1.8 Respirator Usage requirements.

12.1.9 Fire Extinguisher training.

12

Appendix A

A1.0 Health Risks of Welding Fume/Gases

A1.1 This Appendix provides definitions and guidelines on the principal health and safety considerations associated with hot-work to ensure safe practices and prevent accidents. A1.2 Health risks associated with fume and gases generated during welding are highlighted.

A2.0 Welding fume/gases

A2.1 Welding fume is a mixture of airborne fine particles and gases.

A3.0 Particulate fume

A3.1 More than 90% of the particulate fume arises from vaporization of the consumable electrode, wire or rod as material is transferred across the arc or flame. A3.2 The respirable fractions of particles (especially less than 3µm) are potentially the more harmful as they can penetrate to the innermost parts of the lung.

A4.0 Gases

A4.1 Gases encountered in welding may be:

A4.1.1 Fuel gases which, on combustion, form carbon dioxide and sometimes carbon monoxide. A4.1.2 Shielding gases such as argon, helium and carbon dioxide, either alone or in mixtures with oxygen or hydrogen. A4.1.3 Carbon dioxide and monoxide produced by the action of heat on the welding flux or slag. A4.1.4 Nitric oxide, nitrogen dioxide and ozone produced by the action of heat or ultraviolet radiation on the atmosphere surrounding the welding arc. A4.1.5 Gases from the degradation of solvent vapors or surface contaminants on the metal.

A4.1.6 The degree of risk to the welder's health from fume/gases will depend on:

A4.1.6.1 composition A4.1.6.2 concentration

13

A4.1.6.3 the length of time the welder is exposed A4.1.6.4 the welder's susceptibility

A5.0 Health hazards from particulate fume

A.5.1 The potential hazards from breathing in particulate fume are: A5.1.1 Irritation of the respiratory tract - Fine particles can cause dryness of the throat, tickling, coughing and if the concentration is particularly high, tightness of the chest and difficulty in breathing. A5.1.2 Metal fume fever - Breathing in metal oxides such as zinc and copper can lead to an acute flu-like illness called 'metal fume fever'. It most commonly occurs when welding galvanized steel; symptoms usually begin several hours after exposure with a thirst, cough, headache sweat, pain in the limbs and fever. Complete recovery usually occurs within 1 to 2 days of removal from the exposure, without any lasting effects. A5.1.3 The continued inhalation of welding fume over long periods of time can lead to the deposition of iron particles in the lung, giving rise to a benign condition called siderosis. A5.1.4 There is some evidence that welders have a slightly greater risk of developing lung cancer than the general population. In certain welding situations, there is potential for the fume to contain certain forms of chromium and/or nickel compounds - substances which have been associated with lung cancer in processes other than welding. As yet, no direct link has been clearly established. Nevertheless, as a sensible precaution and to minimize the risk, special attention should be paid to controlling fumes, which may contain them. A5.1.5 A number of other specific substances known to be hazardous to health can be found in welding fume such as barium and fluorides, which do not originate from the metal. If the metal contains a surface coating, there will also be a potential risk from any toxic substances generated by thermal degradation of the coating.

A6.0 Health hazards from gases

A6.1 Ozone can cause delayed irritation of the respiratory tract which may progress to bronchitis and occasionally pneumonia. A6.2 Nitrogen oxides can cause a dry irritating cough and chest tightness. Symptoms usually occur after a delay of 4 to 8 hours. In severe cases, death can occur from pulmonary edema (fluid on the lungs) or pneumonia. A6.3 There may be a risk of asphyxiation due to replacement of air with gases produced when welding in a workshop or area with inadequate ventilation.

14

A6.3 Special precautions are needed when welding in confined spaces where there is the risk of the build up of inert shielding gases. A6.4 Carbon monoxide, formed as a result of incomplete combustion of fuel gases, can also cause asphyxiation by replacing the oxygen in the blood.

A7.0 Establishing safe levels of fume in the workplace

A7.1 The OSHA Regulations set specific occupational exposure limits for certain substances. The limits are detailed in 1910.1000 which is revised periodically. The majority of limits listed are for single substances. Only a few relate to substances, which are complex mixtures; welding fume is one of these. It has an occupational exposure limit but account must also be taken of the exposure limits of the individual constituents. So, in considering what would be safe exposure levels to welding fume, not only should exposure be controlled to within the welding fume limit but also the individual components must be controlled to within their own limits. A7.2 Substances may have a maximum exposure limit (MEL) or an occupation exposure standard (OES). A MEL is the maximum concentration of an airborne substance to which people may be exposed under any circumstances. Exposure must be reduced as far as is reasonably practicable and at least below any MEL. A7.3 An OES is the concentration of an airborne substance, for which (according to current information) there is no evidence that it is likely to cause harm to a person's health, even if they are exposed day after day. Control is thought to be adequate if exposure is reduced to or below the standard. A7.4 The OESs and the MELs of some of the substances found in welding fume are listed in Table 2; the absence of other substances from this list does not indicate that they are safe.

Table 2 Occupational Exposure Limits

Substances Assigned a TWA 8hr TWA

Beryllium 0.002 mg/m3

Cadmium oxide fume (as Cd) 0.1 mg/m3

Chromium VI compounds (as Cr) 0.05 mg/m3

Cobalt 0.1 mg/m3

Nickel (soluble compounds) 1 mg/m3

Nickel (insoluble compounds) 1 mg/m3

Welding fume N/A

Fluoride (as F) 2.5 mg/m3

Iron oxide, fume (as Fe) 10 mg/m3

Zinc oxide, fume 5 mg/m3

15

Manganese, fume (as Mn) 1 mg/m3

Ozone 0.2 mg/m3

Nitrogen dioxide 9 ppm

Chromium III compounds (as Cr) 0.5 mg/m3

Barium compounds, soluble (as Ba) 0.5 mg/m3

Carbon monoxide 55 ppm

Copper fume 0.1 mg/m3

If the fume contains only substances such as iron or aluminum which are of low toxicity, an 8 hour (TWA) of 5mg/m3 applies; this figure is the average concentration of particulate fume that should not be exceeded in an 8 hour day.

16

Appendix B

Hot Work Permit

Date Issued

Issued By

Location of Hot Work

Type of Hot Work

Welding - Cutting - Grinding - Other

EXPIRES Time___________ Date _____________

Job Description

Safety Requirements - required to be established & maintained the person issuing this permit has required the following safety precautions and indicated by his initials that the following circled items have been established prior to issuing this permit

Initials of Issuing Authority

No flammables/combustibles within 35 feet

Charged Extinguisher at work area

Fire Watch(es) briefed & stationed

Adequate ventilation established

Welding curtains of shields

Respirators used Hot Work Personal Protective Equipment

Warning signs posted

Welding / cutting equipment inspected

Certified Welder

Surrounding equipment is Locked Out

No flammable / combustible gasses in area

Confined Space Entry Permit Issued

Access to work area controlled

Task Started Time__________ Date __________ Task Completed

Time__________ Date __________

Fire Watch Secured

Time__________ Date __________

Permit Ended

Time__________ Date __________

Return Completed Permit to:

17

Appendix C

Supervisors' Safety Checklist - Welding & Hot Work

Supervisor:

Date: Department/Area:

Yes No Checklist Area

Area Safety Check

Welding carts have charged fire extinguishers

Authorized Hot Work Area is free of combustible or flammable material

Authorized Hot Work Area has adequate exhaust ventilation

Flash curtains are available for welding

Hot Work Permits are used for all work outside of Authorized Area

Hot Work on closed containers is not permitted

Hot work on flammable liquid containers -even "empty" - is not allowed

Welding PPE is available and in good repair

Welding helmet lens are available in numerous shades

Portable exhaust ventilation equipment is available & used

Hot work is not allowed in areas with FRP panels

Fire watches are used for Hot Work outside authorized areas

Welding respirators are available & used

Employee Training - workers have been trained in

respiratory hazards of hot work

safe use of welding, cutting & brazing equipment

fire hazards of hot work

use & limitations of Hot Work PPE

Hot Work Permit system

18

Appendix D Hot Work Safety Audit Facility ____________________ Area ___________________

Auditor ___________________ Date __________

Area Satisfactory Action Required Corrective Action (date)

Employee Knowledge

Last date of training

Hotwork permits

Welding procedures

Fire watch requirements

Welding gas storage

Program Administration

Last audit date

Written Program

Permit issue procedure

Program administrator assigned

Records

Training

Inspections

Hotwork permits

Safeguards

Engineering Safeguards

Administrative Safeguards

Training Safeguards

Equipment Inspection

Gas welding rigs

Tig welding units

Arc welding gear

Fire extinguishers

Area Inspection

Designated hotwork area

Hotwork PPE

Gas storage

Extinguishers on each welding cart

Notes

1

Electrical Safety Program

1.0 Purpose

1.1 The Electrical Safety Program is designed to help prevent electrical

related injuries and property damage.

1.2 This program also provides for proper training of maintenance employees

to ensure they have the requisite knowledge and understanding of

electrical work practices and procedures. Only Qualified Employees may

conduct adjustment, repair or replacement of electrical components or

equipment. References: NFPA 70E, Electrical Safety Requirements for

Employee Workplaces, National Electrical Code (NEC) and OSHA

Standard (Electrical Safety) 29 CFR 1910.331 to 1910.339

2.0 Definition of Terms

2.1 Qualified Employee: An Employee with training in avoiding the electrical

hazards of working on or near exposed energized parts.

2.2 Unqualified Employee: An Employees with little or no training in

avoiding the electrical hazards of working on or near exposed energized

parts.

2.3 Nominal volts: Approximate voltage.

2.4 Authorized: Employees possessing a valid Commonwealth of Virginia

electrician’s license, or, an employee in the process of obtaining a valid

Commonwealth of Virginia electrician’s license working under the

supervision of a licensed electrician.

2.5 Disconnecting means: A switch that is used to disconnect the conductors

of a circuit from the source of electric current.

2.6 Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI): A device intended for the

protection of personnel that functions to de-energize a circuit or portion

thereof within an established period of time when current to ground

exceeds values established for a class A devise.

2

3.0 APPLICABILITY

3.1 This Program applies to all employees of Hanover County, employees of the

Community Services Board and constitutional officers.

3.2 This Program shall apply to all independent contractors performing work for

the County.

3.3 This Program shall not apply to the Hanover County Public Schools.


4.1 Supervisor

4.1.1 Ensure that proper training is provided to applicable department

employees.

4.1.2 Ensure inspections are conducted to identify electrical safety

deficiencies.

4.1.3 Ensure that all electrical deficiencies are guarded and corrected

promptly.

4.1.4 Ensure all new electrical installations meet codes and regulations.

4.2 Employees

4.2.1 Report electrical deficiencies immediately to Supervisor.

4.2.2 Perform work on electrical equipment only if authorized and

properly trained.

4.2.3 Properly inspect electrical equipment prior to use.

4.3 Safety & Risk Management

4.3.1 Provide training as needed to implement this program

4.3.2 Periodically audit for compliance with this program

4.3.3 Update this program as regulations change and/or improved safety

procedures and equipment are developed.

3

5.0 Training

5.1 Training for Unqualified Employees

5.1.1 Training for Unqualified Employees in general electrical safety

precautions to provide an awareness and understanding of

electrical hazards.

5.1.2 Required training for non-electrical workers whose job

assignments require them to be close to exposed parts of electrical

circuits operating at 50 V or more shall ensure they understand that

they:

5.1.2.1 May not conduct repairs to electrical equipment.

5.1.2.2 Report all electrical deficiencies to their supervisor.

5.1.2.3 Do not operate equipment if an electrical problem is

suspected.

5.1.2.4 Do not use cords or plugs if the ground prong is missing.

5.1.2.5 Do not overload electrical receptacles.

5.1.2.6 Remember water and electricity do not mix and even low

voltages can cause severe injury or death.

5.2 Training for Qualified Employees

5.2.1 Training for Qualified Employees includes the specific equipment

procedures and requirements of: Electrical Safety, 29 CFR

1910.331 to 1910.339.

5.2.2 A Qualified Employee must be trained and knowledgeable of the

construction and operation of equipment or a specific work

method, and trained to recognize and avoid the electrical hazards

that may be present with respect to that equipment or work

procedure. Such persons must be familiar with the proper use of

each of the following:

5.2.2.1 Special precautionary techniques.

5.2.2.2 Techniques necessary to de-energize electrical systems,

identify live parts of equipment, and determine the nominal

voltage of exposed live parts and clearance distances.

5.2.2.3 Insulated tools and test equipment.

5.2.2.4 Personal protective equipment.

5.2.2.5 Insulating and shielding material.

4

5.2.2.6 The requirements of this program.

6. Hazard Control

6.1 Engineering Controls

6.1.1 All electrical distribution panels, breakers, disconnect, switches,

junction boxes shall be completely enclosed.

6.1.2 Watertight enclosure shall be used where there is probability of

moisture entry either from operations or weather exposure.

6.1.3 Electrical distribution areas shall be guarded against accidental

damage by having them located in specifically designed rooms and

the use of substantial guard posts, rails or other structural means.

6.1.4 A clear approach and 3 foot side clearance shall be maintained for

all distribution panels.

6.1.5 Electrical wiring conduit shall be supported throughout its length.

Non-electrical attachments to electrical wiring conduit are

prohibited.

6.1.6 All non-rigid cords shall be provided strain relief where necessary.

6.2 Administrative Controls

6.2.1 Only trained and authorized employees may conduct repairs to

electrical equipment.

6.2.2 The wearing of conductive articles of jewelry and clothing that

might contact exposed energized parts is prohibited while working

on electrical equipment.

6.2.3 Contractors performing electrical work must be properly licensed

for the rated work.

6.2.4 Areas under new installation or repair shall be sufficiently guarded

with physical barriers and warning signs to prevent unauthorized

entry.

6.2.5 Access to electrical distribution rooms shall be limited to those

employees who are qualified and have a valid need to enter.

6.2.6 All electrical control devices shall be properly labeled.

6.2.7 Work on energized circuits is prohibited unless specifically

authorized.

5

6.2.8 All Qualified Employees will follow established electrical safety

procedures and precautions.

6.3 Protective Equipment

6.3.1 Qualified Employees will wear electrically rated safety shoes/boots

while performing electrical work.

6.3.2 All tools used for electrical work shall be properly insulated.

6.3.3 Electrical rated gloves shall be available for work on electrical

equipment and at a minimum shall be a Class 00 for voltages up to

500 volts and Class 0 for voltages up to 1000 volts.

6.3.4 Electrically rated matting shall be installed and/or used in front of

all distribution panels in electric utility rooms.

7.0 Electrical Equipment

7.1 Examination

7.1.1 Electrical equipment shall be free from recognized hazards that are

likely to cause death or serious physical harm to employees.

7.1.2 Safety of equipment shall be determined using the

following considerations:

7.1.2.1 Suitability for installation and use.

7.1.2.2 Mechanical strength and durability, including parts

designed to enclose and protect other equipment.

7.1.2.3 Electrical insulation.

7.1.2.4 Heating effects under conditions of use.

7.1.2.5 Arcing effects.

7.1.2.6 Classification by type, size, voltage, current

capacity, and specific use.

7.1.2.7 Other factors which contribute to the practical

safeguarding of employees using or likely to come

in contact with the equipment.

6

7.2 Identification of Disconnecting Means and Circuits

7.2.1 A disconnecting means is a switch that is used to disconnect the

conductors of a circuit from the source of electric current.

(Disconnect switches are important because they enable a circuit to

be opened, stopping the flow of electricity, and thus can effectively

protect workers and equipment.)

7.2.2 Each disconnecting means for motors and appliances shall be

legibly marked to indicate its purpose. Each service, feeder, and

branch circuit, at its disconnecting means or over-current device,

shall be legibly marked to indicate its purpose. These markings

shall be of sufficient durability to withstand the environment

involved.

7.2.3 Each disconnect switch or over-current device required for a

service, feeder, or branch circuit must be clearly labeled to indicate

the circuit's function. The label or marking should be located at

the point where the circuit originates. For example, on a panel that

controls several motors or on a motor control center, each

disconnect must be clearly marked to indicate the motor to which

each circuit is connected.

7.2.4 All labels and markings must be durable enough to withstand

weather, chemicals, heat, corrosion, or any other environment to

which they are exposed.


8.1 Employees working in areas where the potential contacts with exposed

electrical sources are present and likely, will be provided and shall use

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). The following rules apply to the use

and care of PPE:

8.1.1 PPE shall be used where contact with exposed electrical sources

are present and likely.

8.1.2 PPE shall be designed for the work being performed and

environment in which it is used.

8.1.3 PPE shall be visually inspected and/or tested before use. Any

defective or damaged PPE shall be replaced, repaired or discarded.

8.1.4 Employees shall wear non-conductive head protection wherever

there is a danger of injury from electrical burns or shock from

contact with exposed energized parts.

7

8.1.5 Employees shall wear protective eye/face equipment whenever

there is a danger from electrical arcs or flashes or from flying

objects resulting from an electrical explosion.

9.0 Electrical PPE Inspection Schedule

Type of equipment When to test

Rubber insulating line hose Upon indication that insulating value is suspect.

Rubber insulating covers Upon indication that insulating value is suspect.

Rubber insulating blankets Before first issue and every 12 months

Rubber insulating gloves Before first issue and every 6 months

Rubber insulating sleeves Before first issue and every 12 months

10.0 Electrical Lockout & Tagout Requirements

10.1 Application of locks and tags.

10.1.1 A lock and a tag shall be placed on each disconnecting means used

to de-energize circuits and equipment on which work is to be

performed. See also the Lockout/Tagout Policy.

10.1.2 The lock shall be attached so as to prevent persons from operating

the disconnecting means.

10.1.3 Each tag shall contain a statement prohibiting unauthorized

operation of the disconnecting means and removal of the tag. If a

lock cannot be applied a tag may be used without a lock.

10.1.4 A tag used without a lock must be supplemented by at least one

additional safety measure that provides a level of safety equivalent

to that obtained by use of a lock. Examples of additional safety

measures include the removal of an isolating circuit element,

blocking of a controlling switch, or opening and securing an extra

disconnecting device.

10.1.5 A lock may not be placed without a tag.

8

11.0 Working at Elevated Locations

11.1 Any person working on electrical equipment from a crane, or other

elevated device, must take necessary precautions to prevent a fall from

reaction to electrical shock or other causes. A second person,

knowledgeable as a safety watch, must assume the best possible position

to assist the worker in case of an accident. Portable ladders shall be Type I

or IA and have non-conductive side-rails if they are used where the

employee or the ladder could contact exposed energized parts.

12.0 General Protective Equipment and Tools

12.1 General Protective Equipment and Tools shall be used when in the

proximity of, or working on, exposed energized parts. The following rules

apply:

12.1.1 When working on or near exposed energized parts, Qualified

Employees shall use insulated tools or handling equipment suitable

for the voltage present and working environment. In cases where

the insulation may be damaged, a protective outer layer must be

employed.

12.1.2 Fuse handling equipment, insulated for the circuit voltage, shall be

used to remove or install fuses when the terminal is energized.

12.1.3 Ropes and other hand lines used near exposed energized

equipment shall be non-conductive.

13.0 Warnings and Barricades

13.1 Warnings and barricades shall be employed to alert employees of the

present danger related to exposed energized parts. The following rules

apply:

13.1.1 Safety signs, warning tags, etc., must be used to warn employees

of the electrical hazards present, even temporarily, that may

endanger them.

13.1.2 Non-conductive barricades shall be used with safety signs to

prevent employees’ access to exposed energized parts or areas.

13.1.3 Where barricades and warning signs do not provide adequate

protection from electrical hazards, an attendant shall be stationed

to warn and protect employees.

9

14.0 Powered Equipment Safety Rules

14.1 Electrical equipment is defined as cord or plug-type electrical devices,

which includes the use of flexible or extension cords. Examples of

portable electrical equipment include powered hand tools, powered bench

tools, fans, radios, etc. The following safety rules apply to portable

electrical equipment:

14.1.1 Portable electric equipment shall be handled in such a manner as to

not cause damage. Power cords may not be stapled or otherwise

hung in a way that may cause damage to the outer jacket or

insulation.

14.1.2 Portable electric equipment shall be visually inspected for damage,

wear, cracked or spilt outer jackets or insulation, etc., before use or

before each shift. Portable electric equipment that remains

connected once put in place need not be inspected until relocated.

Any defects such as cracked or split outer jackets or insulation

must be repaired, replaced or placed out of service.

14.1.3 Always check the compatibility of cord sets and receptacles for

proper use.

14.1.4 Ground type cord sets may only be used with ground type

receptacles when used with equipment requiring a ground type

conductor.

14.1.5 Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI) shall be used at all times

with power tools and equipment.

14.1.6 Attachment plugs and receptacles may not be altered or connected

in a way that would prevent the proper continuity of the

equipment-grounding conductor. Adapters may not be used if they

interrupt the continuity of the grounding conductor.

14.1.7 Only portable electrical equipment that is double insulated or

designed for use in areas that are wet or likely to contact

conductive liquids may be used.

14.1.8 Employees who are wet or have wet hands may not handle

portable electric equipment (plug-in, un-plug, etc.). Personal

protective equipment must be used when handling electrical

equipment that is wet or covered with a conductive liquid.

14.1.9 Locking-type connectors shall be properly secured after connection

to a power source.

10

15.0 Electrical Circuit Safety Procedures

15.1 Electrical power and lighting circuits are defined as devices specifically

designed to connect, disconnect or reverse circuits under a power load

condition. When these circuits are employed, the following rules apply:

15.1.1 Cable connectors (not of load-break type) fuses, terminal plugs or

cable splice connectors may not be used, unless an emergency, to

connect, disconnect or reverse in place of proper electrical circuits.

15.1.2 After a protective circuit is disconnected or opened, it may not be

connected or closed until it has been determined that the equipment

and circuit can be safely energized.

15.1.3 Over-current protectors of circuits or connected circuits may not be

modified, even on a temporary basis, beyond the installation safety

requirements.

15.1.4 Only Qualified Employees may perform tests on electrical circuits

or equipment.

15.1.5 Test equipment and all associated test leads, cables, power cords,

probes and connectors shall be visually inspected for external

damage before use. Any damage or defects shall be repaired before

use or placed out of service.

15.1.6 Test equipment shall be rated to meet or exceed the voltage being

tested and fit for the environment in which it is being used.

15.1.7 Where flammable or ignitable materials are stored, even

occasionally, electrical equipment capable of igniting them may

not be used unless measures are taken to prevent hazardous

conditions from developing.

16.0 Standard Operating Procedure

16.1 Electrical Pre-Work Procedure

16.1.1 Except in extreme cases, work on electrical equipment will be

done with all electrical circuits in the work area de-energized by

following the Lockout/Tagout procedure. When working on or

near energized electrical circuits with less than 30 volts to ground,

the equipment need not be de-energized if there will be no

increased exposure to electrical burns or to explosion from electric

arcs.

16.1.2 To prepare for work on electrical systems or components, the

following procedure applies:

11

16.1.2.1 Obtain permission from supervisor to conduct work

16.1.2.2 Lock-out and Tag-out all sources of electrical

power

16.1.2.3 Verify de-energized condition before any circuits or

equipment are considered to be and worked as de-

energized.

16.1.2.4 A Qualified Employee shall operate the equipment

operating controls or otherwise verify that the

equipment cannot be restarted.

16.1.2.5 Verify proper operation of the Voltmeter at a live

electrical source of the same rated voltage as the

circuit to be worked.

16.1.2.6 Using the Voltmeter, check all exposed circuits

phase to phase and phase to ground for evidence of

voltage/current in the circuit.

16.1.2.7 Conduct work on the circuit only after determining

that there is no voltage in any of the exposed

circuits.

16.1.2.8 If voltage is detected in any exposed circuit, STOP,

inform supervisor and determine source and

procedure to eliminate voltage.

16.1.2.9 Conduct work

16.1.2.10 Close up all exposed circuits, boxes, controls, and

equipment.

16.1.2.11 Remove Lock-out/Tag-out.

16.1.2.12 Obtain supervisor permission to energize circuits.

17.0 Working on or Near Exposed Energized Circuits

17.1 In the rare situation when energized equipment cannot be de-energized,

the following work practices must be used to provide protection:

Caution: Unqualified Employees are prohibited from working on or

near exposed energized circuits.

17.1.1 Obtain permission from Manager to work on or near energized

electrical circuits. (A person qualified in CPR must be readily

available to the scene.)

12

17.1.2 Lockout and Tag-out all circuits possible

17.1.3 Treat all circuits as energized.

17.1.4 Remove all conductive clothing and jewelry (rings, watches,

wrist/neck chains, metal buttons, metal writing instruments, etc.).

17.1.5 Use proper personal protective equipment, shields and/or barriers

to provide effective electrical insulation from energized circuits.

This may include electrically rated insulated gloves, aprons, rubber

soled shoes, insulated shields, insulated tools, etc.

17.1.6 Provide adequate lighting. Do not enter areas with exposed

energized parts unless illumination (lighting) is provided so that

employees may work safely. Do not reach around obstructions of

view or lighting (blindly) into areas where exposed energized parts

are located.

17.1.7 Employees entering a Confined Space with exposed energized

parts must use protective barriers, shields, or equipment or

insulated materials rated at or above the present voltage to avoid

contact.

17.1.8 Doors or other hinged panels shall be constructed and secured to

prevent them from swinging into an employee and causing contact

with exposed energized parts.

17.1.9 Housekeeping in areas of exposed energized parts may not be

completed in areas with close contact unless adequate safeguards

(insulation equipment or barriers) are present. Conductive cleaning

material (Steel Wool, Silicon Carbide, etc.) or liquids may not be

used unless procedures (Lock and Tag Out, etc.) are in place and

followed.

17.1.10 Station a safety observer outside work area. The sole function of

this person is to quickly de-energize all sources of power or pull

worker free from electrical work area with a non-conductive safety

rope if contact is made with an energized electrical circuit.

18.0 Re-Energizing Electrical Circuits After Work Is Completed

18.1 These requirements shall be met, in the order given, before circuits or

equipment is re-energized, even temporarily.

18.1.1 A Qualified Employee shall conduct tests and visual inspections,

as necessary, to verify that all tools, electrical jumpers, shorts,

grounds, and other such devices have been removed, so that the

circuits and equipment can be safely energized.

13

18.1.2 Warn employees exposed to the hazards associated with re-

energizing the circuit or equipment to stay clear of circuits and

equipment.

18.1.3 Remove each lock and tag. They shall be removed by the

employee who applied it or under his or her direct supervision.

However, if this employee is absent from the workplace, then the

lock or tag may be removed by a qualified supervisor designated to

perform this task provided that:

18.1.3.1 The supervisor ensures that the employee who

applied the lock or tag is not available at the

workplace, and

18.1.3.2 The supervisor ensures that the employee is aware

that the lock or tag has been removed before he or

she resumes work at that workplace.

18.1.4 Conduct a visual determination that all employees are clear of the

circuits and equipment before re-energizing circuits and

equipment.

Hanover County

Motor Vehicle Safety Policy

I. Purpose

A. To establish eligibility criteria, including appropriate training, for assignment of employees to positions in which the operation of vehicles is required.

B. To establish a mandatory review of driving records of certain applicants and of employees of Hanover County to whom vehicles are assigned, who operate County vehicles (including “pool” vehicles) or whose job descriptions require driving or a valid driver’s license, to ensure continued compliance with established criteria.

C. To provide for the review of circumstances relating to motor vehicle accidents occurring during the operation of vehicles in the course of conducting County business.

D. To authorize the County Administrator to issue and enforce additional regulations consistent with this Policy promoting vehicle safety, including details of acceptable procedures for vehicle assignment, use and operation, education of drivers, and accident reporting and investigation.

II. Applicability

A. This Policy applies to employees of Hanover County to whom vehicles are assigned, who operate County vehicles (including “pool” vehicles) or whose job descriptions require driving or a valid driver’s license.

B. Employees of the Department of Social Services, Community Services Board and constitutional officers meeting the criteria set out in paragraph A above, with the exception of the Sheriff’s Office, shall be subject to this Policy. This Policy shall not apply to the Hanover County Public Schools.

III. Driver Eligibility Criteria and Record Review

A. Prospective Employees Candidates selected for interviews for positions to which a vehicle is assigned or which require driving or the possession of a driver's license shall give authorization for access to their driving records from the Department of Motor Vehicles (“DMV Record”). Those prospective employees must meet the criteria set out below as reflected by the DMV Record; provided that, if the department head deems it advisable to recommend hiring of a candidate who does not meet the criteria, the department head shall present a request and written statement to the Director of Human Resources (“the Director”). The statement shall detail the reasons for a recommendation that the candidate be hired and indicate how the

Adopted by the Board of Supervisors 11/26/02 Page 1 of 4

individual’s ineligibility may be accommodated on a temporary basis. The Director shall review and approve or disapprove the request.

B. Current Employees Current employees to whom a vehicle is assigned, who operate County vehicles (including “pool” vehicles) or whose job descriptions require driving or a valid driver’s license, must meet the criteria set out below, as reflected in the DMV Record.

C. Criteria for Eligibility 1. Prospective and current employees subject to this Policy shall be required to meet the criteria set out in this Section. 2. Employees subject to this Policy shall have a valid Virginia driver’s license appropriate for the class of vehicle operated by the employee. The privilege of being assigned a vehicle, driving a County vehicle, or operating a vehicle in a position requiring a driver’s license shall be denied in the case of applicants, or suspended or terminated, for those individuals with any conviction of a felony involving the operation of a motor vehicle, or with a current DMV Record reflecting accumulation of DMV demerit points in excess of six, or whose pattern of driving or convictions or physical condition is found by the department head and the Director to jeopardize the safe performance of County operations. Additional actions may be taken regarding any employee who fails to meet this standard, as determined appropriate by the department head and the Director, in accordance with the regulations governing personnel management. 3. The County Administrator may suspend or terminate driving privileges of any employee charged with an offense involving operation of a motor vehicle, if the Director determines after suitable investigation that continued driving would jeopardize the safe conduct of County operations.

IV. DMV Record Reviews

A. The Director shall obtain and review the record of all employees subject to this Policy, at least annually. The employee and the department head shall be notified of either continued eligibility or failure to meet the applicable criteria, and the employee shall be provided with a copy of the DMV Record upon request.

B. The Director shall also obtain and review the DMV record of any employee

subject to this Policy who is involved in an accident while driving an assigned or other County vehicle, and when an employee subject to this Policy is involved in an accident in the course of conducting County business.

C. At the time of hire new employees subject to this Policy shall provide

authorization for access to DMV records. Current employees shall also provide


authorization. Employees’ authorization forms shall be maintained in the personnel files.

D. All records obtained pursuant to this Policy shall be confidential personnel

records.

V. Guidelines for Maintaining Eligibility

A. Driver Training Requirements - All employees subject to this Policy shall complete a driver training course approved by the Safety and Risk Manager at the time of initial employment and a minimum of once every 36 months, to maintain eligibility to drive. This program will be offered by the County at no expense to the employee. Employees shall also complete any additional training required for operation of specific types of vehicles or other special purposes or prescribed as a remedial measure. The employee may be required to pay for training prescribed as a remedial measure.

B. Suspension/Revocation/Ineligibility - Upon the suspension or revocation of an employee's license by any court or by the Department of Motor Vehicles, the privilege of the employee subject to this Policy to operate a County vehicle or to drive in the course of carrying out job duties shall be immediately suspended. Such suspension shall last for the duration of suspension or revocation of the employee's license.

C. Accommodation - The department head, in consultation with the Director, may elect to alter an employee's responsibilities or otherwise accommodate the employee during the period of a suspension or other ineligibility, for failure to meet the criteria established by this Policy. Prior to the end of any suspension or period of ineligibility, the employee must complete any training required by the Director, at his/her own expense. The employee must send proof of successful completion to the Director.

D. Further Action - If the employee's eligibility to operate a motor vehicle is suspended or revoked or if he/she becomes ineligible to drive pursuant to this Policy and the employee's restrictions cannot be accommodated within his/her responsibilities, the department head, after consultation with the Director, will determine whether further disciplinary action up to and including termination is required.

VI. Responsibility for Compliance; Reporting Requirements

All employees subject to this Policy shall be responsible for conducting themselves in accordance with this Policy and any Regulations adopted pursuant to the Policy.

All employees subject to this Policy shall immediately report all accidents involving a County vehicle or occurring during the course of County business, to the supervisor, and shall adhere to


the Accident Reporting Policy prescribed by the Safety and Risk Manager. All employees subject to this Policy shall immediately report the following to the supervisor who shall consult with the department head as to appropriate action:

• all license suspensions and revocations;

• all traffic and motor vehicle related charges and convictions.

VII. Accident Investigation

When an accident occurs involving an employee subject to this Policy, while the employee is carrying out County business or driving a County vehicle, the Safety and Risk Manager shall obtain information from the investigating officer and other appropriate sources, and shall forward a report to the Director, who shall also obtain the current DMV Record and conduct any further investigation deemed necessary. The Director and the department head shall review the circumstances of the accident and any appropriate personnel actions shall be conducted in accordance with the Regulations governing personnel management.

VIII. Regulations

In order to promote the purposes of this Policy, the County Administrator shall have the authority to promulgate and enforce Regulations consistent with this Policy, governing implementation of this Policy and prescribing additional requirements and procedures for the assignment, use and operation of vehicles in the course of the conduct of County business, for the investigation of accidents occurring during the course of the conduct of County business, and for the purpose of promoting vehicle safety. This Motor Vehicle Safety Policy shall not be construed to supercede or limit the Regulations governing personnel management, nor the authority of the County administration to take all actions necessary, including termination of employees, to promote the safe conduct of County business.

IX. Other Regulatory Requirements

County operations shall be conducted in accordance with all federal, State and local laws and regulations pertaining to motor vehicles, including those applicable to employees possessing commercial driver’s licenses.


HANOVER COUNTY


1

Work Zone Safety

1.0 Purpose

1.1 To protect employees engaged in repairs and/or construction located within street and highway right-of-way.

1.2 Hanover County Government will ensure that potential risk factors and public liabilities relative to work in or near roadways are evaluated and controlled.

2.0 Applicability

2.1 This program applies to all employees of Hanover County Government. 2.2 This program shall not apply to the Hanover County Public Schools.

2.3 The Work Zone Safety program is to ensure that the hazards associated with Work Zones are evaluated and information concerning these hazards can be provided to employers and employees.

3.0 Responsibilities 3.1 Employees 3.1.1 Learn and understand the responsibilities under the Work Zone Safety Program.

3.1.2 Fundamental principals of Work Zone Traffic Control.

3.2 Supervisors

3.2.1 Identify methods of reducing potential liability exposures. 3.2.2 Provide employee training.

3.2.3 Documentation and record keeping.


3.3.1 Provide information on the hazards of Work Zone Safety. 3.3.2 Audit department programs for completeness and compliance.

HANOVER COUNTY


2

4.0 Policy

4.1 The traffic controls selected will be based on the type of roadway, traffic conditions, and duration of operation, physical constraints, and the nearness of the work space to traffic. 4.2 Traffic control plans and devices shall follow the principles set forth in Virginia Work Area Protection Manual. This information can be found at www.virginiadot.org/business/resources. 4.2.1 Management will: 4.2.1.1 Assign and communicate responsibilities for setting up and managing the Work Zone Safety Program.

4.2.1.2 Provide Hanover County employees with the authority, resources, information and training necessary to meet their responsibilities.

4.2.2 Employees will:

4.2.2.1 Report any breakdown/defect in work zone safety equipment or modifications wherever possible and make recommendations for correction. Reports shall be made to an immediate supervisor or department head. 4.2.2.2 Be given a prompt response by supervisor or department

head to reported defects in work zone safety.

4.2.2.3 Become involved in developing, implementing and evaluating job site conditions and work zone safety.

4.2.2.4 Receive initial training as provided herein and be tested to become “Flagger Certified”. Attending training classes conducted by the Virginia Department of Transportation and other appropriate agencies will provide even broader knowledge of work area protection and safety.

5.0 Reduction of potential liability exposure

5.1 Develop an approved traffic control plan for every job. This may involve pre- job studies, drawings.

5.2 All personnel must be trained in proper work zone safety techniques and be specifically qualified for the task at hand.

5.3 The most current copy of the Virginia Work Area Protection Manual with latest revisions must be followed at all times.

http://www.virginiadot.org/business/resources

HANOVER COUNTY


3

5.4 Always minimize traffic disruptions.

5.5 Only use approved traffic control devices according to Virginia Work Area Protection Manual.

5.6 Inspect worksites daily to verify conformance, Conditions can change rapidly and adjustments must be made accordingly.

5.7 Always review the work zone through the eyes of the motorist. Sometimes driving through the work zone will be the best way to make this evaluation.

5.8 Promptly repair or replace damaged and worn traffic control devices. Remove any devices which are no longer needed.

5.9 Keep comprehensive documentation of any changes in conditions, work zone controls and authorized persons.

6.0 Fundamental Principals of Work Zone Traffic Control 6.1 All traffic control devices including temporary traffic controls shall conform to the applicable specification of the Virginia Work Area Protection Manual.

6.1.1 Special plan preparation and coordination with transit, VDOT, police, and other emergency units, utilities, schools, railroads, etc. may be needed to control unexpected and unusual traffic situations.

6.1.2 Principals and procedures provide a guiding philosophy of good, temporary traffic control practices.

6.1.2.1 Traffic safety in temporary control areas should be

developed in detail to provide safety for motorists, pedestrians, workers, and enforcement/emergency personnel and equipment.

6.1.2.2 The basic safety principles governing the design of

permanent roadways and roadsides should also govern the design of temporary traffic control zones.

6.1.2.3 A traffic control plan, in detail should be prepared and

understood by all responsible parties before the site is occupied. Supervisory personnel trained in safe traffic control practices should approve any changes in the traffic control plan.

6.1.3 Traffic movement should be inhibited as little as practicable at work

sites.

6.1.3.1 Traffic control in work sites should be designed on the assumption that drivers will reduce their speeds only if they clearly perceive a need to do so.

HANOVER COUNTY


4

6.1.3.2 Speeds may only be reduced within construction work

zones by the District Traffic Engineer. 6.1.3.3 Frequent and abrupt changes in geometrics, such as lane

narrowing, dropped lanes, or main roadway transitions requiring rapid maneuvers should be avoided.

6.1.3.4 An Incident management vehicle is any vehicle used to

respond to an emergency for rescue or clean up purposes. Provisions should be made for the safe operation of such vehicles.

6.1.3.5 Roadway occupancy should be minimized to reduce

exposure to potential hazards. Roadway occupancy should be scheduled during off-peak hours and if necessary night work should be considered.

6.1.3.6 Pedestrians should be provided with access and safe

passage through the temporary control zone at all times.

6.1.4 Guiding of drivers and pedestrians while approaching the temporary traffic control zone, is accomplished by:

6.1.4.1 Adequate warning, delineation, and channelization using proper marking, signs or use of other devices are effective under varying conditions of light and weather should be used. 6.1.4.2 Signs, pavement markings, delineators, and other traffic control devices that are inconsistent with intended travel paths through long-term workspaces should be removed.

6.1.4.3 Workspaces where retained permanent Traffic Control

devices are inconsistent with intended travel paths, attention should be given to devices that highlight or emphasize the appropriate path.

6.1.5 Ensuring acceptable levels of operation include routine inspection of

traffic control elements such as:

6.1.5.1 Ensuring all traffic control measures implemented on the traffic control project are necessary to conform to the traffic control plan and is effective in providing safe conditions for motorists, pedestrians, and workers.

6.1.5.2 Modification of traffic controls or working conditions may

be required to expedite safe traffic movement and to promote worker safety.

HANOVER COUNTY


5

6.1.5.3 The person responsible for safety is ensuring that all traffic control measures implemented on the project with respect to obtaining safe conditions, including the authority to modify conditions or halt work until applicable or remedial safety measures are taken.

6.1.5.4 Flagging should be employed only when all other methods

of traffic control are inadequate to warn and direct drivers.

6.1.5.5 All accidents occurring in temporary traffic control zones (in cooperation with law enforcement officials) should have accident records reviewed to identify causes and sources of conflict to prevent from reoccurring.

6.1.5.6 When work is suspended all traffic control devices shall be

removed when no longer needed so they are not visible to drivers.

6.1.6 Work Zone safety requires attention during the life of the temporary

traffic control zone. Potential hazards include:

6.1.6.1 Accommodating run-off the road incidents, disabled vehicles, or emergency situations, an unencumbered roadside recovery area should be provided.

6.1.6.2 Channelization of traffic should be accomplished by

pavement markings, signs, and/or lightweight channelizing devices that will yield when hit by errant vehicles.

6.1.6.3 Equipment, workers, private vehicles, materials and debris

shall be stored in such a manner as not to be vulnerable to errant vehicles.

6.1.6.4 Pedestrian paths through the temporary traffic control zone

should be protected to minimize exposure to errant vehicles.

6.1.6.5 Employees that are trained in safe traffic control practices, and who have a basic understanding of the principles established by applicable standards and regulations should supervise the selection, placement, and maintenance of traffic control devices in work areas.

7.0 Employee Training

7.1 Training will be provided to all persons involved in setup/teardown, layout design, flagging, performing work, inspecting and supervising jobs located within street and road right of way.

HANOVER COUNTY


6

7.2 New employees will receive initial training prior to being assigned to a job site. Supervisors will be responsible for job briefing and on the job training for new employees. 7.3 Supervisors and department heads will determine whether training required for specific jobs will be conducted in a classroom or on the job. The degree of training provided shall be determined by the complexity of the job and the associated hazards.

7.4 Retraining shall be provided for all authorized and affected employees whenever there is a change in their job assignments, a change in equipment or processes that present a new hazard, or when their work takes them into other hazardous areas.

7.5 Retraining shall be conducted whenever a periodic inspection reveals, or whenever this employer has reason to believe that there are deviations from or inadequacies in the employee’s knowledge of known hazards, or use of equipment or procedures.

8.0 Documentation & Record Keeping

8.1 A written record of work zone safety efforts will be maintained indefinitely and include the following. 8.1.1 Job description including date and time of job.

8.1.2 Job safety analysis and hazards identified. 8.1.3 Type of traffic control device (TCD) to be utilized.

8.1.4 Verification of installation of TCD’s, flag and other safety precautions.

8.1.5 Notations of any changes.

8.1.6 Notations of any problems identified in job site inspections.

8.1.7 Documentation of Training.

9.0 Program Evaluation

9.1 Evaluation of the program and controls will be conducted periodically to ensure effective administration and compliance with regulatory requirements. 9.2 Monitoring of program activities shall be conducted to ensure that all the elements of the program are functioning. All program deficiencies found will be corrected promptly.

9.3 Effective measures both activity and outcome shall be used to evaluate the program and the controls to ensure that they comply with regulatory requirements.

HANOVER COUNTY


7

HANOVER COUNTY


8

Work Zone Safety

Purpose

The purpose of this program is to effectively eliminate or control hazardous conditions associated

with repairs and/or construction located within street and highway right-of-way. Effective temporary

traffic control must provide for the safety of workers, motorists and pedestrians. At the same time, it

must provide for the efficient completion of whatever activity suspended normal use of the roadway.

By providing management leadership and aggressive employee training, Hanover County will

ensure that potential employee risk factors and public liabilities relative to work in or near roadways

are evaluated and controlled.

Program Elements

1) Management Leadership & Employee Participation

2) Identify Methods of Reducing Potential Liability Exposures

3) Fundamental Principles of Work Zone Traffic Control

4) Employee Training

5) Documentation & Record Keeping

6) Program Evaluation

Element 1: Management Leadership & Employee Involvement

Policy: The traffic control selected for each situation will be based on type of roadway, traffic

conditions, duration of operation, physical constraints, and the nearness of the work space to traffic.

Traffic control plans and devices shall follow the principles set forth in Virginia Work Area

Protection Manual (VWAPM) but may deviate from the typical drawings to allow for conditions and

requirements of a particular site or situation. Department Work Crew Supervisors shall have ultimate

responsibility for accepting or rejecting work zone traffic control plans.

Management will:

(1) (1) Assign and communicate responsibilities for setting up and managing the Work Zone Safety

Program so managers, supervisors and employees know what is expected of them and how they

are to be held accountable for meeting those responsibilities.

(2) Provide Hanover County employees with the authority, resources, information and training

necessary to meet their responsibilities.

(3) Examine existing policies and practices to ensure they are in compliance with the VWAPM.

Employees will:

(1) Report any breakdown/defect in work zone safety equipment, or modifications needed to

procedures and wherever possible, make recommendations for correction. Reporting procedures

shall be made to an immediate supervisor or department head.

HANOVER COUNTY


9

(2) Be given a prompt response by supervisor or department head to reported defects in work zone

safety.

(3) Have access to a copy of the VWAPM. Additionally, employees will be provided a pocket

manual, which is a condensed version of the VWAPM.

(4) Become involved in developing, implementing and evaluating job site conditions and work zone

safety

(5) Receive initial training as provided herein and be tested to become “Flagger certified”. Attending

training classes conducted by the Virginia Department of Transportation and other appropriate

agencies will provide even broader knowledge of work area protection and safety.

Element 2: Reduction of Potential Liability Exposures

(1) Develop an approved traffic control plan for every job. In some cases this may involve several

people, drawings, pre-job studies, etc. For small jobs, the crew leader may only need to use

established procedures from the field manual.

(2) All personnel must be trained in proper work zone safety techniques and be specifically qualified

for the task at hand.

(3) The most current copy of the VWAPM with latest revisions must be followed at all times.

(4) Always minimize traffic disruptions at the lowest level possible.

(5) Only use approved traffic control devices, as per VWAPM.

(6) Inspect worksites daily to verify conformance. Conditions can change rapidly and adjustments

must be made accordingly.

(7) Always review the work zone through the eyes of the motorist. Sometimes driving through the

work zone will be the best way to make this evaluation.

(8) Promptly repair or replace damaged and worn devices. Also remove any devices which are no

longer needed.

(9) Keep comprehensive documentation of any changes in conditions, work zone controls and

authorized persons.

HANOVER COUNTY


10

Element 3: Fundamental Principals of Work Zone Traffic Control

All traffic control devices including temporary traffic controls shall conform to the applicable

specifications of the VWAPM. Special plan preparation and coordination with transit, VDOT,

police, and other emergency units, utilities, schools, railroads, etc. may be needed to control

unexpected and unusual traffic situations.

Principles and procedures provide a guiding philosophy of good, temporary traffic control

practices.

(1) a. Traffic safety in temporary traffic control areas should be developed in detail to provide

safety for motorists, pedestrians, workers, and enforcement/emergency personnel and

equipment.

b. The basic safety principles governing the design of permanent roadways and roadsides

should also govern the design of temporary traffic control zones.

c. A traffic control plan, in appropriate detail, should be prepared and understood by all

responsible parties before the site is occupied. Supervisory personnel trained in safe traffic

control practices should approve any changes in the traffic control plan.

(2) a. Traffic movement should be inhibited as little as practicable. Traffic control in work sites

should be designed on the assumption that drivers will reduce their speeds only if they

clearly perceive a need to do so. Reduced speed zoning should be avoided as much as

practical. Speeds may only be reduced within construction/maintenance work zones by the

District Traffic Engineer.

b. Frequent and abrupt changes in geometrics, such as lane narrowing, dropped lanes, or

main roadway transitions requiring rapid maneuvers, should be avoided.

c. Provisions should be made for the safe operation of work vehicles or incident

management vehicles, particularly on high-speed, high-volume roadways. An incident

management vehicle is any vehicle used to respond to an emergency for rescue or clean up

purposes.

d. Roadway occupancy and work completion time should be minimized to reduce exposure

to potential hazards. Roadway occupancy should be scheduled during off-peak hours and, if

necessary, night work should be considered.

e. Pedestrians should be provided with access and safe passage through the temporary

traffic control zone at all times.

(3) Drivers and pedestrians should be guided in a clear and logical manner while approaching and

traversing the temporary traffic control zone.

a. Adequate warning, delineation, and channelization by means of proper pavement marking,

signs, or use of other devices that are effective under varying conditions of light and weather

HANOVER COUNTY


11

should be provided where appropriate to assure the driver and pedestrian of positive guidance

before approaching and while passing through the work area.

HANOVER COUNTY


12

b. Signs, pavement markings, channelizing devices, delineators, and other traffic control

devices that are inconsistent with intended travel paths through long-term workspaces should

be removed. In short-duration and mobile workspaces where retained permanent devices are

inconsistent with intended travel paths, attention should be given to devices that highlight or

emphasize the appropriate path.

(4) a. To ensure acceptable levels of operation, routine inspection of traffic control elements

shall be performed. Individuals who are trained in the principles of safe traffic control

should be assigned responsibility for safety at work sites. The most important duty of these

individuals is to ensure that all traffic control measures implemented on the project are

necessary, conform to the traffic control plan, and are effective in providing safe conditions

for motorists, pedestrians, and workers.

b. Modification of traffic controls or working conditions may be required to expedite safe

traffic movement and to promote worker safety. It is essential that the individual

responsible for safety have the authority to control the progress of work on the project with

respect to obtaining safe conditions, including the authority to modify conditions or halt

work until applicable or remedial safety measures are taken.

c. Flagging procedures, when used can provide positive guidance to drivers traversing the

temporary traffic control area. Flagging should be employed only when all other methods of

traffic control are inadequate to warn and direct drivers.

d. When warranted, an engineering analysis should be made (in cooperation with law

enforcement officials) of all accidents occurring in temporary traffic control zones.

Accident records should be reviewed to identify causes and sources of conflict. For

example, skid marks or damaged traffic control devices may indicate the need or changes in

the traffic control.

e. All traffic control devices shall be removed when no longer needed. When work is

suspended for short periods, advance-warning signs that are no longer appropriate shall be

removed from the roadway, and other devices removed from the work area so they are not

visible to drivers.

(5) The maintenance of roadside safety requires attention during the life of the temporary traffic

control zone because of the potential increase in hazards.

a. To accommodate run-off-the-road incidents, disabled vehicles, or emergency situations,

an unencumbered roadside recovery area should be provided.

b. Channelization of traffic should be accomplished by pavement markings, signs, and/or

lightweight channelizing devices that will yield when hit by errant vehicles.

HANOVER COUNTY


13

c. Equipment, workers' private vehicles, materials, and debris shall be stored in such a

manner as not to be vulnerable to errant vehicles.

d. Pedestrian paths through the temporary traffic control zone should be protected to

minimize exposure to errant vehicles.

(6) Each person whose actions affect temporary traffic control zone safety - from upper-level

management personnel through field personnel - should receive training appropriate to the

job decisions each is required to make. Only those who are trained in safe traffic control

practices, and who have a basic understanding of the principles established by applicable

standards and regulations, should supervise the selection, placement, and maintenance of

traffic control devices in work areas.

(7) The control of traffic through work areas is an essential part of street and roadway

construction, and utility and maintenance operations. For these operations there must be

adequate legislative authority for the implementation and enforcement of needed traffic

regulations, parking controls, speed zoning, and incident management. Such statutes must

provide sufficient flexibility in the application of traffic control to meet the needs of

changing conditions in work areas.

(8) Maintaining good public relations is necessary. The cooperation of the various news media

in publicizing the existence of and reasons for work sites can be of great assistance in

keeping the motoring public well informed.

Element 4: Employee Training

Training will be provided to all persons involved in set-up/tear-down, layout/design, flagging,

performing work, inspecting and supervising jobs located within street and road rights-of-way.

• New employees will receive initial training prior to being assigned to a job site.

Supervisors will be responsible for job briefing and on-the-job training for new employees.

• Supervisors and department heads will determine whether training required for specific jobs

will be conducted in a classroom or on-the-job. The degree of training provided shall be

determined by the complexity of the job and the associated hazards.

• The comprehensive training program included in the VML Work Zone Safety Module will

be used for initial training, remedial training, and as an annual refresher training for all

affected employees.

• Retraining shall be provided for all authorized and affected employees whenever there is a

change in their job assignments, a change in equipment or processes that present a new

hazard, or when their work takes them into other hazardous areas.

HANOVER COUNTY


14

• Additional or retraining shall be conducted whenever a periodic inspection reveals or

whenever this employer has reason to believe that there are deviations from or inadequacies

in the employee's knowledge of known hazards, or use of equipment or procedures.

• Hanover County will certify that employee training has been accomplished and is being

kept up to date. The certification shall contain a synopsis of the training conducted, each

employee's name, and dates of training.

Element 5: Documentation & Record Keeping

A written record of work zone safety efforts should be maintained indefinitely and include:

• Date and time of job with job description

• Job safety analyses and hazards identified

• Type of traffic control device(TCD) to be utilized

• Verification of installation of TCD’s, flagmen and other safety precautions

• Notations of any changes

• Notations of any problems identified in job site inspections

• Documentation of training

Element 6: Program Evaluation

Evaluation of the program and controls will be conducted periodically, but not less than

annually, to ensure effective administration, management and compliance with regulatory

requirements.

(1) Monitoring of program activities shall be conducted to ensure that all the elements of the

programs are functioning. All program deficiencies found will be corrected promptly.

(2) Effective measures, both activity and outcome based, shall be used to evaluate the program

and the controls to ensure that they comply with regulatory requirements.

CONTRACTOR SAFETY PROGRAM

1. PURPOSE

1.1 To establish Safety criteria for Contractors providing services for the

County of Hanover.

2. APPLICABILITY

2.1 This program is intended to cover all Contractors providing services to the

County of Hanover.

2.2 This Program does not apply to Hanover County Public Schools

3. RESPONSIBILITIES

3.1 The Contractor shall require all subcontractors to be governed by the

provisions of the Contractor Safety Program.

3.2 The Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations governing the

safety and health of employees engaged in construction and all revisions

thereto, as adopted by the Safety and Health Codes Commission of the

Commonwealth of Virginia and issued by the Virginia Department of

Labor and Industry.

3.3 The Contractor shall perform all operations in accordance with all laws,

rules and regulations of the Department of U.S. Occupational Safety and

Health Act of 1970, the standards of the U.S. Department of Labor,

Occupational Safety and Health Administration and the latest amendments

thereto.

3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and

supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the

performance of the contract.

3.5 In the event the Contractor encounters materials on the site reasonably

believed to be asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), which has not

been rendered harmless, the Contractor shall immediately stop work in the

area affected and report the condition to Hanover County Risk

Management (365-6227). The work in the area shall not be resumed

except by written agreement of the County of Hanover and the Contractor.

3.6 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for the safety of, and

shall provide reasonable protection to damage, injury or loss to:

3.6.1 employees on the work site and other persons who may be

affected thereby.

3.6.2 the work and materials and equipment to be incorporated

therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care,

custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor’s

subcontractor or Subcontractors and other property at the

site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,

pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated

for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of

construction.

3.7 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws,

ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing

on the safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury

or loss.

3.8 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions

and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and

protection, including concrete barriers, traffic cones, posting danger signs

and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and

notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities.

3.9 The Contractor shall exercise utmost care when use or storage of explosives

or other hazardous materials or unusual methods are necessary for execution

of the work. The Contractor will carry on such activities only under the

direct supervision of properly trained personnel.

3.10 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage

or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract

Documents) to property caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a

Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or

by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is

responsible.

3.11 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor’s

organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents.

This person shall be the Contractor’s superintendent unless otherwise

designated by the Contractor in writing to the County of Hanover and the

County’s Architect / Engineer.

INTRODUCTION - Hanover County

Documents

Transcript of INTRODUCTION - Hanover County